Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Drug Manufacturers - Specialty & Generic / Indivior

Indivior

indv · LSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker indv
Exchange LSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Drug Manufacturers - Specialty & Generic
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Indivior
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

7

Many journeys, 
one destination

Annual Report 2017

 
 
Indivior is a global 
specialty pharmaceutical 
company and a world 
leader in addiction 
treatment

Nathan’s story page 6

Contents

Strategic report
2017 Highlights
1
Chairman’s statement
2
At a glance – the global burden of disease
4
A patient’s journey: Nathan
6
Business model
10
Chief Executive Officer’s statement
12
A patient’s journey: Miguel
18
22
Stakeholder engagement 
Research & development
28
Managing our business responsibly
34
Financial review
42
Litigation update
46
Risk management
48
Viability statement
57

Governance
58 

Chairman’s introduction to Corporate 
Governance
Our Board of Directors
Our Executive Committee
Corporate governance report
Directors’ remuneration report
Directors’ report
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

60
62
64
83
107
111

Financial
113
121
152
155

Independent Auditor’s Report
Financial Statements
Information for shareholders
References and sources

Our Purpose is to pioneer 
life-transforming treatment.

Our Vision is that all patients 
around the world have access to 
evidence-based treatment for 
the chronic conditions and 
co-occurring disorders of 
addiction.

Our Mission is to be the global 
leader who is a pioneer in 
developing innovative 
prescription treatments for 
addicted patients.

Miguel’s story page 18

Our name is iconic

Our name is iconic of the individual 
patient’s journey to reclaim life from 
the disease of addiction and our 
endeavor to address patients’ 
unmet needs.

Our logo radiates our patient focused, 
holistic approach to expanding access 
to evidence-based treatment for 
addiction worldwide.

2017 Highlights

2017 was a year of significant 
accomplishment for Indivior. 
By executing strongly across the 
business, we continued to build 
our leadership position in 
treating addiction and its 
co-occurring disorders.

$1,093m

Net revenue 
(+3% vs 2016: $1,058m)

57%

US average market share  
(vs 2016: 61%) 

$193m

Operating profit 
(+30% vs. 2016: $149m) 

$403m

Adjusted operating profit* 
(+4% vs 2016: $387m)

$58m

Net income 
(+66% vs. 2016: $35m) 

$270m

Adjusted net income* 
(+6% vs 2016: $254m)

*excluding exceptional items 
(further details on page 45.)

Key pipeline highlights

874,481

US unique patients received 
SUBOXONETM Film 
(vs. 2016: 842,176)

8c

Earnings per share 
(+60% vs. 2016: 5c) 

37c

Adjusted earnings per share*  
(cents per share) 
(+6% vs 2016: 35c)

$89m
R&D investment

(-25% vs. 
2016: $119m)

One
US FDA 
approval

Six
Peer-reviewed 
publications

Twelve
Published 
conference 
abstracts

1

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Chairman’s statement

Building the business and 
strengthening core assets to 
best serve the needs of patients

“In 2017, the Board worked in close partnership with Indivior’s Executive 
Committee to ensure that the Group is best positioned to generate long-
term value for all of its stakeholders. We did so by strengthening Indivior’s 
core assets – our people, culture, relationships, intellectual property and 
capital base – all the while making great strides toward our vision that all 
patients will have access to evidenced-based treatment for the chronic 
conditions and co-occurring disorders of addiction.” 

Howard Pien
Chairman

The Board’s mission is excellence 
in governance, while collaborating 
with Indivior’s Executive Committee 
to build a lasting foundation 
for growth. I am proud that our 
collective efforts have resulted in 
a company that is well-positioned 
to produce future benefits for all 
stakeholders, especially for patients 
around the world.

Key achievements in 2017
The Group (Indivior PLC and its 
subsidiaries) has an exceptionally 
able and experienced Executive 
Committee who, working side-by-side, 
lead a group of employees that are 
committed to the improvement 
of patient lives. Toward that end, 
the year’s major milestone was 
US Food and Drug Administration 
(FDA) approval of SUBLOCADE™ 
(buprenorphine extended-release) 
injection for subcutaneous use 
(CIII), which is now available in the 
US. You can read more about this 
significant treatment innovation 
in our Chief Executive Officer’s 
statement on page 12. 

2

2017 was also a year in which we 
continued to enhance Indivior’s 
platform for growth. With the Board’s 
support, the Executive Committee is 
investing in launching SUBLOCADE 
with excellence and is creating a new 
business unit to house and launch 
RBP-7000 (monthly risperidone 
long-acting injectable), if approved. 
We are also working closely with 
the Executive Committee to identify 
assets with the potential to broaden 
the Group’s opportunity set within 
addiction and its co-occurring 
disorders. The work we did to 
establish a strategic collaboration 
with Addex Therapeutics is a good 
example of this. Also, in concert 
with the Executive Committee, we 
are proactively identifying business 
risks and implementing strategies 
to manage them. We are prudently 
investing in the right areas – 
people, processes and technology 
– to mitigate identified internal and 
external risks to Indivior.

It goes without saying that integrity 
is at the core of all our activities. This 
is an area, we, as a Board, together 
with the Executive Committee, take 
seriously and are committed to 
strengthening. As part of this effort, 

the Group continued to invest in 
Compliance, as well as in improving 
Indivior’s already-strong capabilities 
across all corporate functional 
areas, including R&D, Medical, 
Legal and Finance.

Management and the Board
To maintain the balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience of our 
Board members, we appointed a new 
Executive Director, Mark Crossley, 
and a new Non-Executive Director, 
Tatjana May. Both Mark and Tatjana 
bring a wealth of financial and legal 
experience to the Group, respectively.

During the year, Cary Claiborne 
stepped down from the Board, and 
we would like to thank him for his 
valuable contributions. Those Board 
members appointed on demerger 
from Reckitt Benckiser in 2014 were 
reappointed for a further three-year 
term, thereby ensuring stability and 
continuity at the Board level.

www.indivior.comOutlook
We look to the future with 
confidence. In 2018, we will continue 
to build on our strong foundation 
and develop our business with a 
focus on creating sustainable value 
for our shareholders and wider 
stakeholders. We will also seek to 
drive commercial success through 
pioneering new technologies to 
meet unmet patient needs. Addiction 
remains one of the largest public 
health crises of our time and we 
will continue to work tirelessly to 
advance global treatment options 
to help meet this challenge. 

I look forward to meeting many of 
you in the year ahead.

Howard Pien
Chairman

guarantee in terms of when these 
matters may be settled and what the 
ultimate impact to Indivior will be. We 
continue to cooperate fully with the 
various parties and are hopeful for 
resolution in a timely manner. 

Governance
In 2017, we also commissioned an 
external Board evaluation to assess 
our corporate governance framework. 
We conducted a full review of our 
remuneration policy and continued to 
engage with and proactively keep our 
shareholders apprised of the strategy 
and execution of both our near and 
long-term goals. 

Share price performance 
and dividend
We outperformed the indices by 
which we measure ourselves. Our 
total shareholder return in 2017 was 
37%. This compares to 18% for the 
FTSE 250 Index of which Indivior is 
a member, representing almost 20 
percentage points of outperformance.

Given our ongoing investments in 
pipeline and market development, and 
the need to preserve our capital in the 
event of launch of a generic competitor 
to SUBOXONE Film in the US in 2018, 
we made no dividend payments 
during 2017. This situation is unlikely 
to change in the year ahead. We do, 
however, recognize the importance 
of returning value directly to our 
investors and will continue to 
evaluate as this year progresses.

During the year, the Board also 
reviewed the composition of the 
Board Committees. As a result, 
Lizabeth Zlatkus has joined the 
Science & Policy Committee and 
Daniel Tassé has re-joined the 
Remuneration Committee. 

Risks, challenges and 
uncertainties
A significant risk presented in 2017 
was the potential negative financial 
impact of the Court ruling in the Dr. 
Reddy’s patent infringement lawsuit. 
Although the US District Court for the 
District of Delaware ruled that our 
patents were valid, it also ruled that 
Dr. Reddy’s did not infringe them. We 
are appealing this decision; however, 
the Group is at risk of potential 
significant loss of market share for 
SUBOXONE® (buprenorphine and 
naloxone) Sublingual Film (CIII) in 
the US if Dr. Reddy’s (or another 
generic manufacturer) receives FDA 
approval for their generic version of 
SUBOXONE Film, and decides to enter 
the market ‘at-risk.’ 

The Group has sought to address this 
risk by obtaining intellectual property 
protection for its products and by 
developing robust contingency plans 
including focusing on a successful 
launch of SUBLOCADE™ in the US 
and pipeline development. This 
enterprise-level approach, led by 
our strong Executive Committee, is 
intended to help counterbalance 
any potential future uncertainty 
or financial loss were we to fail 
to obtain, maintain and protect 
patents and other proprietary rights, 
including potential invalidity or non-
infringement findings in the current 
US Federal Court or US Patent and 
Trademark Office proceedings. 

In relation to the various litigation 
and investigational matters, 
summarized on pages 46 to 47, the 
Board agreed with the Executive 
Committee that it was prudent to 
increase the provision related to 
these matters to $438 million to 
reflect collectively their current 
status. Since these matters are 
ongoing we cannot provide any 

3

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017At a glance – the global burden of disease

We are in a unique position to 
address this global epidemic

Our patient-focused 
platform – people, 
culture, collaboration 
and evidence-based 
innovation – uniquely 
position us to help 
address patients’ unmet 
needs for the chronic 
conditions and co-
occurring disorders 
of addiction. 

4

A human crisis
Addiction is a chronic condition 
reaching epidemic proportions – 
and a global human crisis we are 
committed to helping address.

According to the 2017 World Drug 
Report, published by the United Nations 
Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC):

 ࢀ An estimated 1 in 20 adults (5%) 
– more than 250 million people 
worldwide – used an illicit drug* 
in 2015. 

 ࢀ Opioids, including heroin, remain 

the most harmful drug type. 

 ࢀ Opioid use disorders account for 
the heaviest burden of disease 
attributable to drug use disorders: 
in 2015, approximately 70% of 
the global burden of disease 
attributable to drug use disorders 
were attributable to opioids.

*Defined as opioids, opiates, cocaine, cannabis, 
amphetamines, psychoactive substances.

 ࢀ In the United States alone, opioid 
use disorder is an epidemic and is 
accelerating.

The US Centers for Disease Control 
and Prevention (CDC) in December 
2017 reported a 21% increase in the 
age-adjusted rate of drug overdose 
deaths from 63,632 lives lost in 2016 
vs. 52,404 lives lost in 2015. In fact, 
the rate of increase in deaths from 
synthetic opioids, like fentanyl, 
doubled from 2015 to 2016. 

But the global addiction crisis is not 
restricted to drug use disorders and 
drug dependence. 

The World Health Organization 
(WHO)’s Global Status Report on 
Alcohol and Health (2014) reports:

 ࢀ In 2012, approximately 3.3 million 

deaths, or 5.9% of all global deaths, 
were attributable to alcohol 
consumption.

www.indivior.comCanada 

0.2m

Opioid 
dependent 
(opioid 
painkillers only)

1.4m

Alcohol 
dependent

United 
States
2.1m

Opioid use 
disorder  

Europe and 
Middle East
1.3m

High risk opioid 
users (Europe 
only) 

South 
Africa
0.1m

Opioid 
dependent 

China 

Australia 

7.3m

Opioid 
dependent 

0.2m

Opioid 
dependent 

15.1m

Alcohol use 
disorder 

14.2m

Alcohol 
dependent

1.2m

Alcohol 
dependent

27m

Alcohol 
dependent

0.3m

Alcohol 
dependent

28m 

healthy years of life lost 
as a result of drug use 

17m 

healthy years of life lost as a 
result of drug use disorders

70% 

of the global burden of disease 
attributable to drug use disorders 
were attributable to opioids

Sublingual Tablet, and SUBUTEX® 
(buprenorphine) Sublingual Tablet. 

In these countries, we work closely 
with medical professionals, advocating 
on patients’ behalf and educating the 
public about opioid use disorder.

Fewer than one in six 
persons with drug use 
disorder are provided 
treatment each year. 

Our aim is to expand 
access to evidence-
based treatments for 
patients.

 ࢀ The same report concludes that 
the harmful use of alcohol ranks 
among the top five risk factors 
for disease, disability and death 
throughout the world. 

Addiction differs in prevalence 
and severity 
Addiction differs in substance use 
disorder, prevalence and severity in 
different parts of the world. 

According to the US 2016 National Survey 
on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH):

 ࢀ In 2016, approximately 20.1 million 

people had a substance use 
disorder (SUD) related to alcohol or 
illicit drug use in the past year.
 ࢀ Of the 20.1 million people with a 

SUD, there were 15.1 million people 
with an alcohol use disorder
 ࢀ An estimated 2.1 million people 
suffered from an opioid use 
disorder, which includes 1.8 
million people with a prescription 
pain reliever use disorder and 
approximately 626,000 people with 
a heroin use disorder.

 ࢀ In Canada, in 2012, as many as 

200,000 people were estimated 
to be addicted to prescription 
painkillers. 

In Europe, in 2015, there were 
potentially 1.3 million high-risk opioid 
users, the majority of whom were 
heroin users. Of these 1.3 million 
high-risk opioid users, five countries 
in the European Union (Germany, 
Spain, France, Italy, United Kingdom) 
accounted for the majority (76%) of 
high-risk use. And, as in the US, the 
emergence of highly potent synthetic 
opioids, like fentanyl, are causing 
much concern. The 2016 European 
Drug Report notes an overall increase 
in opioid-related overdose deaths. 

In 2014, Australia ranked as the 
third highest country worldwide for 
prescription painkiller misuse per 
year. China has an estimated 7.3 
million people dependent on opioids 
and 27.3 million people dependent on 
alcohol (2014). 

Rising to the challenge – our 
global presence
Indivior has a global presence in 
over 40 countries. Our core products 
are SUBLOCADE™ (buprenorphine 
extended-release) injection for 
subcutaneous use (CIII), SUBOXONE® 
(buprenorphine and naloxone) 
Sublingual Film, SUBOXONE® 
(buprenorphine and naloxone) 

5

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
A patient’s journey
Nathan
Patient, US

Nathan’s journey
“I had reached rock bottom, 
but through determination 
and humility I worked my way 
back up. I attended meetings. 
I found a job where I started 
cleaning toilets and where I 
am now Head Supervisor. 
Gradually, with the help of the 
treatment program, I got my 
life back on track.”

Nathan started college 
at 18, only to get drawn 
into drug and alcohol 
use. Dropping out of his 
studies, he began a 
20-year struggle with 
addiction. Now, aged 38, 
Nathan is in recovery 
after enrolling in an 
innovative treatment 
study. After more than 
two years in recovery, 
he is starting to rebuild 
his life. 

Can you describe your struggle 
with addiction? 
At college I got into opiates, speed 
and alcohol. I quickly fell in love with 
the feeling of getting high and not 
having to deal with reality. These 
feelings took control of my mind, 
my body and my life, and I gave into 
it every time. It became a constant 
cycle of insanity. 

For a while I managed to hide my 
problems from my family and friends. 
Only when I tried to commit suicide, 
around the age of 21, did they become 
aware of my struggle with addiction. 
From that point on I was in and out 
of rehab, but I never truly committed 
to recovery. I was always doing it for 
other people, to please my family. 
Never for myself. And as soon as I was 
out of treatment I would relapse back 
into my addiction.

6

www.indivior.com7

Indivior Annual Report 2017“When Nathan came to us, he was really 
struggling with the symptoms of opioid use 
disorder. But he showed a real motivation to 
participate in the program and follow our 
treatment protocols. In addition to 
medication, our program included 
psychosocial support and counseling. We’ve 
built up a strong relationship based on 
honesty and trust, and over time Nathan has 
achieved excellent disease control.”

Amit Vijapura MD 
Medical Director, Vijapura Behavioral Health LLC.

8

www.indivior.comInevitably, addiction also damaged 
my relationships with people. I 
became a master manipulator and 
liar, and would tell my lies over and 
over until they became truths. It 
destroyed my ability to communicate 
honestly with those around me, and it 
eroded their trust in me.

What was the turning 
point for you?
It wasn’t until I reached rock bottom 
that I finally reached out properly 
for help. I was homeless and knew I 
couldn’t go on living the way I was. 
One of my old friends got me into 
a halfway house. From there, I was 
referred to Dr Vijapura. He put me on 
a treatment program that included 
medication and counseling and I 
began my journey to recovery and 
stability which I have maintained 
for close to two years now. It’s 
been a real test of willpower and 
commitment, and I’ve had to be 
honest and transparent with Dr 
Vijapura at all times, otherwise it just 
doesn’t work.

How does it feel to be 
in recovery?
It feels fantastic. The treatment 
program has brought clarity to my 
mind and helped me live a normal 
life. I’m able to make the right 
decisions and I have a new lease 
on life. And through the process 
of recovery, I have rebuilt my 
relationships with my family. I’m close 
with my sisters, and I often visit my 
father and stepmother in the country, 
where I help them on their farm. They 
trust me again. 

Alongside the treatment program, I’ve 
been attending meetings and Bible 
class, and working at a local store, 
where I am now the Head Supervisor. 
I’m proud of not having given up, of 
not having given in. And now I have 
a future to look forward to. I’d like to 
finish my studies, and maybe use my 
story to help others. Because if I can 
do it, anyone can.

9

Indivior Annual Report 2017Business model

Our Purpose is to 
pioneer life-transforming 
treatment.

Ow ners hi p

Our Vision is that all 
patients around the 
world have access to 
evidence-based 
treatment for the chronic 
conditions and co-
occurring disorders 
of addiction.

Our Mission the global 
leader who is a pioneer is 
developing innovative 
prescription treatments 
for addicted patients.

Entre

p

r

e

n

e

u

r

s

h

i

p

Focus on patient 
needs to drive 
decisions

Seek the wisdom of 
the team

Indivior Guiding 
Principles and 
Core Values

Believe that people’s 
actions are well 
intended

Demonstrate honesty 
and integrity at 
all times

P

a

r

t

n

e

r

s

hip

See it, own it, 
make it happen

Care enough to coach

c hie ve m ent

A

10

www.indivior.com 
Indivior’s 
assets

What Indivior 
does

Indivior’s 
investment case

Highly skilled and 
knowledgeable people
Indivior possesses an exceptionally 
able and experienced workforce that 
is committed to the improvement 
of patient lives and achieving long-
term success.

Culture
Based on a clearly-defined set of 
principles and behaviors, Indivior’s 
culture is a key competitive 
advantage enabling Indivior to create 
not only a business that will prosper 
and grow, but an organization that 
will create lasting social value. 

Stakeholder relationships
Indivior has strong and enduring 
relationships with its key 
stakeholders, including policy-
makers, regulatory agencies, 
healthcare professionals, patient 
advocacy organizations and the 
investment community. These 
relationships provide Indivior with 
critical insights to develop and 
improve upon its patient-focused 
business approach.

Intellectual property
Indivior has a unique portfolio of 
licenses and patents which enable 
it to manufacture and market its 
treatments.

Capital base
Indivior’s cash generative business 
activities, combined with the Group’s 
access to the international capital 
markets, provide a stable base of 
liquidity that supports the Group’s 
principle day-to-day activities 
while providing it further resources 
for reinvestment in potential new 
treatments targeting addiction 
and its co-occurring disorders 
and for extending its overall 
competitive position.

Manufacturing
Indivior discovered buprenorphine 
in Hull, UK, and developed it as a 
treatment for opioid dependence. 
Indivior continues to manufacture 
this key active ingredient for its 
opioid addiction treatments at 
its Fine Chemical Plant in Hull, 
UK. Indivior has continuously 
manufactured buprenorphine at this 
facility for over 50 years and believes 
it produces the highest quality 
buprenorphine in the world.

Responsible sales and 
marketing
Indivior is committed to conducting 
all of its sales and marketing activities 
responsibly and in compliance 
with the relevant regulations and 
guidelines. Although the Group’s 
corporate compliance department 
partners with the business to 
oversee certain activities and 
provide guidance, there is a clear 
understanding among the sales and 
marketing teams that they each share 
responsibility for compliance.

Conducting advocacy and 
raising awareness of the opioid 
addiction crisis
A key aspect of Indivior’s activities 
is raising awareness of the opioid 
addiction crisis in all the markets it 
serves through regular stakeholder 
dialogue and patient advocacy 
activities. These activities have 
contributed to expanded treatment 
access in the Group’s largest market, 
the US, over the last five years to 
record levels today. 

Research and development
Indivior conducts world leading and 
innovative research and clinical 
development activities for the 
treatment of addiction and other co-
occurring disorders. These efforts are 
led by staff in Fort Collins (Colorado, 
US), Richmond (Virginia, US), and Hull 
and Slough (UK).

Growing global marketplace 
for the Group’s existing 
product portfolio
The global addiction crisis has 
provided an opportunity for the Group 
to significantly expand the market for 
buprenorphine medication-assisted 
treatments, acknowledged as an 
evidence-based treatment for opioid 
use disorder, to help patients in their 
treatment journey. 

Unique focus on and 
understanding of patient needs
Indivior is committed to addressing 
the global addiction crisis by 
expanding the availability of its 
patient-focused treatments, including 
increasing treatment access, 
while also leveraging its unrivaled 
knowledge in addiction science to 
develop novel treatments.

Innovative R&D pipeline
Indivior has consistently built 
on its leadership position in the 
treatment of opioid use disorder 
globally to develop new patient-
focused treatments that in turn 
have enabled the Group to invest 
in its R&D pipeline. This skill set 
also has enabled the Group to 
consider expanding the scope of the 
treatments it provides to help address 
co-occurring disorders of addiction.

Strong profitability and cash flow
Indivior is highly profitable and cash 
generative, providing the resources 
required to fund day-to-day operations 
and reinvest in future growth 
opportunities, including new geographies 
and developing new treatment options 
for addiction and its co-occurrences.

Talented and experienced 
management team
Indivior possesses a talented, committed 
and experienced management team 
widely recognized by the industry as 
leading in the development of patient-
focused treatments for addiction.

11

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Chief Executive Officer’s statement

Many journeys, one destination

"I firmly believe we are 
the company – working 
in partnership with 
other experts – best 
positioned to tackle 
the growing global 
addiction crisis. Our 
vision, patient focus, 
guiding principles, and 
pursuit of innovation 
will continue to drive 
Indivior’s success in 
delivering value for 
shareholders and 
meeting the unmet 
needs of patients.”

Shaun Thaxter
Chief Executive Officer

12

The year in review
In 2017, Indivior delivered against its 
strategic priorities. Our execution 
drove progress toward our vision 
that all patients will have access to 
evidence-based treatment for the 
chronic conditions and co-occurring 
disorders of addiction. We created 
greater certainty for Indivior, most 
significantly by extending our 
leadership position in developing 
and advancing global addiction 
treatment with the US FDA approval 
of monthly SUBLOCADE for moderate 
to severe opioid use disorder (OUD). 
At the same time we grew Indivior’s 
capabilities and resources to enable 
us to invest in developing promising 
future treatments focused on unmet 
patient needs in addiction and its 
co-occurring disorders. 

Our strong execution in 2017 translated 
into improved top- and bottom-line 
results for Indivior. Sales grew by 3% to 
$1,093 and net income grew by 6% to 
$270m, on an adjusted basis. 

Our results are even more notable 
considering the multiple forces we 
faced during the year: an intensifying 
competitive landscape for our 
market-leading SUBOXONE Film 
treatment in the US, continued 
healthcare austerity in Europe 
and the investments required 
to successfully develop and 
commercialize our key pipeline 
assets in the US in 2018: SUBLOCADE 
and, if approved by FDA, RBP-7000 
(monthly risperidone injection).

In relation to the various litigation 
and investigational matters, the 
Board agreed with the Executive 

Committee that it was prudent to 
increase the provision related to 
these matters to $438 million to 
reflect collectively their current 
status. Since these matters are 
ongoing we cannot provide any 
guarantee in terms of when these 
matters may be settled and what the 
ultimate impact to Indivior will be. We 
continue to cooperate fully with the 
various parties and are hopeful for 
resolution in a timely manner.

Below are the strategic priorities the 
Board and management team set 
for the Group, understanding that 
these have the greatest impact on our 
business, and that building upon them 
best positions Indivior to generate 
long-term shareholder value.

1.  Building the resilience of our 
franchise by continuing to 
expand access to treatment and 
maintaining a leadership position;
2. Developing our innovative pipeline 
to help improve patient outcomes;

3. Expanding global treatment by 

capitalizing on international growth 
opportunities; and

4. Preparing for our future by creating 
a robust growth infrastructure and 
effectively managing business risks.

I’ll now expand on each of the 
strategic priorities, looking at the 
progress made against each in 2017, 
and our plan for leveraging our 
achievements moving forward.

1. Building the resilience of our 
franchise by continuing to 
expand access to addiction 
treatment and maintaining a 
leadership position
According to new data released by 
the US Centers for Disease Control 
and Prevention (CDC), there were 
more than 63,600 total drug overdose 
deaths in 2016, or 174 drug overdose 

www.indivior.comdeaths per day. This number is up 
21% in just one year – from 144 a 
day in 2015. Furthermore, the US 
healthcare system is struggling to 
keep pace with the addiction crisis, 
and many patients are unable to 
access the evidence-based treatment 
and care they require. In fact, despite 
extensive evidence of the personal 
and societal benefits of medication-
assisted treatment (MAT), only a small 
minority of OUD patients receive it, 
and OUD diagnoses are currently 
outpacing MAT prescriptions at an 
alarming rate of nearly eight to one.

In 2017, Indivior continued efforts 
to support patient access to care. 
Treatment capacity expanded to 
a record number of physicians 
and other qualified treatment 
providers in the US, ending the year 
at about 48,480 providers, a 25% 
increase over 2016. The increase 
in the patient treatment cap from 
100 patients to 275 patients, and 
the ability of nurse practitioner’s 
(NPs) and Physician Assistants (PAs) 
to prescribe added to treatment 
capacity and market growth. 

2017 Sales by geography

$1.1 Bil

United States 80%
Rest of World 20% 

“I am pleased to report 
that SUBLOCADE is now 
available to US patients 
and their treatment 
providers.”

As a result, total market growth 
accelerated to low double-
digit levels in 2017, from high single-
digit levels the previous year. 

Against this backdrop in the US, 
our SUBOXONE Film franchise 
maintained its leading position in 
its largest market, with an average 
share of 57% of the buprenorphine 
medication-assisted treatment 
(BMAT) market in 2017. The 
resilience of our franchise is a 
testament to our patient-focused 
platform. We are well-positioned to 
support the launch of SUBLOCADE, 
which we believe may become a new 
standard of care for the treatment of 
moderate to severe OUD. 

2. Developing our innovative 
pipeline to help improve 
patient outcomes

SUBLOCADETM
For patients and shareholders, the 
story of the year was undoubtedly 
the FDA approval of our new product, 
SUBLOCADE, which is the first once-
monthly injectable buprenorphine 

US SUBOXONE® Film share has been resilient

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

55.8%

19.8%
19.7%

 4.3%

0.5%

3
1
n
a
J

3
1

r
a
M

3
1

y
a
M

3
1

l
u
J

3
1

t
p
e
S

3
1

v
o
N

4
1
n
a
J

4
1

r
a
M

4
1

y
a
M

4
1

l
u
J

4
1

t
p
e
S

4
1

v
o
N

5
1
n
a
J

5
1

r
a
M

5
1

y
a
M

5
1

l
u
J

5
1

t
p
e
S

5
1

v
o
N

6
1
n
a
J

6
1

r
a
M

6
1

y
a
M

6
1

l
u
J

6
1

t
p
e
S

6
1

v
o
N

7
1
n
a
J

7
1

r
a
M

7
1

y
a
M

7
1

l
u
J

7
1

t
p
e
S

7
1

c
e
D

Suboxone® 
Film

Suboxone® 
Tablet

Generic 
buprenorphine
/naloxone

Zubsolv® is a licensed trademark of Orexo US, Inc.
Bunavail® is a registered trademark of BioDelivery Sciences International, Inc.

Source: Symphony Health Retail & Non-Retail TRx MG (IDV) ending Dec 2017 

Generic 
buprenorphine

Zubsolv®

Bunavail®

13

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s statement continued

formulation approved to treat moderate 
to severe OUD. A significant scientific 
innovation, SUBLOCADE represents a 
new treatment option to help patients 
attain more illicit opioid-free weeks 
during their treatment program.

the treatment of schizophrenia. In 
December 2017, the FDA accepted 
our New Drug Application (NDA) 
for RBP-7000, which is a significant 
milestone for Indivior as we expand 
our treatment portfolio. 

SUBLOCADE is the first therapy 
that, at steady state, delivers 
buprenorphine at a sustained rate of 
at least 2 ng/mL over a one-month 
period. These sustained plasma levels 
of buprenorphine translate into high 
mu-opioid receptor occupancy in the 
brain, which blocks the drug-liking 
effects of opioids. 

In addition, SUBLOCADE is disseminated 
through a restricted distribution system, 
which is intended to prevent direct 
distribution to the patient, thereby 
minimizing the risk of serious harm 
or death through intravenous self-
administration. This approach is also 
intended to help reduce the risk of 
diversion, misuse and abuse.

SUBLOCADE represents an evidence-
based, paradigm shift from how we 
approach treatment of moderate to 
severe opioid use disorder today. 
Its development is testament 
to Indivior’s depth of expertise 
in receptor pharmacology and 
pharmacokinetic understanding. It 
also demonstrates our focus and 
ability to listen and partner with our 
stakeholders, including the US FDA, 
the treatment community and patient 
advocates, to find and develop 
another evidence-based option that 
meets patients’ needs.

I am pleased to report that 
SUBLOCADE is now available to US 
patients and our confidence in its 
potential is reinforced by our peak 
annual net revenue expectations of at 
least $1,000 million. 

RBP-7000
Our patient focus and desire to 
deliver on unmet patient needs 
extends to the co-occurring 
disorders of addiction. In 2017, 
we made excellent progress with 
RBP-7000, an investigational once-
monthly injectable risperidone in 
the ATRIGEL® delivery system for 

14

RBP-7000 leverages much of 
the science and capabilities we 
established with the ATRIGEL 
technology platform. In much the 
same way that SUBLOCADE delivers 
on unmet patient needs with 
buprenorphine, we believe RBP-7000, 
if approved, will meet key patient 
needs with risperidone: principally a 
rapid onset of action with consistent 
plasma levels of risperidone 
over the entire monthly dosing 
interval. We have spent time with 
prescribing psychiatrists and, while 
they like risperidone’s established 
efficacy profile – it is still the most 
prescribed anti-psychotic – they 
don’t yet have a monthly risperidone 
option that they would consider a 
‘breakthrough’ treatment. 

To ensure RBP-7000’s anticipated 
success, we have established a new 
Behavioural Health Business Unit, 
which has required an investment in 
new sales and marketing capabilities. 
This includes recruiting new talent 
with expertise in this disease space to 
enable the successful launch of RBP-
7000 and to leverage our significant 
R&D capabilities to develop life-cycle 
management opportunities. 

RBP-7000’s PDUFA date is July 28, 
2018 and, assuming a favorable 
approval decision from the FDA, we 
anticipate a Q4 launch and project 
delivering peak annual net revenues 
of $200 to $300 million.

Addex
To further build upon our leadership 
position in addiction, we entered into 
a strategic collaboration with Addex 
Therapeutics to license and accelerate 
the development of GABAB positive 
allosteric modulators (PAMs), which 
have demonstrated preclinical activity 
and tolerability in animal models 
for alcohol use disorder (AUD) and 
cocaine use disorder (CUD). 

We are particularly excited about 
the potential of the lead compound, 
ADX71441. The US National Institute on 
Drug Abuse (NIDA) recently awarded 
a $5 million grant to support the 
development of ADX71441 in CUD. In 
2018, we will be working with Addex 
to define the key activities that will 
support the development of ADX71441 
as well as the research program that 
will be dedicated to the identification 
of new GABAB PAMs. 

3. Expanding global treatment 
by capitalizing on international 
growth opportunities
In 2017, we continued to make good 
progress with our SUBOXONE Film 
and Tablet franchise outside the US.

In Australia, SUBOXONE Film 
continues to gain share against 
legacy treatment approaches as the 
treatment community grows more 
familiar with Indivior. In Canada, 
where per capita addiction (or 
overdose) rates are greater than the 
US, SUBOXONE Film was added to 
the List of Drugs for an Urgent Public 
Health Need in British Columbia. 
In Canada, overall, our SUBOXONE 
Tablet share position continues 
to grow. Our early successes in 
Australia and Canada demonstrate 
our ability to identify opportunities 
to address the unmet needs of 
patients and differentiate from 
other buprenorphine options and 
quickly flex our organization to gain 
meaningful market entry. 

Our European business, which 
constitutes our largest market outside 
the US, also continued to grow despite 
the focus on funding austerity in 
key European markets. We have 
continued to provide buprenorphine 
medication-assisted treatment (BMAT) 
for OUD in Europe and have expanded 
our portfolio in the region. In July 2017, 
the French regulatory agency, l’Agence 
Nationale de Sécurité du Médicament 
et des produits de santé (ANSM), 
approved a Marketing Authorisation 
(MA) in France for Indivior’s NALSCUE® 
(naloxone hydrochloride) nasal spray 
for the emergency treatment of 
suspected opioid overdose. 

www.indivior.comDelivering on our strategy

Our strategic 
priorities

Progress 
in 2017

Building the 
resilience of 
our franchise

 ࢀ Maintained SUBOXONE Film’s leading share position at an average of 57% (2016: 

61%) in our largest market, the US, despite competition from lower priced 
generic options

 ࢀ SUBOXONE Film’s resilience demonstrates the strength of Indivior’s brand and our 

focus on patient needs 

 ࢀ Treatment capacity expanded to a record number of physicians and other qualified 
treatment providers in the US, ending the year at about 48,480 providers, a 25% 
increase over 2016

Developing 
our innovative 
pipeline

 ࢀ SUBLOCADE – FDA approved on November 30th the first and only once-monthly 
treatment for moderate to severe OUD; SUBLOCADE now available to patients 
nationwide in the US 

 ࢀ RBP-7000 (monthly risperidone injection) – FDA accepted submission of the NDA 

and established a PDUFA date of July 28, 2018; Q4 2018 launch expected, if approved
 ࢀ Arbaclofen Placarbil – Phase 1 Bioavailability Clinical Study Protocol (INDV-AP-102) 

completed; planning to meet with FDA to share our plans and agree on next 
development stages

 ࢀ Addex Therapeutics Strategic Collaboration – Exploring the potential of GABAB PAMs 
in addiction treatment; US NIDA recently awarded a $5.3 million grant to Addex to 
support the development of ADX71441 for cocaine use disorder (CUD)

Expanding 
our global 
treatment

Developing 
the business

 ࢀ Maintained leading share of BMAT market in Europe, Indivior’s largest market 

outside the US

 ࢀ Preparing regulatory submission for SUBLOCADE approval in key Western European 

markets in 2018

 ࢀ NALSCUE for the emergency treatment of characterized or suspected opioid 

overdose received regulatory approval in France

 ࢀ Australia and Canada continued to generate share with strong sales growth; 

SUBLOCADE regulatory submissions being prepared for both Australia and Canada

 ࢀ Completed extension of Indivior R&D facilities in Fort Collins (CO, USA) (18,500 sq ft) 

and new R&D Center of Excellence in Hull (UK) (54,000 sq ft)

 ࢀ Initiated the appeals process against Dr. Reddy’s after the Court validated Indivior’s 
patents, but found non-infringement; appeal is progressing in the Federal Circuit 
Court of Appeals

 ࢀ Entered a settlement agreement with Mylan resolving patent litigation related to 
SUBOXONE Film, including termination of their inter partes review (IPR) action
 ࢀ Continued to assert Intellectual Property, including SUBOXONE Film Orange Book 

listed patents

 ࢀ Entered a settlement agreement with Amneal related to antitrust litigation
 ࢀ Replaced US and Euro denominated term loans with new facilities that carry more 
favorable durations and terms, thereby significantly improving Indivior’s overall 
financial flexibility

15

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
Chief Executive Officer’s statement continued

NALSCUE has been provided in France 
under a Temporary Authorisation 
for Use (Autorisation Temporaires 
d’Utilisation or ATU) since July 2016. 

Our solid growth in Australia 
and Canada, along with steady 
performance in Europe, drove overall 
Rest of World sales to $216 million in 
2017, a 7% increase.

We continue to work with European 
treatment leaders to destigmatize 
addiction and to raise awareness 
among policy makers about drug-
related deaths and the ways to help 
reduce them with buprenorphine-
based OUD treatments. We believe 
the potential for SUBLOCADE is 
substantial in Western Europe, and 

over the course of 2018 we will be 
working with key European agencies 
to seek approval for use. In the near 
term, the environment is expected to 
remain challenging, but we continue 
to eye Europe as a future growth 
market for SUBLOCADE.

4. Prepare for our future by 
creating a robust growth 
infrastructure and effectively 
managing business risks
In 2017, we continued to build our 
capabilities and financial strength to 
ensure Indivior is optimally positioned 
to endure both seen and unforeseen 
challenges. We have expanded our 
talent base across the organization, 
including investments in compliance, 

Indivior’s global presence

R&D, future medicines development 
and finance. In 2017, our compliance 
group doubled in size which reinforces 
our commitment to operating a 
compliance-focused culture.

Our R&D investments are aimed 
at solidifying our commitment to 
focus on life-cycle management 
of SUBLOCADE. After launch, we 
will monitor patient outcomes, the 
efficacy and safety of this important 
medicine and monitor patient 
experiences to learn how we can 
further enhance treatment options. 

Austria
Belgium
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Finland
France

Germany
Iceland
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania

Luxembourg
Malta
Norway
Portugal
United Kingdom

Bosnia  
& Herzegovina
Cyprus
Estonia
Greece
Hungary
The Netherlands

Poland
Romania
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Turkey

Switzerland

Canada 

United States

SUBOXONE 
Film

SUBOXONE 
Tablet

SUBUTEX 
Tablet

SUBLOCADE 
Injection*

Taiwan

Malaysia

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Australia

South Africa

New Zealand

Indivior has a global presence in over 40 countries. Our core products are SUBLOCADE™ (buprenorphine extended-release) Injection for subcutaneous 
use (CIII), SUBOXONE® (buprenorphine and naloxone) Sublingual Film, SUBOXONE® (buprenorphine and naloxone) Sublingual Tablet, and SUBUTEX® 
(buprenorphine) Sublingual Tablet. Indivior’s largest geographic market (based on sales origination) is the US, which in 2017 accounted for 80% of net 
revenues and where SUBOXONE® Film is the buprenorphine market leader. In other parts of the world, our SUBOXONE® Sublingual Tablet, SUBOXONE® 
Sublingual Film and SUBUTEX® Tablet are also market leaders based on market share. 

*SUBLOCADE™ received US FDA approval in November 2017, but had no net revenue impact in the year.

16

www.indivior.comI am particularly proud of the 
world-class manufacturing and R&D 
capabilities we have established 
in Hull (UK) and Fort Collins (US). 
These investments will help us lead 
the science of addiction and its 
co-occurring disorders and develop 
new treatment options for patients 
around the world.

Late in the year, we further secured 
our future by favorably amending 
and extending credit terms with 
lenders. As a result, we gained 
the financial flexibility to allow us 
to invest in Indivior’s key growth 
initiatives and consider business 
development opportunities. 

We have also continued to assert 
and defend appropriately the 
intellectual property surrounding 
SUBOXONE Film. In September 2017, 
we experienced a setback in our 
infringement lawsuit against Dr. 
Reddy’s, with the US District Court 

of Delaware ruling that while our 
patents were valid, Dr. Reddy’s 
did not infringe on them. We have 
since filed an appeal against the 
Dr. Reddy’s decision and intend 
to continue vigorously defending 
our intellectual property, including 
asserting two important new Orange 
Book listed patents (’454 and ’221). 
Unfortunately, the Court’s timing 
and ultimate decisions are out of 
our control. I can, however, say for 
certain that Indivior’s position is 
much improved with the availability 
of SUBLOCADE in the US, our strong 
cash position and improved overall 
financial flexibility.

The Indivior culture
At the heart of Indivior is a shared 
passion and commitment to help 
support the patient journey to 
treatment and recovery, remove the 
barrier of stigma, enable access to 
evidence-based treatment, and provide 

Gary Mendell, Chairman 
and CEO Shatterproof, 
joins Indivior for lunch 
after the Washington 
D.C. 5K walk/run.

Indivior employees 
listen to remarks.

education, new scientific understanding 
and knowledge to the treatment 
community. Indeed, a rigorous and 
unwavering focus on patient needs 
informs everything we do. 

Based on a clearly-defined set of 
principles and behaviors, our culture 
is a key competitive advantage. All of 
our guiding principles, but particularly 
our capacity to demonstrate honesty 
and integrity at all times, support a 
culture that strives to adhere to the 
highest ethical principles at all times. 
In 2017, this culture continued to 
drive our performance, enabling us 
to create not only a business that will 
prosper and grow, but an organization 
that will create lasting social value by 
helping to address one of the most 
urgent epidemics of our time.

Looking ahead, our priority is to 
increase Indivior’s value by enhancing 
our leadership in the treatment 
of addiction and its co-occurring 
disorders, maintaining our focus 
on the patient and engaging and 
learning from our stakeholders. As a 
company, we will continue to educate, 
enable and convene with the aim of 
progressing our understanding of the 
broader addiction disease space and 
delivering better treatment solutions. 

I firmly believe we are the company 
– working in partnership with other 
experts – best positioned to tackle 
the growing global addiction crisis, 
and its co-occurring disorders. 
And, while change occurs at pace 
in the world around us, our vision, 
patient focus, guiding principles 
and pursuit of innovation remain 
resolutely unchanged. These are the 
key ingredients that we believe will 
continue to drive Indivior’s success 
and long-term value for shareholders. 
We therefore face the future with 
great confidence, knowing that our 
bedrock foundation is strong.

Shaun Thaxter
Chief Executive Officer

17

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 201718

www.indivior.comA patient’s journey
Miguel
Patient, France

Miguel’s journey
“My involvement with 
Auto-Support des Usagers 
de Drogues has enabled 
me to overcome feelings 
of stigma, and I’m able to 
use my experience to 
help others.”

Miguel’s journey with 
addiction began at the age 
of 15, when he started 
taking cannabis and LSD, 
turning then to cocaine 
and heroin. After school 
he went to university, then 
began working as a 
Spanish teacher. He got 
married and started a 
family, but his drug use 
continued, getting steadily 
worse over time. Only now 
at the age of 61, after 
three years of treatment, 
does he feel he finally has 
a normal life and, 
following deep personal 
tragedy, has rediscovered 
love and hope.

Can you describe the early years 
of your addiction, and what your 
life was like at that time? 
I was influenced by 1970s culture 
and wanted to open my mind. During 
the 1980s, I was living in Paris and 
then Madrid. It was a time of cultural 
change, particularly in Spain, and lots 
of people were experimenting with 
drugs. I was a successful professional 
– perhaps not the expected profile 
of a drug user – so I had money, 
and drugs were easy to find. I began 
sniffing and smoking heroin every 
day, occasionally shooting. My wife 
was also using, so I didn’t have to 
hide what I was doing.

When did you realize you had 
a problem that needed to 
be addressed? 
The turning point came when my 
wife committed suicide. It was very 
shocking and upsetting for me. I was 
left with two children and had to 
carry on working so I could support 
and provide for them. I wanted to 
stop taking drugs, but I didn’t want 
to enroll in a treatment program 
because I was worried about the 
stigma, about the reaction of the 
social services.

19

Indivior Annual Report 2017It was post-2000, when my sons had 
finished their education, that my 
struggle with heroin got really bad. 
I quit my job and spent the next few 
years injecting and living as a drug 
addict on the street. I would steal 
tools from construction sites and sell 
them to earn money. It was a very 
chaotic period and things really went 
downhill for me.

Then one day, I was so ill I couldn’t 
even get on a bus. Some friends of 
mine found me and saw the state 
I was in. The very next day, they 
took me to a treatment center and 
I enrolled in a medication-assisted 
treatment program.

20

www.indivior.com“I have my family back. I am living life again.”

a drug user, and I can help speak 
for people whose situations I 
understand. Not only that, we as 
an organization fight against the 
stigmatization of drug users as 
criminals as this goes against the 
progress of rehabilitation. I know 
that medication-assisted treatment 
must be as widely available as 
possible, and that we must have 
different products to meet different 
people’s needs. Through advocacy 
and insight, I want to help make a 
difference, and I’m pleased to be 
able to put my past experiences to 
good use helping others. 

How did you respond to 
the treatment? 
I took my medication daily and I 
was analyzed every two weeks. It 
was hard, but I kept going because 
I knew this was a way to stay safe 
from harm, and my life began to 
normalize. During this period, I also 
met someone and rediscovered love, 
and this further motivated me to 
stop taking drugs. It’s fair to say the 
medication-assisted treatment made 
a positive difference to my life. 

Along the way, I found ASUD (Auto-
Support des Usagers de Drogues), 
where I now work. My involvement 
with ASUD has enabled me to 
overcome feelings of stigma, and 
I’m able to use my experience 
to help others. I provide insight 
into patient needs and treatment 
efficacy from the perspective of 

21

Indivior Annual Report 2017Stakeholder engagement

  For more than 20 years,  
Indivior has worked together 
with policymakers, medical 
societies, patient advocacy 
groups, healthcare providers, 
payers and other stakeholders 
to educate on the disease of 
addiction and advocate for 
patient access to evidence-
based treatment.

In 2017, Indivior’s 
advocacy efforts focused 
on shaping an external 
environment to help 
meet the unmet needs  
of patients and to 
destigmatize the  
disease of addiction. 

In supporting leading global advocacy 
organizations, Indivior focused on:

 ࢀ Expanding access to evidence-

based treatment and information.
 ࢀ Promoting education, advocacy and 

engagement.

 ࢀ Advocating for access to substance 
use and mental health benefits for 
US patients.

 ࢀ Breaking the intergenerational 

cycles of addiction.

 ࢀ Accelerating innovation through 

science, education and leadership 
conversations.

 ࢀ Awareness-building initiatives to 

help drive solutions.

We are pleased to highlight the 
work of several of the organizations 
working tirelessly to advance change 
for patients and families suffering 
from addiction. 

We are proud to support their efforts.

22

www.indivior.com23

Indivior Annual Report 2017Stakeholder engagement 
continued

“This support is so 
valuable – it helps to 
generate resources 
that simply didn’t 
exist before; resources 
designed to identify and 
help the most at-risk 
families and individuals.”

Jessica Hulsey Nickel
President & CEO, APF

Addiction Policy Forum, US 
In the US, Indivior supports the 
Addiction Policy Forum (APF), a 
national organization working to 
elevate awareness around addiction 
and improve national policy through 
prevention, treatment, recovery and 
criminal justice reform. 

During 2017, Indivior provided 
financial support for APF’s Emergency 
Medicine Initiative, an area of strategic 
focus for the organization. Through 
this initiative, APF is developing 
open-source materials to educate 
emergency responders to help ensure 
that non-fatal overdoses do not 
become fatal through reoccurrence, 
and to develop treatment protocols 
to help meet that goal.

“These post-overdose protocols are 
so important,” says Jessica Hulsey 
Nickel, founder and President & 
CEO, APF. “That’s where this support 
is so valuable – it helps to generate 
resources that simply didn’t exist 
before; resources designed to identify 
and help the most at-risk families and 
individuals.” Jessica, whose parents 
died as a result of long-term opioid 
use disorder, has been advocating for 
a better response to addiction since 
she was 15 years old.

24

www.indivior.com“It is by supporting collaboration  
and innovation that we can help  
make a difference for patients.”

Shaun Thaxter
Chief Executive Officer

Indivior also provides financial 
support for APF’s CARA Family 
Day, named after the landmark 
Comprehensive Addiction and 
Recovery Act (CARA). Passed in the US 
in 2016, this legislation has advanced 
evidence-based prevention, 
treatment and recovery services 
for substance use disorders. APF’s 
annual event brings together families 
directly affected by addiction from 
all over the US to advocate on behalf 
of addiction resources and to raise 
awareness to help end the stigma 
surrounding this disease.

Parity at 10 Compliance 
Campaign, US
Indivior supports the Parity at 
10 Compliance Campaign, a new 
partnership of leading national 
organizations working for effective 
enforcement of the Parity Act in ten 
US states over the next three years. 
One of the major recommendations 
outlined in the final report of the US 
President’s Commission on Combating 
Drug Addiction and the Opioid Crisis 
is the need for greater enforcement 
of the Federal Parity Act. Next year 
will mark the 10th anniversary of 
the landmark legislation, which 
mandates that health insurance plans’ 
standards for substance use and 
mental health benefits be comparable 
to, and be no more restrictive than, 
the standards for other medical/
surgical benefits. Parity at 10 has 
launched in five states – Illinois, 
Maryland, New Jersey, New York and 
Ohio. The campaign’s work in each 
state includes researching the current 
treatment and policy landscape, 
conducting extensive public and 
provider education about the Parity 
Act, and, in partnership with local 
stakeholders and advocates, working 
with legislators and regulatory bodies 
to develop more effective compliance 
and enforcement frameworks. 

than $300,000 to help communities 
advocate for evidence-based solutions 
and policy change. Dr. Ponni Subbiah, 
Chief Medical Officer, Indivior, 
highlighted Indivior’s commitment to 
patients in remarks at the opening 
program in Washington, D.C.

Harm Reduction Australia, 
New South Wales
In 2017, Indivior provided support 
to Harm Reduction Australia, a 
national organization for individuals 
committed to reducing the health, 
social and economic harms 
potentially associated with drug use. 
To encourage a thorough rethink 
of existing policies and support the 
much-needed reform of the Opioid 
Treatment Program (OTP) system, 
Indivior provided funds to Harm 
Reduction Australia to deliver a 
series of information and discussion 
forums with OTP stakeholders 
throughout late 2017.

The Hill, Washington D.C.
To help accelerate innovative 
solutions to the opioid crisis, in 2017 
Indivior sponsored a leadership 
conversation in Washington, D.C. with 
The Hill newspaper. ‘America’s Opioid 
Epidemic, the Search for Solutions’ 
featured US federal and state 
government policy-makers, patient 
advocates, medical societies and 
healthcare advocates in thoughtful 
discussion about solutions to combat 
the opioid crisis. 

Closing the event, Indivior CEO 
Shaun Thaxter said: “We are facing a 
tremendous crisis of people suffering 
from chronic addiction and we 
must continue to increase access to 
care, invest in psychosocial support 
infrastructure and offer evidence-
based treatment choices.”

25

ScriptWise, Australia
ScriptWise is a national non-profit 
organization, based in Australia, 
dedicated to reducing prescription 
medication misuse and overdose 
fatalities. In 2017, Indivior provided 
financial support for a range of 
activities including:

 ࢀ ScriptWise’s efforts to raise 

awareness of the importance of a 
Real Time Prescription Monitoring 
system for Australian States 
and Territories, and to provide 
information about over-the-counter 
codeine rescheduling in Australia. 
 ࢀ A stakeholder treatment advocacy 
and awareness initiative which 
involved facilitating the start of 
Working Groups in Victoria and WA.
 ࢀ International Overdose Awareness 

Day activities.

Shatterproof, US
In support of Shatterproof, a non-
profit organization with a mission to 
end the devastation that addiction 
causes families, Indivior sponsored 5k 
walk/run events in Washington, D.C., 
Boston and Atlanta. The Shatterproof 
‘Rise Up Against Addiction’ 5k walk/
run events brought together people 
affected by addiction and united in 
their passion to end the stigma of 
addiction by honoring loved ones lost 
to the disease and celebrating the 
hope of recovery. At the Washington, 
D.C. event, Indivior employees, family 
members and friends were among 800 
people who participated to raise more 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Stakeholder engagement continued

Ms. Burton-Phillips, from DrugFAM, help cut the ribbon to open Indivior’s R&D Centre of Excellence in Hull, UK.

DrugFAM, UK
DrugFAM is a UK-based global 
organization dedicated to providing 
safe, caring and professional support 
to families, friends and partners who 
are struggling to cope with a loved 
one’s addiction.

Indivior has supported DrugFAM for 
several years in its efforts to give 
families the strength to break free 
from the cycle of addiction and 
rebuild their lives. In the words of 
DrugFAM founder Elizabeth Burton-
Phillips, the two organizations 
“are united about the need to 
destigmatize addiction and support 
those whose lives have been derailed 
by drug or alcohol misuse.”

Indivior’s support will help with the 
development of workshop materials 
to accompany a DrugFAM play 
adapted from Elizabeth Burton-
Phillips’s book, Mum Can You Lend 
Me Twenty Quid? To date, the 
play, which depicts the effects of 
addiction on family life, has been 
performed 125 times in schools and 
communities, and the new workshop 

26

materials will provide additional 
tools and potential for education 
and engagement. 

USA Today National 
Opioid Addiction 
Awareness Campaign
Recognizing that one of the greatest 
barriers to the patient journey to 
treatment and recovery is the stigma, 
prejudice and misconceptions 
around addiction and treatment, 
Indivior was a sponsor of the 
national Opioid Addiction Awareness 
Campaign feature in USA Today, 
in 6 major cities across the United 
States. By helping provide a platform 
for voices of the Addiction Policy 
Forum, Shatterproof and Faces and 
Voices of Recovery (FAVOR), Indivior 
helped give voice to how imperative 
‘breaking down the barriers of 
stigma’ is to empowering treatment 
access for patients and removing the 
barriers of guilt and shame.

The Moyer Foundation, US 
Founded in 2000 by American 
baseball player Jamie Moyer and 
child advocate Karen Phelps Moyer, 
The Moyer Foundation supports 
thousands of children and families 
each year with free-of-charge 
programs and services. 

Indivior provides ongoing financial 
support to Camp Mariposa, The Moyer 
Foundation’s addiction prevention 
and mentoring program. Camp 
Mariposa serves youth impacted by 
the substance use disorder of family 
members, with the aim of breaking the 
intergenerational cycle of addiction.

Indivior’s three-year grant (beginning 
September 2016) supports the 
strengthening, growth and expansion of 
the Foundation’s prevention resources, 
sites and services. The newest Camp 
Mariposa location, serving Princeton, 
West Virginia, US, was launched in June 
2017, with two additional locations 
opening in 2018. Indivior’s support also 
enabled infrastructure improvements 
for mentoring and addiction 
prevention, and partnership forming to 
help tackle stigma. 

www.indivior.comThe Moyer Foundation, US.

Community Anti-Drug 
Coalitions of America 
(CADCA), US
For over five years, Indivior has 
provided educational grant support 
to the Community Anti-Drug 
Coalitions of America (CADCA) whose 
mission is to strengthen the capacity 
of communities to create and 
maintain safe, healthy and drug-free 
communities globally.

In 2017, CADCA implemented 
programs in those communities in 
greatest need of access to evidence-
based care for opioid use disorder 
to help reduce the stigma associated 
with the disease of addiction, 
educate communities on medication-
assisted treatment options and 
increase the number of health-care 
providers waivered to treat opioid 
use disorder.

“CADCA supports the 
whole continuum of 
care from education to 
prevention to treatment 
and recovery. We believe 
leaders of all levels need 
to focus on initiatives 
that increase awareness, 
reduce stigma, and focus 
on initiatives to maintain 
safe, healthy and drug-
free communities.”

General Arthur T. Dean
Chairman and CEO, CADCA

Helping to reduce OUD 
mortality in France
In France, Indivior supported a 
partnership across several clinical 
and medico-social associations 
in support of the early access 
program for NALSCUE nasal spray 
for the emergency treatment 
of characterized or suspected 
opioid overdose. 

During 2017, over 400 centers 
(addiction centers, hospitals, 
prisons and harm reduction 
centers), and 800 doctors, 200 
pharmacists and hundreds 
of nurses, social workers and 
educators received training 
on overdose symptoms, risks, 
mortality and the use and 
benefits of NALSCUE.

Indivior also supported the patient 
advocacy group ASUD (Auto-
Support des Usagers de Drogues) 
development of public information 
materials on harm reduction and 
treatment approaches.

27

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Research & development

Driving innovation, strengthening 
our leadership profile 

“Indivior’s R&D 
program is dedicated 
to the development 
of innovative 
therapeutics that 
move the international 
community one 
step closer to new 
treatment options 
that help patients 
with substance use 
disorders (SUDs) 
worldwide improve 
their quality of life and 
well-being.ˮ

Christian Heidbreder
Chief Scientific Officer

Indivior’s R&D mission is dedicated 
to the development of innovative 
therapeutics that move the 
international community one step 
closer to new treatment options that 
help patients with substance use 
disorders (SUDs) worldwide improve 
their quality of life and well-being. 

One of our core guiding principles 
– focus on patient needs to drive 
decisions – incentivizes R&D to 
advance treatment innovations 
in the face of the growing global 
addiction crisis. 

In 2017, we continued to invest in R&D 
to pioneer significant new treatment 
options for those suffering from 
SUDs, and in partnerships worldwide 
to realize our vision that all patients 
will have access to evidence-based 
treatment for addiction and other co-
occurring disorders. 

During the year, we delivered two 
NDA submissions to the US FDA, 
completed two new state-of-the-art 
R&D Centers of Excellence, achieved 
FDA approval for our new product, 
SUBLOCADE, and formed new 
strategic research partnerships. 

We entered into a multi-partner 
funding collaboration with Virginia 
Commonwealth University, Inova 
Fairfax Hospital and Virginia Tech 
Carilion Research Institute to study 
the effects of SUBLOCADE in the 
emergency room environment to 
possibly prevent repeat opioid 
overdoses and potentially change the 
standard of care for those who are 
recovering from opioid overdose. 

We also showcased Indivior’s 
scientific expertise and know-how 
in six peer-reviewed publications 
and no less than 12 published 
conference abstracts with a focus 
on the science in support of 
SUBLOCADE and RBP-7000. 

SUBLOCADE™: Expanding 
access to treatment for opioid 
use disorder
Our major R&D success of 2017 was 
the US FDA approval of SUBLOCADE. 
As the first and only once-monthly 
injectable buprenorphine formulation 
to treat moderate to severe opioid 
use disorder (OUD), SUBLOCADE 
represents an evidence-based 
paradigm shift from how we approach 
treatment of OUD today.

During the development of 
SUBLOCADE, we worked closely with 
the FDA through Type C meetings 
and an End-of-Phase 2 meeting. 
SUBLOCADE was granted US Fast 
Track Designation in May 2016. A 
pre-NDA meeting was successfully 
conducted in December 2016, which 
was followed by NDA submission 
in May 2017, and official NDA 
filing and PDUFA Priority Review 
designation in July 2017. 

The science behind SUBLOCADE™

SUBLOCADE™ (buprenorphine 
extended-release) is the first 
and only therapy that, at 
steady state, delivers 
buprenorphine at a sustained 
rate of at least 2 ng/mL over a 
one-month period. 

A unique delivery system
SUBLOCADE™ (buprenorphine extended-
release) uses the ATRIGEL® delivery system, 
which consists of a polymeric solution 
of a biodegradable poly-(DL-lactide-co-
glycolide) co-polymer dissolved in N-methyl 
pyrrolidone (NMP), a water-miscible 
biocompatible solvent.

After subcutaneous injection, NMP interacts 
with body fluids that replace the NMP 
as it diffuses out of the polymer matrix, 
triggering polymerization. This traps the 
buprenorphine inside and forms a solid 
deposit in place. The depot releases 
buprenorphine over a one-month period by 
diffusion as the polymer biodegrades. 

SUBLOCADE™ Lifecycle Evidence 
Generation & Optimization (LEGO)
During 2017, various studies were planned 
and designed and we will continue to 
generate and optimize evidence to support 
SUBLOCADE’s efficacy and strengthen 
Indivior’s leadership in the treatment of 
OUD. These included:

 ࢀ Emergency Room Study – to assess 
the efficacy and safety of initiating 
SUBLOCADE in ER settings to potentially 
prevent repeat overdose events in 
OUD patients.

 ࢀ VAS Craving Project – to explore how 

craving could be used as potential clinical 
endpoint in clinical trials in OUD patients. 

 ࢀ Buprenorphine Abuse, Misuse, Diversion 

(AMD) Epidemiology – to investigate 
the root causes of abuse and misuse in 
diverted buprenorphine.

ATRIGEL Delivery System

Polymer 
solidification 
at surface

Injected 
liquid

Solvent 
out 

Water
in

Drug 
out

Solvent 
out 

Water
in

Drug 
out

SUBLOCADE™ sustained-release formulation of buprenorphine. SUBLOCADE™ 
uses the ATRIGEL delivery system, a solution consisting of a biodegradable 
poly-(DL-lactide-co-glycolide) co-polymer dissolved in N-methyl pyrrolidone 
(NMP), a water-miscible biocompatible solvent. After subcutaneous injection, 
NMP interacts with body fluids that replace the NMP in the matrix, triggering 
polymerization. Buprenorphine trapped inside the polymer formed in situ is 
gradually released over a one-month period as the polymer biodegrades

How SUBLOCADE™ works

VAS Score (observation)
VAS Score (prediction)

µORO% (prediction)
µORO% (prediction)

100

80

70

60

40

20

)
g
n
i
k
i
L

g
u
r
D
(
e
r
o
c
s
S
A
V
n
a
e
m
S
L

0

0

1

2

3

4

5

mean buprenorphine concentration (ng/mL)

100

80

70

60

40

20

µ
O
R
O
%

0

6

SUBLOCADE™ (300mg) administration leads to buprenorphine plasma 
concentrations of 2-3 ng/mL, mu-opioid brain receptor occupancy of ≥70% 
producing significant reductions in drug-liking.

This graph is for illustrative purposes only.

The outcome: Abstinence rate

% week abstinence (% opioid free weeks)

45%

40%

35%

30%

25%

20%

15%

10%

5%

0%

300mg/100mg

300mg/300mg

Placebo

The primary efficacy endpoint (% abstinence from Week 5 through Week 24) 
was statistically significantly superior (P<0.0001) for both the 300 mg/100 mg 
and 300 mg/300 mg groups compared with the placebo group, with mean 
percentages as shown in the figure above.

29

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
Research & development continued

pruritus, vomiting, increased hepatic 
enzymes, fatigue, and injection 
site pain. 

We believe that SUBLOCADE™ is 
an important treatment option for 
patients, families and communities 
battling the opioid epidemic.

In October 2017, an Advisory Committee 
of the Psychopharmacologic Drugs 
Advisory Committee and the Drug 
Safety and Risk Management Advisory 
Committee voted 18 to 1 in favor 
of SUBLOCADE™ approval for the 
treatment of moderate to severe OUD. 

The FDA decision to approve 
SUBLOCADE™ marks the end of 
an eight-year long effort to bring 
to market this innovative novel 
formulation of buprenorphine in the 
ATRIGEL delivery system and expand 
access to treatment options for OUD. 
SUBLOCADE™ provides sustained 
plasma levels of buprenorphine that 
translate into high and sustained 
mu-opioid receptor occupancy in 
the brain over a one-month period, 
thereby suppressing withdrawal 

symptoms, reducing the subjective, 
drug-liking effects of opioid agonists, 
and ultimately leading to significantly 
reduced illicit opioid use compared 
to placebo over a six-month period. 

Exposure-response analyses 
established a correlation between 
buprenorphine plasma concentration, 
whole-brain mu-opioid receptor 
occupancy, opioid-free weeks, 
and withdrawal. The overall safety 
profile of SUBLOCADE™ in the 
clinical trials program was consistent 
with the known safety profile of 
transmucosal buprenorphine. The 
most common adverse reactions 
associated with SUBLOCADE™ (in 
≥5% of subjects) were constipation, 
headache, nausea, injection site 

Innovation through the 
decades: Indivior’s 
R&D timeline

Indivior has a long history 
of supporting the addiction 
treatment community. It has 
been involved in manufacturing 
and supplying buprenorphine for 
OUD patients for decades. 

30

Developing innovative 
treatments for OUD for decades

SUBUTEX®

SUBOXONE® 
Tablet

SUBOXONE® 
Film

SUBLOCADE™

1995*

2002*

2010*

2017* 

 ࢀ Approval in 

 ࢀ Approval of 

 ࢀ Combination 

form

 ࢀ Sublingual 

Film

France

 ࢀ Sublingual 
Tablet 
(buprenorphine)
 ࢀ Monodose form

SUBUTEX and 
SUBOXONE in US

 ࢀ Sublingual 
Tablets
 ࢀ SUBOXONE 

(buprenorphine 
and naloxone)
 ࢀ Combination 

form

* Date of Approval

 ࢀ ATRIGEL 
delivery 
system

 ࢀ Once monthly 
subcutaneous 
Injection

www.indivior.comIndivior’s R&D strategy
Our R&D strategy is to develop 
products that address the major 
challenges in the treatment of 
SUDs, which are: efficacy, safety, 
and delivery including adherence to 
treatment and reduction in misuse 
and diversion. 

A pre-requisite for addressing these 
challenges is understanding SUDs 
as the result of long-term molecular 
and cellular adaptations in key 
neural networks.

R&D partnerships
In 2017 we continued to develop 
partnerships and collaborations that 
allow us to understand patients’ 
unmet needs and accelerate the 
development of new medications.

We developed plans to collaborate 
with Virginia Commonwealth 
University (VCU), Inova Fairfax 
Hospital and Virginia Tech Carilion 
Research Institute to study the effects 
of SUBLOCADE™ in the emergency 
room environment to possibly 
prevent repeat opioid overdoses and 
potentially change standards of care.

We also entered a new strategic 
collaboration with Addex 
Therapeutics to explore GABA-B 
positive allosteric modulators 
(PAMs) as an attractive target to 
potentially treat various SUDs. Our 
joint research efforts could help to 
open new medication pathways for 
alcohol and cocaine use disorders.

We are also committed to further 
consolidating our prospective patient 
outcomes research, which is key to 
demonstrating the value of medical 
therapies to patients, physicians, 
and payers, and can drive new 
meaningful treatment options for 
patients suffering from SUDs.

Strategic driver: Infrastructure
State of the art research and development centers

During the year, we completed 
our new R&D Center of Excellence 
in Hull (UK) (54,000 sq ft) and the 
extension of our R&D facilities in 
Fort Collins (CO, USA) (18,500 sq ft). 

The new Hull facility is a $30 
million R&D center dedicated to 
pioneering novel treatments for 
patients struggling with SUDs. The 
new center, which will house over 
50 employees, is equipped with 
cutting-edge technologies, including 
a 400MHz Nuclear Magnetic 
Resonance spectrometer, and is 
constructed to environmental and 
energy-saving standards, including 
the installation of a 25kW solar 
panel farm to increase use of 
renewable energy. 

As Indivior’s largest capital 
investment in R&D, it is hoped 
the new center will enable 
us to leverage science and 
research to help understand the 

neurobiological underpinnings 
of SUDs and advance the SUD 
treatment paradigm.

In the US, our $11 million 
investment in Fort Collins has 
increased the site’s footprint 
from 23,000 sq ft to 42,000 sq ft. It 
establishes Fort Collins as a leader 
in parenteral product development 
from a chemistry, manufacturing 
and controls (CMC) perspective. 

Altogether, the new UK and US 
facilities will allow us to significantly 
expand our capabilities through 
pilot plant storage, formulation 
laboratories, analytical laboratories, 
chemistry laboratories, stability 
chambers, office spaces, and 
support spaces. Not only will these 
facilities help us remain at the 
cutting edge of innovation and 
discovery, they will help keep our 
employees safe, and support our 
independence as an organization. 

Hull: At a glance

$30m

Cost of Hull facility

50

Employees

400MHz

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 
spectrometer

31

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Research & development continued

R&D strategic drivers 
In 2017, we made progress against 
our four R&D strategic drivers: 
Infrastructure see page 31, People, 
Processes and Portfolio. 

People
Throughout 2017, we focused 
on bringing new talent into our 
organization and establishing strong 
leadership teams. We know that any 
business is only ever as good as the 
quality of the people and talent it can 
recruit. Our facilities enhancements 
in 2017 deepened the appeal of our 
organization as a place of scientific 
excellence where people can thrive 
and make a difference. Our hiring 
campaign also focused on lessening 
organizational layers, building 
cross-functional networks, rewarding 
successes, and promoting a ‘right 
decisions’ mindset based on sound 
scientific grounds. 

Processes
Another area of focus was improving 
the quality of our processes and 
interactions within R&D Functions 
and with ex-R&D Functions. Our 
key initiatives, designed to enhance 
how we work together and make 
the right decisions on behalf of 
patients, included:

 ࢀ Implementation of a Continuous 

Improvement Team.

 ࢀ Partnership between Medicine 

Development Leaders (MDLs) and 
Global Therapy Leaders (GTLs) and 
implementation of a Manufacturing 
Process Continuity Team (MPCT). 

 ࢀ Collaboration with Information 
Technology Department to 
move R&D towards industry 
standard, compliant and scalable 
platforms to support growth and 
submission activities and address 
any immediate compliance and 
support risks.

 ࢀ Partnership with Medical from 

medical governance to Advisory 
Boards to Lifecycle Evidence 
Generation and Optimization 
(LEGO) design and implementation. 

Portfolio
During 2017, we made significant 
progress across of our portfolio 
development. True to our vision and 
mission, we focused on developing 
innovative treatment solutions for 
OUD and its co-occurring disorders, 
such as schizophrenia. We also 
continued to address the challenge of 
alcohol use disorder (AUD).

Significant pipeline milestones for the year include:

Opioid use disorder

Product

  Milestone

SUBOXONE® 
Sublingual Tablet

 ‹ Data from two pivotal pharmacokinetics (PK) studies used to support application for two 
additional dosage strengths (SUBOXONE 12mg/3mg and 16mg/4mg Sublingual Tablets) in 
Canada. Final approval received from Health Canada (HC) with Notice of Compliance (NOC) in 
September 2017.

 ‹ Three clinical trials finalized and used to submit an NDA to the Chinese FDA in December 2016. 

NDA submission under review by CFDA.

SUBOXONE® 
Sublingual Film

 ‹ SUBOXONE Film added to List of Drugs for an Urgent Public Health Need in British Columbia, 

Canada, in June 2017 and for use in the Correctional Service Facilities in December 2017. 

SUBLOCADE™ injection for 
subcutaneous use (CIII)

 ‹ SUBLOCADE™ received US FDA approval in November 2017 as the first and only once-monthly 

injectable buprenorphine formulation to treat moderate to severe opioid use disorder.

32

www.indivior.com 
 
   
 
“The US filing of RBP-7000 represents a significant milestone for 
Indivior in addressing unmet patient needs in schizophrenia. 
It is a demonstration of our ongoing commitment to developing 
innovative treatment options and in helping to battle the 
challenges associated with this serious disease.” 

Christian Heidbreder
Chief Scientific Officer

Schizophrenia

Product

RBP-7000

  Milestone

 ‹ NDA for RBP-7000, our once monthly risperidone formulation using the ATRIGEL delivery system, 

successfully submitted to US FDA in September 2017. 

 ‹ Official NDA filing in December 2017, with PDUFA date set for July 2018. 

 ‹ In the pivotal randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study (RB-US-09-0010), RBP-7000 
demonstrated statistically significant clinical improvement compared to placebo based on 
changes in mean Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS) total and Clinical Global 
Impression-Severity of Illness (CGI-S) scores at eight weeks.

 ‹ The efficacy of RBP-7000 on the reduction in PANSS total scores and CGI-S was statistically 

significant with the first efficacy assessment on Day 15 through the duration of the eight week 
study. The most common adverse reactions in clinical trials (reported in ≥ 5% and greater than 
placebo group) were weight increase, constipation, sedation/somnolence, pain in extremity, 
back pain, akathisia, anxiety and musculoskeletal pain. The most common injection site 
reactions (≥ 5%) were injection site pain, erythema and induration/nodule.

 ‹ Measures of clinical efficacy in the open-label long-term safety extension trial (RB-US-13-0005) 
demonstrated that patients remained stable or improved across study visits over 12 months, as 
evidenced by decreases in mean PANSS total and CGI-S scores. This is the first demonstration of 
safety and durability of effect for an investigational once-monthly injectable form of risperidone 
administered subcutaneously in a long-term clinical trial.

Alcohol use disorder

Product

Arbaclofen  
Placarbil

  Milestone

 ‹ Phase 1 Bioavailability Study.

 ‹ Reformulation and clinical pharmacology assessment.

 ‹ Currently planning to meet with the FDA to agree on next development stages.

Rescue medications for opioid overdose

Product

  Milestone

NALSCUE® (naloxone 
hydrochloride) Nasal Spray

 ‹ Received Marketing Authorization (MA) from French Regulatory Agency ANSM for NALSCUE in July 

2017; the MA approved intranasal naloxone product for the emergency treatment of 
characterized or suspected opioid overdose in France.

33

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
Managing our business 
responsibly

Overall approach

Guiding principles 
and core values
Indivior’s Guiding Principles, Core 
Values and Vision provide the 
Group’s framework for decision-
making and create a blueprint for 
business success. They also support 
the Group’s culture which unites and 
guides its employees. This genuine 
competitive differentiator enables 
and encourages a shared passion to 
remove the stigma of substance use 
disorders and shift its treatment into 
mainstream medical practice. 

Responsible business drivers 
Indivior’s approach to responsible 
business is driven by its focus on 
addressing the needs of the patient 
and reducing the burden of substance 
use disorders, its aim to achieve 
regulatory compliance at all times, 
its understanding of stakeholder 
expectations concerning the Group’s 
behavior, its management of risk, and 
the desire across the Group to do the 
right thing in the right way in all of its 
day-to-day business activities.

Management of the approach
Indivior’s framework addresses seven 
key areas of its business: 

 ࢀ Environment and climate change
 ࢀ Employee health and safety
 ࢀ Patient safety and product quality
 ࢀ People
 ࢀ Business conduct
 ࢀ Information technology
 ࢀ Access to medicine, research and 
education funding and advocacy 
initiatives 

Indivior seeks to continuously 
improve its standard operating 
procedures, management systems 
and performance indicators.

Governance and oversight
Adherence to responsible business 
performance is overseen by 
the Executive Committee and 
managed by comprehensive 
governance processes.

Environment and 
climate change

Policies and approach
The Group’s environmental 
policy commits it to operating in 
a responsible, environmentally 
sound and sustainable manner at 
all times. It also recognizes that 
these responsibilities extend to the 
Group’s supply chain, processes and 
products and that these aspects of 
the business have both direct and 
indirect environmental impacts. 
The Group has pledged to achieve 
continuous improvement in its 
environmental performance and 
compliance with the law as the 
minimum standard.

Management systems
The Group’s management of its 
environmental and climate change 
impacts has been developed at a 
local level to address the varying 
impacts at its Fine Chemical Plant 
in Hull, UK, the new R&D Center of 
Excellence (also located in Hull, UK), 
its research and development facility 
in Fort Collins, Colorado, US and 
across its various office facilities. 

34

The Fine Chemical Plant has OHSAS 
14001 certification and closely 
monitors its emissions, ground water 
and effects on local biodiversity in 
conjunction with the UK Environment 
Agency. These include regular 
testing of ground water samples and 
air quality to ensure that harmful 
contamination is not taking place 
through leaks, spills or fugitive 
emissions. It also conducts a program 
of ongoing improvements to enhance 
the Group’s approach over time. At 
all other sites, the Group conducts a 
variety of energy saving, reuse and 
recycling initiatives. 

Case study 
Hull Fine Chemical 
Plant Cryo-Condenser

In 2017, the Group’s program 
of continual improvements 
included the acquisition and 
implementation of a state-of-
the-art Cryo-Condenser at the 
Fine Chemical Plant in Hull. The 
Cryo-Condenser helps ensure 
that emissions relating to the 
use of solvents are minimized 
within limits agreed with the 
UK Environment Agency and to 
reduce energy use. 

www.indivior.comPerformance
The Group has recorded no material 
environmental incidents (e.g. spills, 
emissions to air) during 2017. 

Greenhouse gas emissions
This is the third year Indivior 
has comprehensively reported 
greenhouse gas emissions as a 
stand-alone entity. The baseline 
year for emissions reporting is 2015. 
The reporting period for emissions 
is consistent with Indivior’s financial 
reporting period, being the calendar 
year ended December 31, 2017.

Indivior has reported on all the 
emission sources required under 
the UK Companies Act 2006 
(Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulations 2013. These 
sources fall within the consolidated 
Financial Statements.

Indivior does not have responsibility 
for any emission sources that are 
not included in the consolidated 
Financial Statements. Indivior 
has also reported Scope 3 data, 
where it was available, that relates 
to transmission and distribution 
losses (52 tonnes of CO2e) and 
water supply (6 tonnes of CO2e). 
This assessment has been carried 
out in accordance with the World 
Business Council for Sustainable 
Development and World Resources 
Institute’s (WBCSD/WRI) Greenhouse 
Gas Protocol; a Corporate 
Accounting and Reporting Standard. 
This protocol is considered current 
best practice for corporate or 
organizational greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions reporting. GHG 
emissions have been reported by 
the three WBCSD/WRI Scopes. Scope 
1 includes direct GHG emissions 
from sources that are owned or 
controlled by Indivior, such as 
natural gas combustion and Indivior 
owned vehicles. Scope 2 accounts 
for GHG emissions from the 
generation of purchased electricity, 
heat and steam generated off-site. 
Scope 3 includes all other indirect 
emissions. The method used to 
calculate emissions is the GHG 
Protocol Corporate Accounting and 

Reporting Standard (revised edition) 
using the location based Scope 2 
calculation method, together with 
the latest emission factors from 
recognized public sources, including 
but not limited to, the Department 
for Environment, Food & Rural 
Affairs (DEFRA), the International 
Energy Agency, the US Energy 
Information Administration, the US 
Environmental Protection Agency 
and the Intergovernmental Panel 
on Climate Change.

Emissions
Type

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

Total emissions

Per full time employee

Per tonne of production

Tonnes of CO2e

593

2345

172

3110

5.54

647.9

Case study – energy 
saving initiatives at new 
Hull R&D center

The Group’s new R&D Center of 
Excellence in Hull is constructed 
to environmental and energy-
saving standards, including the 
installation of a 25kW solar panel 
farm to increase use of renewable 
energy. Other energy saving 
initiatives include electric car 
charging points for employee and 
Group vehicles.

Employee Health 
and Safety

Policies and approach
Indivior is committed to maintaining 
the health, safety and welfare at 
work of its employees. The Group 
strictly adheres to legal requirements 
and the continual improvement 
of its health and safety control 
arrangements and performance.

Management systems
The Group’s occupational health 
and safety management systems 
are tailored to local requirements 
to address specific areas of impact 
and risk. Since the Group demerged 
from Reckitt Benckiser (RB) in 2014, 
the Fine Chemical Plant in Hull has 
conducted a continuous health and 
safety improvement program at the 
site which has OHSAS 18001 (45001) 
certification. Product safety is an 
important aspect of the Group’s 
activities at the Fine Chemical Plant 
and its procedures are regularly 
reviewed and enhanced to ensure 
that product integrity and quality are 
consistently maintained.

The Group maintains health and 
safety policy and procedural 
information for each of its sites and 
this is available to all employees 
on the Indivior intranet. It conducts 
regular site risk assessments and 
provides training for all employees 
tailored to individual roles and 
responsibilities. Procedures are 
in place to ensure that workplace 
incidents, should they occur, are 
investigated and that any corrective or 
investigative action is taken promptly.

Performance
The Group recorded no material 
employee health and safety 
incidents in 2017.

35

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Managing our business responsibly continued

Patient safety and 
product quality

Policies and approach
The Group takes patient safety 
very seriously. Patient safety is 
fundamental to the integrity of 
its global brands and businesses. 
The Group actively promotes 
responsibility and concern for the 
safety of its patients, products, 
employees and the general public in 
all aspects of its business.

Management systems
Patient safety and product quality 
are embedded in the Group’s culture 
and patient-focused business model. 

A pharmacovigilance process has 
been established to monitor the 
safety of the Group’s marketed 
and investigational products in a 
comprehensive and thorough manner.

This includes a Risk Evaluation and 
Mitigation Strategies (REMS) program 
to mitigate the risks of accidental 
overdose, misuse and abuse for 
SUBOXONE Film and to mitigate the 
risk of serious harm or death that 
could result from intravenous self-
administration for SUBLOCADE™ in the 
US. The Group measures the impact 
of the REMS program and reports the 
results to the US FDA as required. 

The Group also operates a Patient 
and Product Safety Group which 
includes pharmacovigilance medical 
teams to monitor the safety profile of 
both its marketed and investigational 
products, which are closely monitored 
on a continuous basis.

Indivior believes that patient safety 
and product quality are not just an 
obligation but a responsibility.

Connecting patients to help
In 2017, over 9.1 million unique visitors 
in the US accessed Indivior’s opioid 
dependence websites, representing a 
3% increase over 2016 visits. 

Turn-to-Help.com is a patient and 
family resource for educational 
materials on the disease of OUD 
and treatment options. The site also 
provides a search tool for patients 
to help them locate a waivered 
healthcare provider in their area.

Suboxone.com is intended to support 
patients at each stage of their journey, 
including providing tools to help 
patients find a waivered healthcare 
provider as well as providing savings 
cards for medication.

In 2017, nearly 613,000 ‘Find A Doctor’ 
searches were completed on these 
two websites.

In Australia, Indivior also makes 
available for patients a website, 
TurntoHelp.com.au, to connect 
families and patients to resources.

Turn-to-Help.com

Case study

2017 saw continued investment in 
health and safety improvements 
at the Fine Chemical Plant in Hull 
through the conduct of the Group’s 
capital expenditure program. 
One important initiative was 
the introduction of ‘glove-box’ 
isolation at the final stage of the 
production process to provide 
improved employee protection 
from active pharmaceutical 
ingredients and to maintain 
product quality. 

36

Suboxone.com

www.indivior.comGlobal quality
Our responsibility is to the patients 
we serve. To this end, we are 
committed to a culture of innovation 
and quality defined by the following 
four principles:

 ࢀ Our patients are at the heart of 

what we do and we continually seek 
to build and maintain their trust in 
us. This drives our passion for the 
continuous improvement of our 
products and processes and is at 
the heart of our guiding principles.

 ࢀ Our people are empowered to 

continuously identify and evaluate 
risk and we are focused on 
achieving ‘zero’ quality defects and 
waste. Our people have confidence 
in the products we manufacture 
and distribute globally.

 ࢀ Our regulators are viewed as 

partners in helping us achieve 
standards of excellence. We seek 
to ensure our quality systems and 
processes are globally harmonized, 
and view feedback as continual 
learning opportunities.

 ࢀ Our shareholders understand 

our culture of quality. We focus 
on creating value by driving 
continual improvement, seeking to 
achieve excellence in compliance 
at all levels, standardizing and 
simplifying our processes to reduce 
costs and flawlessly executing our 
pipeline and supply chain so that 
our growth potential is exceeded.

People

Policies and approach
The Group has a variety of employment 
policies that provide a framework to 
ensure that it is an employer of choice 
and that it provides a fair, equitable and 
conducive working environment free 
from discrimination and harassment. 

Its policy documents and Code of 
Conduct also contain commitments 
to support the UN Declaration of 
Human Rights and the provisions of 
the International Labour Organization 
Declaration (which embraces free and 
collective bargaining and organized 
worker representation and prohibits 
the use of forced or child labor). 

Key policy documents include a 
diversity and inclusion policy, a 
flexible working policy, harassment 
and grievance policies. The Group 
has, in line with UK reporting 
requirements, published a statement 
on its website outlining its approach 
to addressing slavery. The Group’s 
employment policies also commit 
Indivior to supporting relevant 
local initiatives such as the Living 
Wage Foundation in the UK (which 
calculates a minimum wage rate 
based on the average cost of living). 
They also state that the Group seeks 
to employ, wherever practicable, 
people from local communities to 
support those who may find it difficult 
to find employment.

Management systems
The Group’s adherence, systems 
development, recruitment and 
management of employee 
training and development occur 
in partnership with other business 
areas, such as corporate compliance.

Indivior’s employees consciously 
live by the Guiding Principles, and 
management and employees embed 
and maintain the Group’s culture 
through the following mechanisms:

 ࢀ Annual global survey: Management 
conducts an annual global survey 
to assess the Group’s culture 
and identify opportunities for 
enhancement. These strong 
and improving results surpass 
external benchmarks. 

 ࢀ Culture champions: Designated 

employees act as ambassadors and 
create opportunities for employee 
engagement, as well as informally 
assessing where the culture is 
working well and where attention 
is needed.

 ࢀ Performance reviews: Annual 

performance reviews emphasize 
both what business results were 
achieved and how behaviors and 
actions were aligned with Indivior’s 
Guiding Principles.

37

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Managing our business responsibly continued

 ࢀ Leadership development: Leadership 

development programs focus on 
specific competencies to cultivate 
coaching skills that foster growth 
through the Guiding Principles.
 ࢀ New employee orientation: New 
employees must complete an on-
line culture training within the first 
two months and attend a full-day 
culture workshop.

 ࢀ International Women in Leadership 
(IWIL): Program supporting diversity 
in leadership.

Workforce information
At the end of 2017, the Group 
employed 1,023 people (559 female 
and 464 male). 673 employees were 
based in North America. Employee 
headcount by job function is 
supplied below:

Function

Commercial

R&D/Clinical/Regulatory  

General management/
support

Medical 

Supply

Total

Employee 
numbers

435

178

209

105

96

1,023

Business conduct

Approach and policies
The Group requires compliance 
with laws, regulations and industry 
practice at all times. Its comprehensive 
compliance programs include a focused 
compliance staff and policies across the 
full panoply of operations, including:

 ࢀ An anti-bribery policy
 ࢀ A data protection policy
 ࢀ A commercial interactions with 
healthcare professionals policy
 ࢀ A healthcare business ethics policy
 ࢀ A share dealing policy and code
 ࢀ A field medical personnel policy
 ࢀ A records and information 

management policy

Management systems
Regulatory and legal compliance is 
a key aspect of the Group’s patient-
focused business model. The Group 
maintains a Corporate Compliance 
Department to guide compliance efforts 
through policies, training education 
and monitoring. These steps ensure 
adherence to industry codes, laws 
and regulations in all the countries 
in which the Group operates. The 
department also works to ensure 
that all of the Group’s operations are 
conducted in line with all regulatory 
requirements and industry codes of 
ethics, including those published by 
US PhRMA; Association of the British 
Pharmaceutical Industry (ABPI); and 
by Medicines Australia, along with 
the Pharmaceutical Manufacturer’s 
Compliance Program Guide published 
by the Office of Inspector General 
of the US Department of Health and 
Human Services. 

The Vice President, Corporate 
Compliance has routine access to the 
Board and Executive Committee. 

The compliance team’s 
responsibilities include oversight of 
pharmaceutical marketing, Medical’s 
scientific interactions with healthcare 
professionals, healthcare fraud 
prevention and anti-bribery guidance 
to all of the Group’s employees. 

In 2017, the Group continued to 
enhance its corporate compliance 
department as part of its risk 
mitigation strategy. 

The department’s 
responsibilities include:

 ࢀ Ensuring that the department has 
access to the Board and executive 
team, which oversee the program.

 ࢀ Establishing, maintaining and 
communicating standards of 
conduct for the business as a whole.

 ࢀ Ensuring appropriate internal 
and external due diligence 
systems are in place to avoid and 
mitigate wrongful or potential 
criminal activity.

 ࢀ Maintaining a confidential 

reporting system and ensuring 
that its existence and purpose is 
communicated effectively across 
the organization.

 ࢀ Ensuring that effective and 

prompt response processes are 
in place following the receipt of 
reports submitted through the 
confidential system.

 ࢀ Ensuring that robust monitoring 

and investigative processes are in 
place to ensure that allegations 
of wrongdoing are detected 
and corrective action is taken 
promptly; and

 ࢀ Designing and conducting 

enforcement processes that include 
incentives and disincentives that 
are consistent with related levels of 
risk and opportunity.

38

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
 
Information Technology
The Group invests in Information 
Technology (IT) as a key competitive 
enabler. To this end, Indivior has 
implemented a scalable, cloud-based 
technology platform to support 
future growth. 

In 2017, the Group completed all 
IT-focused separation activities 
from Reckitt Benckiser (RB) across 
all entities and locations. As part of 
the transition, Indivior established IT 
services for R&D sites in Hull (UK) and 
Fort Collins (US) as well as various 
global offices. IT also supported a 
variety of global audits undertaken 
in 2017 to provide assurance that the 
Group’s systems are ‘fit for purpose.’ 

Technology highlights for 2017 include 
the following platform and system 
enhancements: streamline and 
support cross-functional business 
processes; provide key business units 
with data-driven insights; and enable 
the SUBLOCADE™ approval and 
commercialization process, and the 
RBP-7000 NDA submission. 

In 2017, Indivior also established a 
Global Business Services function 
reporting to the Chief Information and 
Innovation Officer. Global Business 
Services provides consolidated 
global processing for all financial 
transactions. This enables the Group 
to standardize, continuously improve 
and closely align to our Enterprise 
Resource Planning (ERP) solutions 
to gain further efficiencies and 
deliver cost savings.

To support future scalability and 
reduce IT operational expenses, 
Indivior also transitioned 
all remaining data center 
operations to Amazon. 

To protect Indivior data and assets, 
Indivior invested in comprehensive 
cyber security measures supported 
with global employee training.

IT is also partnering with R&D, 
Medical and Commercial functions to 
help identify, assess, pilot and launch 
new digital technology-enabled 
business capabilities. 

These actions, investments and 
strategic focus further support 
the Group’s approach to providing 
compliant, secure, streamlined, cost 
effective and scalable IT platforms to 
the business, globally.

As part of its continuing mission to 
identify and mitigate business risks, 
Corporate Compliance implemented 
the following in 2017: 

 ࢀ Added a compliance director in the 
EMEA region and two employees in 
the US: a manager responsible for 
policy development and education, 
and a director of compliance 
program operations responsible for 
project management initiatives.

 ࢀ Revised and updated over 25 

corporate compliance policies, 
provided comprehensive education 
on compliance standards of conduct 
to employees and contractors 
globally, and delivered targeted 
education to clinical liaisons, sales 
management team, field medical 
team and field reimbursement 
specialists. Global policy update 
trainings were delivered by April 
2017 with a 100% completion rate.

 ࢀ Enhanced the due diligence 

processes, both for employees and 
for third parties, and increased 
monitoring and oversight to assure 
appropriate business practices, 
which will continue in 2018.
 ࢀ The Group also has a separate 
internal audit department that 
is responsible for designing and 
implementing its own work programs 
and reports to the Audit Committee. 

Performance
Indivior significantly expanded its 
compliance and related monitoring 
activities in 2017. These procedures 
did not discover any material 
instances of non-compliance with the 
Group’s business conduct policies 
and procedures during the year.

39

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Managing our business responsibly continued

Access to medicine, 
research and education 
funding and advocacy 
initiatives

Indivior Patient Help Foundation
In 2017, the Indivior Patient Help 
Foundation provided SUBOXONE Film 
product valued at $17 million through 
its patient assistance program in the 
US. Since 2010, the foundation has 
provided access to an average of 
5,000 qualified patients per year to 
obtain medication.

Pricing
Indivior is committed to investing in 
new science and new technologies 
to treat the chronic diseases 
and co-occurring disorders of 
addiction. Revenues generated 
from the sales of our products 
enable Indivior to continue to invest 
in studies, building on current 
technologies and developing new 
treatment innovations. 

Indivior wants to help ensure 
our products are affordable 
to appropriate patients. When 
determining the price of our 
products, multiple factors are 
considered, including the value the 
new treatment innovation delivers 
to patients, significant new scientific 
evidence generated as part of a 
robust clinical development program 
and the potential benefits to the 
healthcare system.

Investigator initiated studies
Indivior continues to support 
Investigator initiated studies to 
expand upon the science in addiction. 

Medical education grants
Indivior also has a long-standing 
history of providing unrestricted 
educational grants to support 
medical education.

Stakeholder engagement 
In 2017, Indivior engaged with a range 
of stakeholders to help stimulate and 
accelerate change for patients. More 
information about these activities can 
be found on pages 22 to 27.

Advocacy and public policy
Indivior advocates on public policy 
issues relevant to the Company 
by engaging responsibly with 
public officials, policymakers 
and stakeholders at all levels 
of government. 

Indivior supports public policies that: 

 ࢀ Enable long-term OUD recovery for 

patients.

 ࢀ Promote increased access to 

evidence-based OUD treatments. 

 ࢀ Removing barriers to innovative 

treatments: 
Indivior believes new, evidence-
based buprenorphine long 
acting injectable medications are 
innovations in medication-assisted 
treatment for opioid use disorder 
and that any ambiguity in current 
federal and state controlled 
substance distribution laws should 
be addressed to ensure patients 
and providers can realize the full 
value of these innovations.

 ࢀ Disease and treatment education: 
Indivior advocates for accelerated 
public, healthcare provider and 
patient education on the disease of 
OUD and evidence-based treatment 
options, including all FDA approved 
medication-assisted treatments 
such as methadone, buprenorphine 
and naltrexone.

 ࢀ Supporting medical education:

Indivior supports education of 
addiction and evidence-based 
treatments in medical, physician 
assistant and nursing schools 
and as a core requirement 
for continuing medical 
education programs within the 
healthcare system.

 ࢀ Reduce and help prevent the 

 ࢀ Supporting the enforcement of 

the US Parity Act:
Indivior supports robust education, 
enforcement and awareness of US 
federal and state parity laws and 
advocates to strengthen where 
necessary, working together with 
key external stakeholders.

abuse; misuse and diversion of our 
products. 

 ࢀ Accelerate innovation; 
 ࢀ Promote public health.

In the US, Indivior’s public policy 
approach is focused in the 
following key areas:

 ࢀ Expanding access to medication-

assisted treatment: 
Indivior believes that medication-
assisted treatment (MAT), including 
treatment with buprenorphine 
(BMAT), is a critical part of the 
solution to the nation’s opioid 
crisis. MAT brings substantial value 
to both patients and society, but 
remains, for many reasons, severely 
underutilized.

40

www.indivior.comAbuse, misuse and 
diversion of our products
Ensuring best practices in 
treatment and managing the 
risks of buprenorphine OUD 
treatments are critical to patients’ 
safety and their future ability to 
access treatment.

As the manufacturer of 
SUBLOCADE and SUBOXONE Film, 
and the current US market leader 
in buprenorphine treatments, 
Indivior works to address the 
potential risk of abuse, misuse 
and diversion of buprenorphine 
treatments for OUD and supports 
the efforts of other stakeholders 
to do the same.

Indivior continues to collaborate 
with medical associations, policy 
makers, law enforcement and 
other key stakeholders to help 
advance solutions.

“Indivior has long believed 
that education about 
substance use disorders 
can and will improve 
patient treatment 
and access.” 

Dr. Ponni Subbiah
Chief Medical Officer

Case study

In September 2017, Indivior Chief 
Medical Officer, Dr. Ponni Subbiah, 
represented Indivior at a meeting 
of the US President’s Commission 
on Combating Drug Addiction and 
the Opioid Crisis. In alignment with 
perspectives of public health and 
patient advocates, Dr. Subbiah 
outlined barriers to treatment and 
recovery that must be overcome for 
additional progress to be made.

She highlighted the need for: 
access to evidence-based 
treatment; additional waivered 
treatment providers; an increase 
in patient treatment limits to 
increase the number of patients 
with access to treatment; and the 
need to reduce and eliminate 
structural barriers to effective 
disease management that exist in 
the US healthcare system. 

41

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017review (IPR), and is asserting its 
new Orange Book-listed patents 
covering SUBOXONE® Film, 
US Patent Nos. 9,687,454 (the 
’454 patent) and 9,855,221 (the 
’221 patent), against the other 
abbreviated new drug application 
(ANDA) filers.

 ࢀ The Group continues in active 
discussions with the various 
governmental and other entities 
about possible resolutions to their 
investigative and antitrust litigation 
matters. Please see pages 6 to 9 for 
a comprehensive Litigation Update.

Full year financial highlights
 ࢀ Net revenue at $1,093m (2016: 

$1,058m) increased 3%. Net revenue 
at constant FX was also +3%.

 ࢀ Operating profit was $193m (2016: 

$149m) including exceptional costs 
of $210m. Adjusted operating profit, 
excluding exceptional costs of 
$210m (2016: $238m), grew 4% to 
$403m (2016: $387m). 

 ࢀ Net income was $58m (2016: $35m) 
after net financing costs of $56m 
(2016: $51m) and tax expense 
of $79m (2016: $63m). Adjusted 
effective tax rate of 25% (2016: 25%). 
Adjusted net income, excluding 
exceptional items, was $270m (2016: 
$254m), an increase of 6%.
 ࢀ Cash balance at year-end was 

$863m (2016: $692m). Net cash of 
$376m (2016: $131m).

Financial review

Full year operating highlights
 ࢀ US market growth in financial year 
2017 improved to low double-digit 
levels. Suboxone® Film average 
market share was 59% (2016: 61%), 
exiting the year at 56% (2016: 61%) 
primarily due to ongoing generic 
tablet competition in the most 
price sensitive US payors (Managed 
Medicaid).

 ࢀ SUBLOCADE™ became the first 

once-monthly buprenorphine long-
acting injection delivery system 
approved by FDA for the treatment 
of moderate-to-severe opioid use 
disorder (OUD); launching in the US 
in March 2018.

 ࢀ FDA accepted NDA for RBP-7000, a 
once-monthly risperidone long-
acting injection for the treatment of 
schizophrenia; PDUFA date of July 
28, 2018 established; setting up new 
business unit.

 ࢀ Indivior entered into a strategic 

collaboration with Addex 
Therapeutics on January 3, 2018 that 
includes exclusive global license 
rights to their GABAB positive 
allosteric modulator program.

 ࢀ Indivior initiated an appeals 

process against Dr. Reddy’s after 
the US District Court for the District 
of Delaware found asserted claims 
of Patent Nos. 8,017,150 (the ’150 
patent), 8,603,514 (the ’514 patent) 
and 8,900,497 (the ’497 patent) valid 
but not infringed by Dr. Reddy’s 
proposed generic buprenorphine/
naloxone film. The appeal is 
progressing in the Federal Circuit 
Court of Appeals.

 ࢀ Indivior took additional actions 

to secure its intellectual property 
position by reaching a settlement 
with Mylan, including the 
termination of their inter partes 

Period to 
December 31 
(as reported)

Net revenue

Operating profit

Net income

EPS (cents per share)

2017 
$m

1,093

193

58

8

2016
$m

1,058

149

35

5

3

30

66

60

% ∆
 actual 
FX

% ∆ 
constant 
FX

Net Revenue

Adjusted Net Income*

2015

2016

2017

1,014

2015

1,058

2016

1,093

2017

US Dollars (m)

US Dollars (m)

Cash Balance

Net (Debt)/Cash

467

2015

(174)

692

863

2016

2017

131

376

US Dollars (m)

US Dollars (m)

2015

2016

2017

42

3

25

57

57

246

254

270

www.indivior.comFull year operating review

US market update
The market for buprenorphine 
products continued to grow strongly 
in 2017, resulting in low double-digit 
percentage volume growth compared 
to 2016. Market growth continues 
to benefit from legislative changes 
that have expanded OUD treatment 
capacity. Growth in both the number 
of physicians waivered to administer 
medication-assisted treatment 
and those able to treat to the new 
allowable level of 275 patients 
(from 100 patients) continued in 
2017. The number of waivered nurse 
practitioners and physician assistants 
continued to grow as well.

SUBOXONE® Film had an average 
market share of 57% in 2017, 
compared to 61% in 2016, and 2017 
exit share was 56%, compared to 
61% exiting 2016. The decline in 
share during 2017 was largely due 
to continued competition in the 
most price sensitive payors that 
have prioritized lower priced generic 
tablet options. Overall commercial 
formulary access remains solid for 
SUBOXONE® Film. The list price of 
SUBOXONE® Film in the US increased 
modestly in January 2017, but this was 
offset by tactical rebating to maintain 
formulary access.

Financial performance for 12 
months to December 31, 2017
Net revenue in 2017 increased 3% 
to $1,093m (2016: $1,058m) at actual 
exchange rates (3% at constant 
exchange rates). Revenue grew 
primarily from volume improvement 
in the US, along with ROW growth 
from one-off net revenue benefits 
in Europe and strong growth in 
Australasia and Canada. These net 
revenue gains were partially offset 
by a decline in US Suboxone® Film 
market share, while price increase in 
the US was offset by tactical rebating 
activity in connection with formulary 
access. Mix was also unfavorable 
from increased lower margin US 
Medicaid business. US net revenue 
increased 2% to $877m (2016: $857m).

Rest of World net revenue increased 
7% at actual exchange rates (7% at 
constant exchange rates) to $216m 
(2016: $201m). Continued growth 
in Australasia and Canada and 
some one-off revenue benefits 
in Europe drove the overall net 
revenue improvement.

Gross margin for the year was 90%, 
unchanged from last year (2016: 90%). 
Excluding prior year exceptional 
items of $11m, related to strategic 
planning for a potential negative 
ANDA outcome, included in Cost of 
Sales in the prior year, gross margin 
declined 1% from 91%. The modest 
decline reflects a slight change in 
the geographic mix of revenues 
with an increased contribution from 
Australasia and Canada who have 
lower margins. 

SD&A expenses increased 4% to 
$707m (2016: $683m). The periods 
include exceptional items of $210m 
and $227m, respectively. 2017 SD&A 
included exceptional items of 
$185m for additional legal provision 
related to investigative and antitrust 
litigation matters partially offset 
by the release of a legacy litigation 
reserve. Also included in 2017 was 
the legal settlement of the Amneal 
antitrust matter of $25m. 2016 SD&A 
expenses included exceptional items 
of $220m for a legal provision related 
to investigative and antitrust litigation 
matters and $7m related to strategic 
planning for a potential negative 
ANDA outcome. 

On an adjusted basis, SD&A expenses 
increased 9% to $497m (2016 adj.: 
$456m). The increase primarily 
reflected the expected pre-launch 
investments for SUBLOCADE™ and 
RBP-7000 and higher legal expenses 
related to ongoing ANDA litigation 
activity and related patent defense 
costs compared to the prior year.

R&D expenses decreased by 25% to 
$89m (2016: $119m). The decrease 
reflects lower clinical activity as key 
pipeline assets either have entered 
the commercial phase (SUBLOCADE™) 
or have been successfully submitted 
to FDA for approval (RBP-7000).

Operating profit for the year was 
$193m, a 30% increase from the prior 
year (2016: $149m). On an adjusted 
basis, operating profit was $403m, 
4% ahead of the prior year (2016: 
$387m). The underlying year-over-
year improvement, which excludes 
exceptionals, primarily reflects the 
benefit of higher net sales and lower 
R&D expenses, partially offset by 
expected pre-launch investments for 
SUBLOCADE™ and RBP-7000, as well 
as higher legal expenses related to 
ongoing ANDA litigation activity and 
related patent defense costs.

EBITDA (operating profit plus 
depreciation and amortization) for 
the year was $206m (2016: $163m). 
Excluding exceptional costs, adjusted 
EBITDA increased 4% to $416m 
(2016: $401m).

Operating margin was 18% as 
reported (2016: 14%). Excluding 
exceptional costs, the operating 
margin was 37% (2016: 37%).

Net finance expense for the year 
was $56m (2016: $51m), representing 
the interest and amortization on 
the Group’s term loan borrowing 
facility, which was slightly offset by 
modest interest income. Finance 
expense for the year also included 
$14m of exceptional costs related 
to the replacement term loan 
facilities. In December 2017, Indivior 
entered into an amendment and 
extension with various lenders to 
provide replacement term loans 
in an aggregate principal amount 
of approximately $487m, replacing 
all the Group’s U.S. dollar and Euro 
denominated term loans outstanding 
under the existing credit agreement. 
The new term loan facilities reduce 
the Group’s interest coupon to 
LIBOR plus 4.50% from LIBOR plus 
6.00%. The final maturity date has 
been extended by three years from 
December 19, 2019 to December 
18, 2022.

On an adjusted basis, net finance 
expense of $42m was lower than 
the prior year, resulting from the 
benefit of required repayments made 
during the year.

43

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Financial review continued

The 2017 tax charge was $79m, a rate 
of 58% (2016: $63m; 64% rate). The tax 
charge reflects a $15m one-time non-
cash charge related to the lowering 
of the US corporate income tax rate 
to 21%, requiring a revaluation of US 
deferred tax assets and liabilities. It 
also includes other one-time items 
related to the release of uncertain 
tax provisions of $18m upon close 
out of IRS tax audits. Both the current 
and prior year tax charges assume 
non-deductibility for tax purposes 
of the exceptional legal provisions. 
Excluding exceptional items in the 
pre-tax income of $224m (2016: 
$238m) and within taxation of $12m 
(2016: $19m), the adjusted effective 
tax rate was 25% (2016 adj.: 25%).

Net income for the year was therefore 
$58m (2016: $35m), excluding 
exceptional costs, the adjusted net 
income was $270m, an increase of 6% 
(2016 adj.: $254m).

EPS for the full year was 8 cents 
(2016: 5 cents) on both a basic and 
diluted basis. On an adjusted basis, 
excluding the effect of exceptional 
costs, basic EPS was 37 cents (2016: 35 
cents) and diluted EPS was 36 cents 
(2016: 34 cents).

Balance Sheet at 
December 31, 2017
Non-current assets were $219m at 
the year-end (2016: $219m). Although 
total non-current assets remain 
unchanged from the prior year, 
increases in property, plant and 
equipment relating to additional 
investments in the Group’s R&D 
facilities, in intangible assets from 
the patent purchase noted above, 
and other receivables from long 
term prepayments were fully offset 
by a significant decrease in deferred 
tax assets. 

Current assets increased by $235m 
to $1,225m (2016: $990m) primarily 
driven by a $171m increase in 
cash and cash equivalents, and 
$51m increase in trade and other 
receivables from increased sales.

Current liabilities decreased $176m 
to $854m (2016: $1,030m), reflecting 
the lower loan annual amortization 
rate from 10% to 1% due to the debt 
restructuring and updates to the legal 
provision that resulted in a shift from 
current to non-current position.

Non-current liabilities increased 
$319m to $793m (2016: $474m) driven 
by increases in the non-current 
borrowings due to the lower annual 
amortization rates and increase in 
the legal provision as noted in the 
litigation update on pages 46 and 47. 

Therefore, the Group ended the year 
with net liabilities of $203m (2016: 
$295m), consisting of total assets of 
$1,444m (2016: $1,209m), and liabilities 
of $1,647m (2016: $1,504m).

Cash flow
Cash generated from operations in 
the full year was $369m (2016: $512m), 
a decrease of $143m, reflecting an 
investment in net working capital, 
reflecting trade payables dynamic on 
working capital.

Net cash inflow from operating 
activities was $295m (2016: $407m), 
reflecting the decrease in cash 
generated from operations, plus 
lower tax payments in the period of 
$33m (2016: $63m), net interest of 
$36m (2016: $42m) and transaction 
costs relating to the loan facility of 
$5m (2016: nil).

Investment in property, plant and 
equipment, which primarily relate 
to the new R&D laboratory in Hull, 
redevelopment of the facility in Fort 
Collins, and other building refits, was 
$30m (2016: $20m). Investments in 
intangible assets of $15m related to 
the purchase of certain patent rights 
from DURECT Corporation, further 
enhancing RBP-7000’s IP position. 

During the year, the Group repaid 
$86m (2016: $78m) of its term loan 
as part of its commitment under the 
syndicated debt facility. As noted 
above, the Group restructured its 
debt in December. There were no 
dividends paid in the year as the 
Board determined that it does not 
expect to pay further dividends in the 
foreseeable future.

The net increase in cash and cash 
equivalents in the period, therefore, 
was $168m (2016: $225m). Added 
to the cash and cash equivalents 
at the beginning of the period of 
$692m and exchange differences of 
$3m, the Group ended the year with 
a total cash and cash equivalents 
balance of $863m.

44

www.indivior.comAdjusted Results
The board and management team 
use adjusted results and measures 
to give greater insight to the financial 
results of the Group and the way it is 
managed. They believe that the use of 
adjusted measures such as adjusted 
operating profit, adjusted net income 
and adjusted earnings per share 
provide additional useful information 
on underlying trends to shareholders. 
The tables below show the list of 
adjustments between the reported 
and adjusted operating profit and net 
income for both FY 2017 and FY 2016. 
Further details of each adjustment 
are available in note 4 of the notes 
to the Group’s Financial Statements 
on page 129.

Reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit

Operating profit

Exceptional selling, distribution and administrative expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Reconciliation of net income to adjusted net income

Net Income

Exceptional selling, distribution and administrative expenses

Exceptional finance expense

Exceptional tax expense

Adjusted net income

2017 
$m

193

210

403

2017 
$m

193

210

14

(12)

270

2016
$m

149

238

387

2016
$m

149

238

–

(19)

254

45

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Litigation update

In relation to the various litigation 
and investigational matters, the Board 
agreed with the Executive Committee 
that it was prudent to increase the 
provision related to these matters to 
$438 million to reflect collectively their 
current status. Since these matters 
are ongoing we cannot provide any 
guarantee in terms of when these 
matters may be settled and what the 
ultimate impact to Indivior will be. We 
continue to cooperate fully with the 
various parties and are hopeful for 
resolution in a timely manner.

Department of Justice 
investigation
A U.S. federal criminal grand jury 
investigation of Indivior initiated in 
December 2013 is continuing, and 
includes marketing and promotion 
practices, pediatric safety claims, and 
overprescribing of medication by 
certain physicians. The U.S. Attorney’s 
Office for the Western District of 
Virginia has served a number of 
subpoenas relating to SUBOXONE® 
Film, SUBOXONE® Tablet, SUBUTEX® 
Tablet, buprenorphine and our 
competitors, among other issues. 
The Group continues in discussions 
with the Department of Justice 
about a possible resolution to its 
investigation. It is not possible at this 
time to predict with any certainty the 
potential impact of this investigation 
on us or to quantify the ultimate cost 
of a resolution. We are cooperating 
fully with the relevant agencies and 
prosecutors and will continue to do so.

State subpoenas
On October 12th, 2016, Indivior was 
served with a subpoena for records 
from the State of Connecticut 
Office of the Attorney General 
under its Connecticut civil false 
claims act authority. The subpoena 
requests documents related to the 
Group’s marketing and promotion 
of SUBOXONE® products and its 
interactions with a non-profit third-
party organization. On November 

46

16th, 2016, Indivior was served with a 
subpoena for records from the State 
of California Department of Insurance 
under its civil California insurance 
code authority. The subpoena 
requests documents related to 
SUBOXONE® Film, SUBOXONE® Tablet, 
and SUBUTEX® Tablet. The State 
has served additional deposition 
subpoenas on Indivior in 2017. The 
Group is fully cooperating in these 
civil investigations.

FTC investigation and Antitrust 
Litigation
The U.S. Federal Trade Commission’s 
investigation remains pending. 
Litigation regarding privilege claims 
has now been resolved. Indivior 
has produced certain documents 
that it had previously withheld as 
privileged; other such documents 
have not been produced.

Fact discovery is continuing in the 
antitrust class action litigation. 
Plaintiffs allege, among other things, 
that Indivior violated U.S. federal and 
state antitrust laws in attempting to 
delay generic entry of alternatives to 
SUBOXONE® tablets, and plaintiffs 
further allege that Indivior unlawfully 
acted to lower the market share of 
these products.

Amneal Pharmaceuticals LLC 
(Amneal), a manufacturer of generic 
buprenorphine / naloxone tablets, 
alleged antitrust violations similar 
in nature to those alleged in the 
class action complaints, and Amneal 
also alleged violations of the U.S. 
Lanham Act. The Group has settled the 
dispute with Amneal, and Amneal has 
dismissed its claims against the Group 
with prejudice.

A group of states, now numbering 41, 
and the District of Columbia filed suit 
against Indivior in the same district 
where the antitrust class action 
litigation is pending. The States’ 
complaint is similar to the other 
antitrust complaints, and alleges 

violations of U.S. state and federal 
antitrust and consumer protection 
laws. This lawsuit relates to the 
antitrust investigation conducted 
by various states, as discussed in 
previous filings. Discovery has been 
coordinated with the antitrust class 
action litigation.

ANDA litigation and Inter 
Partes Review
The ruling after trial against Actavis 
and Par in the lawsuit involving 
the Orange Book-listed patents for 
SUBOXONE® Film issued on June 3rd, 
2016. The ruling found the asserted 
claims of the ’514 patent valid and 
infringed; the asserted claims of the 
’150 patent valid but not infringed; and 
the asserted claims of the ’832 patent 
invalid, but found that certain claims 
would be infringed if they were valid. 
In an August 31st, 2017 ruling, the Court 
denied motions of Actavis and Par to 
reopen the June 2016 judgment.

Based on the ruling as to the ’514 
patent, Actavis and Par are currently 
enjoined from launching a generic 
product until April 2024. Par and 
Actavis have appealed this ruling, 
and Indivior has filed notices of 
cross-appeal. On October 24th, 2017 
Actavis received tentative approval 
from FDA for at least its 8 mg/2 mg 
generic product under ANDA 204383 
and on November 15th, 2017 it received 
tentative approval for its 12 mg/3 mg 
generic product under ANDA 207087. 
A tentative approval does not allow 
the applicant to market the generic 
drug product and postpones the final 
approval until all patent/exclusivity 
issues have been resolved. Actavis 
therefore remains enjoined by the 
Delaware court ruling.

Trial against Dr. Reddy’s, Actavis 
and Par in the lawsuits involving 
the process patent (U.S. Patent No. 
8,900,497) took place on November 
16th and 21st – 23rd, 2016. Trial against 
Dr. Reddy’s in the lawsuit involving 
two of the Orange Book-listed patents 

www.indivior.comfor SUBOXONE® Film (U.S. Patent Nos. 
8,017,150 and 8,603,514) took place on 
November 7th, 16th, and 21st – 23rd, 
2016. The rulings in these trials issued 
on August 31st, 2017. The rulings 
found the asserted claims of the ’497, 
’514, and ’150 patents valid but not 
infringed. Teva had filed a 505(b)(2) 
New Drug Application (NDA) for a 16 
mg/4 mg strength of buprenorphine/
naloxone film. The parties had 
agreed that infringement by Teva’s 16 
mg/4 mg dosage strength would be 
governed by the infringement ruling 
as to Dr. Reddy’s 8 mg/2 mg dosage 
strength that was the subject of the 
trial in November 2016; therefore, 
the non-infringement ruling in the 
Dr. Reddy’s case means that the Teva 
16 mg/4 mg dosage strength has 
been found not to infringe. Indivior 
has appealed the Dr. Reddy’s and 
Teva rulings.

Dr. Reddy’s 30-month stay of FDA 
approval expired on April 17th, 2017. 
So far as Indivior is aware, FDA to 
date has not granted tentative or final 
marketing authorization to Dr. Reddy’s 
generic SUBOXONE® Film alternative.

If FDA were to grant final approval 
to Dr. Reddy’s (or Teva for the 16 mg 
/ 4 mg strength of buprenorphine/
naloxone film) this would enable them 
to market a generic film alternative to 
SUBOXONE® Film in the U.S. However, 
any market launch by Dr. Reddy’s (or 
by Teva) before the court of appeals 
renders its decision would be on an 
“at risk” basis because Indivior would 
have a claim for damages against Dr. 
Reddy’s (or Teva) if Indivior ultimately 
prevails after any appeal.

Trial against Alvogen in the lawsuit 
involving the ’514 Orange Book-listed 
patent and the ’497 process patent 
for SUBOXONE® Film took place on 
September 26th – 27th, 2017. Trial was 
limited to the issue of infringement 
because Alvogen did not challenge the 
validity of either patent. The 30-month 
stay of FDA approval of Alvogen’s 
Abbreviated New Drug Application 
expired October 29th, 2017. Alvogen 
agreed not to launch until March 29th, 
2018 or until it receives a favorable 

ruling from the District Court. That 
agreement has been extended until 
April 19th, 2018 in light of a 3-week 
extension of the post-trial briefing 
schedule.

By a Court order dated August 22nd, 
2016, Indivior’s SUBOXONE® Film 
patent litigation against Sandoz has 
been dismissed without prejudice 
because Sandoz is no longer pursuing 
Paragraph IV certifications for its 
proposed generic formulations of 
SUBOXONE® Film.

On September 25th, 2017, Indivior 
settled its SUBOXONE® Film 
patent litigation in District Court 
against Mylan.

Mylan filed a petition seeking an 
inter partes review (IPR) of the ’514 
and ’497 patents. On May 12th, 2017, 
the US Patent Trial and Appeal Board 
(“PTAB”) decided to institute the ’514 
IPR proceedings. On September 29th, 
2017, Mylan and MonoSol submitted 
joint motions to terminate the ’514 
and ’497 IPRs in light of the parties’ 
settlement of their disputes in the 
District Court litigation. On October 
6th, 2017 the PTAB terminated both 
the ’514 and ’497 IPR proceedings as to 
MonoSol and Mylan. Dr. Reddy’s and 
Par had filed petitions and motions 
in June 2017 to join the Mylan ’514 
IPR proceeding. On October 20th, 
2017 the PTAB refused to institute IPR 
proceedings and dismissed Dr. Reddy 
and Par’s petitions.

Since August 2017, Indivior received 
Paragraph IV Notice letters from 
Actavis, Par, Alvogen, Mylan, and Dr. 
Reddy’s for Indivior’s recently granted 
USP 9,687,454 (the ’454 patent). Indivior 
has filed suit against Alvogen, Dr. 
Reddy’s, Par, and Teva in the District 
of New Jersey; and against Actavis in 
the District of Utah. Motions to transfer 
to another district are pending in all 
the cases. Par filed a corresponding 
declaratory judgment action in the 
District of Virginia. On February 23, 
2018 the suit in the District of Virginia 
was stayed pending the resolution 
of the Par motion to transfer in the 
District of New Jersey. Although a 
complaint against Mylan was filed 

in the District of West Virginia, it was 
dismissed in light of the parties’ 
settlement of their disputes in the 
Delaware District Court litigation. 

In February 2018, Indivior filed suit on 
the recently granted US Patent No. 
9,855,221 against Alvogen, Dr. Reddy’s, 
Par and Teva in the District of New 
Jersey; and against Actavis in the 
District of Utah.

In the event that one or more of the 
generic companies are successful 
in their patent challenges either 
on a final non-appealable basis or 
appealable basis, and should there 
be FDA approval of one or more of the 
ANDAs and subsequent commercial 
launch of generic SUBOXONE® Film 
and the Group’s pipeline products 
fail to launch successfully or obtain 
regulatory approval, there is the 
likelihood that revenues and operating 
profits of the Group will significantly 
decline. In these circumstances the 
Directors believe they would be able 
to take the required steps to reduce 
the cost base, however, this would 
result in a significant change to the 
structure of the business.

Rhodes Pharmaceuticals
On December 23rd, 2016 Rhodes 
Pharmaceuticals filed a complaint 
against Indivior in the District of 
Delaware, alleging that Indivior’s 
sale of SUBOXONE® Film in the U.S. 
infringes one or more claims of a 
patent. The asserted patent, which 
was issued in June 2016 traces back 
to an application filed in August 2007. 
Indivior believes this claim is without 
merit and will continue to vigorously 
defend this action.

Estate of John Bradley Allen
On December 27th, 2016 the Estate of 
John Bradley Allen filed a civil complaint 
against Indivior, among other parties, 
in the Northern District of New York 
seeking relief under Connecticut’s 
products liability and unfair trade 
practices statutes for damages allegedly 
caused by SUBOXONE®. Indivior 
believes this lawsuit is without merit 
and will continue to vigorously defend 
this action.

47

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Risk management

How Indivior reviews and 
manages its risk

CyberSecurity 
(IT)

Business  
Continuity  
Committee

Risk  
Management  
Team

Business Units 
and Corporate 
Functional 
Leadership

Risk 
Mitigation

Internal  
Audit

Corporate  
Compliance  
Department

Board of 
Directors

Executive 
Committee

Our Board of Directors 
determines the company’s appetite 
for Risk and provides governance of 
Indivior’s Principal Risks

Our Executive Committee 
monitors and reviews the 
Principal risks. Oversees the 
internal control programs

Our Internal Audit team
provides independent assurance of 
controls and effectiveness

Our Business Continuity 
Committee 
reviews, monitors and tests the 
risk mitigation plans supporting the 
Principal risks

Our Corporate Compliance 
Department
develops and implements effective 
compliance and risk management 
programs

Our Risk Management team
is responsible for and coordinates 
the risk management programs

Our Business Unit and Corporate 
Functional leadership
establishes internal controls 
and manages risk remediation 
programs within their respective 
functions or areas

Our IT Team
continues to invest in system 
controls to protect Indivior’s 
electronic data and assets.

48

www.indivior.comRisk factors and risk management

The Executive Committee establishes 
the risk agenda for the reporting 
and ongoing management of risks 
and for the stewardship of the risk 
management approach. The Executive 
Committee reviews the risk register 
on a quarterly basis and identifies 
and assesses Indivior’s principal risks 
on an ongoing basis.

Risk control assurance
The Board has overall responsibility 
for the Group’s risk management 
framework. The Board reviews the 
Group’s principal risks with a focus 
on the key risk areas framework. 
The Board’s Committees regularly 
review risks relevant to their area of 
focus; this includes, but is not limited 
to, risks relating to legal, financial 
and compliance matters. Assurance 
on risk controls is provided by 
internal management information, 
internal audits, external audits and 
Board oversight. There is also an 
externally supported web-based and 
confidential employee EthicsLine 
reporting system in place.

The Board of Directors have carried 
out a robust assessment to ensure 
that the principal risks, including 
those that would threaten the Group’s 
business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity are effectively 
managed and/or mitigated to help 
ensure the Group is viable. While the 
Group aims to identify and manage 
such risks, no risk management 
strategy can provide absolute 
assurance against loss.

Set out below are the principal 
risks that could cause the Group’s 
business model, future performance 
and solvency or liquidity to differ 
materially from expected and 
historical results, and how the 
risks relate to the Group’s strategic 
priorities. Additional risks, not listed 
here, that the Group cannot presently 
predict or does not believe to be 
equally significant, may materially 
and adversely affect the Group’s 
revenues, financial condition and 
results of operations. The principal 
risk factors and uncertainties are not 
listed in order of significance.

Risk management
To maintain our position as the 
leading pharmaceutical company 
focused on the treatment of 
addiction, we recognize that we must 
have a good understanding of the 
risks we face; those inherent in our 
strategy and operations, and those 
presented by external conditions. 
We take a systematic and robust 
approach to continuously monitor 
those risks and adjust internal control 
systems accordingly.

Our approach
Our systematic risk management 
approach is designed to identify 
risks that would threaten the Group’s 
business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity. Effective risk 
management is fundamental to 
our ability to meet our operational 
and strategic objectives. The 
competitive market in which we 
operate has industry-specific risks, 
particularly those relating to new 
product development, intellectual 
property enforcement and legal 
proceedings, and compliance with 
laws and regulations. This requires 
that business risks are effectively 
assessed, appropriately measured 
and controlled through established 
disaster recovery and business 
continuity procedures. Our overall 
risk management approach is to 
foster and embed a culture of risk 
management that is responsive, 
forward-looking, consistent and 
accountable.

49

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Risk management continued

Principal risks

Business operations and business continuity
 ࢀ The Group’s future revenues are expected to be primarily derived from sales of SUBOXONE Film and SUBLOCADE™ 

and any decrease in sales due to competition, supply, or quality issues could significantly affect the groups revenues, 
financial conditions and results of operations.

 ࢀ Competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries is intense, and high-

performing talent in key positions is a business-critical requirement.

 ࢀ Failures or disruptions to the Group’s systems, or the systems of third parties on whom the Group relies, due to any 

number of causes, particularly if prolonged, could result in a loss of key data and/or affect operations.

 ࢀ The Group’s systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other 
malicious code or cyber threats that could have a security impact. All of these could be costly to remedy and could 
subject the Group to litigation and/or fines.

 ࢀ The Group has a single source of supply for buprenorphine, an active ingredient in the Group’s products including 

SUBOXONE Film, and any disruption to this source of supply could significantly affect the Group’s revenues, financial 
conditions and results of operations. 

 ࢀ Indivior utilizes contract manufacturers for SUBOXONE Film and SUBLOCADE™, and material interruptions could 

impact the Group’s revenues, financial conditions and results of operations.

Specific risks 
we may face

  How we 

manage risk

  Possible 
impacts 

  Link to strategic 

priorities

 ‹ Dependence on single product 

 ‹ Continue to expand the market by expanding 

 ‹ Hinder patient 

access to treatment and working with physicians 
and payors to improve patient outcomes.

access to 
treatment.

 ‹ Launch SUBLOCADE™ to diversify commercial 

 ‹ Loss of market 

product portfolio.

share.

 ‹ Build resilience 
of our franchise.

 ‹ Expand global 
treatment.

 ‹ Business 

 ‹ Capitalize on international growth 

 ‹ Loss of revenue 

development.

line.

 ‹ Generic manufacturers 

seeking approval to launch 
competing products prior to 
expiry of existing patents. 

 ‹ Launch of branded products 

that compete with our 
products.

opportunities, continued development of our 
pipeline and disciplined acquisitions to 
enable diversification.

and profits, which 
in worst case 
scenarios may 
require business 
restructure and 
recapitalization.

 ‹ Damage to 
reputation.

 ‹ Exposure to 

litigation resulting 
in significant 
claims and legal 
costs

 ‹ Claims that our products 

 ‹ Obtain and enforce product patents and 

infringe third-party patents.

 ‹ Inability to deliver continuous 
supply of compliant finished 
product.

 ‹ Inability to retain or attract 
high-performing and high-
potential staff.

 ‹ Significant disruptions of 
information technology 
systems or breaches of data 
security could disable critical 
systems and cause loss of 
sensitive data.

 ‹ Failure to protect and restrict 
access to critical or sensitive 
computer systems or 
information.

 ‹ Reliance on third party 
contract manufacturers.

other IP rights, and develop and implement 
strategies, including new product(s), to face 
both generic competition, if the outcome of 
patent litigation is unfavorable, and new and 
existing branded competitors.

 ‹ Develop and implement strategies to ensure 

freedom to operate. 

 ‹ Explore settlement opportunities.

 ‹ Continuity planning for certain black swan 

events to secure business continuity in worst 
case scenarios.

 ‹ Establish and closely monitor stock levels and 

insurance coverage.

 ‹ Ongoing partnerships with manufacturers and 
packagers to optimize manufacturing and 
Quality Assurance (QA) processes.

 ‹ Continuously review talent retention program 

with focus on identifying key roles and 
successors.

 ‹ IT disaster recovery plans in place to support 
overall business continuity. Systems in place 
to protect data and devices.

 ‹ Various IT policies, processes and systems in 
place to provide access control and security 
management for Indivior-used or owned 
infrastructure and applications. We are 
continuously engaged in appropriate Cyber 
Security training and security measures.

50

www.indivior.com 
 
 
Product liability, regulation and litigation
 ࢀ As an innovative pharmaceutical company, the Group seeks to obtain appropriate intellectual property protection 
for its products. Its ability to obtain and enforce patents and other proprietary rights particularly for its products, 
drug formulation and delivery technologies and associated manufacturing processes is critical to business strategy 
and success. Specifically see disclosures on pages 46 to 47 referring to the current status of Abbreviated New Drug 
Application (ANDA) litigation and to the going concern statement on page 112 contained within the Statement of 
Directors’ Responsibilities, which discusses the risks associated with current ANDA litigation, and the contingent 
liabilities disclosures in Note 20 of the financial statements on page 141 to 142.

 ࢀ The manufacture of the Group’s products is highly exacting and complex, due in part to strict regulatory and 

manufacturing requirements. Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (API) in many of the Group’s products and product 
candidates are controlled substances that are subject to extensive regulation in all the countries in which the Group 
markets its products.

 ࢀ The testing, manufacturing, marketing, and sale of pharmaceutical products are highly regulated and entail a 

risk of product liability claims, product recalls, litigation, government investigations and enforcement action, and 
associated adverse publicity, each of which could have a material adverse impact on the business, prospects, results 
of operations and financial condition. Specifically, see disclosure on page 44 referring to the current status of the DOJ 
investigation and other investigative and antitrust litigation matters, and the contingent liabilities disclosures in Note 
20 of the financial statement on page 141 to 142.

 ࢀ As previously disclosed in the Prospectus dated November 17, 2014, Indivior has indemnification obligations in 
favor of Reckitt Benckiser (RB) (page 43). The demerger agreement between Indivior and RB has certain mutual 
indemnification provisions in respect of any claims and expenses of or incurred by any company within the Indivior 
Group or the RB Group arising out of or associated with the Indivior business prior to the Demerger (whether or 
not in the ordinary course of business) and in respect of certain tax liabilities that may arise after, or as part of, 
the Demerger. Some of these indemnities are unlimited in terms of amount and duration, and amounts potentially 
payable by the Indivior Group pursuant to such indemnity obligations could be significant and could have a 
material adverse effect on the Indivior Group’s business, financial condition and/or operating results. Requests for 
indemnification may be subject to legal challenge.

  Possible 
impacts 

  Link to strategic 

priorities

 ‹ Loss of IP could 

 ‹  Build resilience of 

our franchise.

negatively impact 
revenues, financial 
conditions and 
results of 
operations.

 ‹ Adverse impact on 
the Group’s ability 
to raise funds 
necessary to 
continue its 
operations.

Specific risks 
we may face

  How we 

manage risk

 ‹ Failure to obtain, maintain, and 

protect patents and other 
proprietary rights, including 
potential invalidity or non- 
infringement findings in the 
current US Federal Court or US 
Patent and Trademark Office 
proceedings.

 ‹ Legal proceedings related to 

product liability claims, 
antitrust, government 
enforcement and/or private 
litigation associated with the 
testing, manufacturing, 
marketing and sale of our 
products.

 ‹ Potential liability and/or 

additional expenses associated 
with ongoing regulatory 
obligations and oversight.

 ‹ Quality, product safety and compliance are 
embedded in the Group’s processes and 
culture and monitor and oversee the 
Company’s activities. 

 ‹ Develop and implement strategies to 

defend against and pursue appropriate 
resolution of product liability claims.

 ‹ The Group has instituted policies, systems, 
and training programs to ensure adherence 
to regulations governing product quality, 
patient safety and business standards.

 ‹ Obtain and enforce patents and other 

proprietary rights. 

 ‹ Suboxone Film in the US is covered by three 
Orange Book-listed formulation patents 
and two process patents, having terms that 
run from 2022 to 2030, which are currently in 
litigation in the US Federal Court and/or US 
Patent and Trademark Office.

 ‹ Develop and implement strategies, 

including new product(s), to prepare for 
generic competition in the event of adverse 
outcomes in these proceedings.

51

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
Risk management continued

Product development
 ࢀ The regulatory approval process for new pharmaceutical products and expansion of existing pharmaceutical 

products is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain.

 ࢀ Even if product candidates are approved, there is no guarantee that they will be able to achieve expected 

market acceptance.

Specific risks 
we may face

How we 
manage risk

 ‹ Failure to receive regulatory 
approval to successfully 
commercialize a pipeline 
product.

 ‹ Failure of third-party Clinical 
Research Organizations to 
properly/successfully perform 
their legal, regulatory, and 
contractual obligations.

 ‹ Inability of product candidates, 

if approved, to achieve 
expected market acceptance.

 ‹ Increased R&D investment to enhance 
clinical capabilities and support the 
development of pipeline products.

 ‹ Thorough contract review process in place 
to ensure that third-party vendors are 
properly vetted, inherent risks are 
identified and mitigated, and deliverables 
and obligations are clearly defined before 
contracts are finalized.

 ‹ Ongoing monitoring of the third-parties’ 
activity and performance to ensure that 
good clinical practices are being followed 
and milestones are met.

 ‹ Financial models and external support in 

place to provide market valuation and due 
diligence support.

Link to strategic 
priorities

 ‹ Develop our 
pipeline.

 ‹ Expand global 
treatment.

Possible 
impacts 

 ‹ Potential delays or 

inability to 
develop new 
products.

 ‹ Hinder patient 

access to 
treatment.

 ‹ Inability to launch 
products could 
result in loss of 
revenues, financial 
conditions and 
results of 
operations, which 
in worst case 
scenarios may 
require business 
restructure and 
recapitalization. 

 ‹ Damage to 
reputation. 

 ‹ Adverse impact to 
long-term growth.

 ‹ Adverse impact on 
the Group’s ability 
to raise funds 
necessary to 
continue its 
operations.

52

www.indivior.comCommercial and governmental payor account, pricing and reimbursement pressure
 ࢀ The Group’s revenues are partly dependent on the availability and level of coverage provided to the Group by private 
insurance companies and governmental reimbursement schemes for pharmaceutical products, such as Medicare and 
Medicaid in the US.

 ࢀ Changes to governmental policy or practices could adversely affect the Group’s revenues, financial condition and 

results of operations. In addition, the reimbursement of treatment established by healthcare providers, private health 
insurers and other organizations may be reduced.

 ࢀ SUBLOCADE™ requires a very different reimbursement and logistics system that is unfamiliar for current OUD 

prescribing physicians. A significant amount of revenue will be/could be dependent upon HCP offices learning and 
adopting these new processes so that they are able to prescribe SUBLOCADE™.

Specific risks 
we may face

How we 
manage risk

Possible 
impacts 

Link to strategic 
priorities

 ‹ Reduced reimbursement levels 

and increasing pricing 
pressures. (e.g. as a result of 
increasing competition).

 ‹ Price reductions as a result of 
commercial and governmental 
payor austerity measures (e.g. 
price controls, policy change, or 
other price-setting action).

 ‹ New distribution platform 
hinders HCP adoption of 
SUBLOCADE™ as treatment 
option. 

 ‹ Patients reject or do not adhere 
to SUBLOCADE™ as treatment 
option if product ‘payor’ approval 
process takes too long or 
perceived as too complicated.

 ‹ Continue to work with payors, commercial 
or governmental, to ensure access to and 
coverage of our products.

 ‹ Establishment of health economic 

business case to justify existing pricing.

 ‹ Establishment of a Field Reimbursement 
Specialist team to educate physicians on 
SUBLOCADE™ reimbursement and logistic 
options. 

 ‹ Establishment of a patient support 
platform which provides HUB, field 
reimbursement, provider locator and 
co-pay assistance to help facilitate patient 
access to treatment. 

 ‹ Build resilience of 

our franchise.

 ‹ Expand global 
treatment.

 ‹ Could negatively 
impact revenues, 
financial 
conditions and 
results of 
operations.

 ‹ Hinder patient 

access to 
treatment.

53

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Risk management continued

Compliance with laws and ethical behavior
 ࢀ Business practices in the pharmaceutical industry are subject to increasing scrutiny by government authorities. 

Failure to comply with applicable laws and rules and regulations in any jurisdiction may result in fines, civil and/or 
criminal legal proceedings, each of which could have a material adverse impact on the business, prospects, results 
of operations and financial condition. Specifically see disclosure on page 46 referring to the current status of the DOJ 
investigation and other investigative and antitrust litigation matters, and the contingent liabilities disclosures in Note 
20 of the financial statements on page 141.

Specific risks  
we may face

  How we 

manage risk

 ‹ The Group has enhanced, and continues 
to enhance, its compliance program and 
compliance capabilities.

 ‹ All employees required to complete a 
comprehensive compliance training 
program annually.

 ‹ Reviews and controls put in place over 

government pricing and reporting.

 ‹ Increased oversight and monitoring of 
controls and procedures in emerging 
markets.

 ‹ Continued cooperation with the 

authorities on ongoing investigations, 
utilizing external counsel as needed.

 ‹ Non-compliance with anti- 
corruption, healthcare, data 
privacy, or local laws could result 
in business interruption or 
restructuring, fines, loss of 
reimbursement, damage to 
reputation and criminal penalties.

 ‹ Failure to comply with payment 
and reporting obligations under 
the US Medicaid Drug Rebate 
program or other governmental 
pricing programs.

 ‹ Restrictions on Group’s ability to 

sell products or product 
candidates in certain markets/ 
countries due to controlled 
substance legislation, regulation, 
and/or classification.

 ‹ Government investigations of 
the Group’s business activities 
alleged to be improper.

  Possible 
impacts 

  Link to strategic 

priorities

 ‹ Could result in loss 

 ‹ Build resilience of 

our franchise.

 ‹ Expand global 
treatment. 

of revenues, 
financial 
conditions and 
results of 
operations, which 
in worst case 
scenario may 
require business 
restructure and 
recapitalization. 

 ‹ Fines and/or 
penalties.

 ‹ Hinder patient 

access to 
treatment.

54

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
Patient safety
 ࢀ A pharmacovigilance process has been established to monitor the safety of the Group’s products in a comprehensive 
and thorough manner. This includes capturing safety-related data from multiple sources (e.g. Medical Information 
Unit (MIU)), market research, literature search and clinical trials and entering all adverse events received into a safety 
database. The Company reports to health authorities across the globe within the required and mandatory timelines. 
Safety signals are identified and assessed for any changes to the benefit/risk profile. Determination is made if further 
actions are needed to optimize the safe and effective use of our products, including communicating any relevant 
changes to key stakeholders.

Specific risks 
we may face

  How we 

manage risk

  Possible 
impacts 

  Link to strategic 

priorities

 ‹ Change in benefit-risk profile 

 ‹ Quarterly reviews performed by Global 

 ‹ Product recall.

 ‹ Build resilience of 

based on cumulative evidence 
internally (from all Indivior 
cross-functional departments) 
and externally.

our franchise.

 ‹ Expand global 
treatment.

Signal detection team of all potential safety 
sources across Indivior organization and 
externally.

 ‹ Recommended actions (e.g. Labelling 

changes, Risk Management Plan update, 
Dear Dr. Letters, Post-Authorization Safety 
Studies) approved by the Global Signal 
management team to optimize the safe and 
effective use of all Indivior products.

 ‹ Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies 
(REMS) programs to manage known or 
potential risks associated with Indivior 
marketed products.

 ‹ Hinder patient 

access to 
treatment.

 ‹ Significant legal 

cost.

 ‹ Adverse impact on 
the Group’s ability 
to raise funds 
necessary to 
continue its 
operations could 
result in loss of 
revenues, financial 
conditions and 
results of 
operations. 

 ‹ Damage to 
reputation.

55

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
Risk management continued

Acquisitions and business development
 ࢀ The Group may seek to acquire businesses or products as part of our strategy to enhance our current portfolio.

Specific risks 
we may face

  How we 

manage risk

  Possible 
impacts 

  Link to strategic 

priorities

 ‹ Inability to identify, acquire, 
close or integrate acquisition 
targets successfully.

 ‹ Acquisitions and strategic 

alliances, including distributor 
collaboration, may be 
unsuccessful.

 ‹ Inability to raise capital in 

order to finance acquisitions.

 ‹ Board of Directors reviews all significant 

transactions.

 ‹ Best Practice Management Tools for 

Diligence and Integration Planning and 
Execution have been developed.

 ‹ Acquisition Governance Model agreed, 

along with identification of subject matter 
experts required for Acquisition Integration 
team.

 ‹ Internal and external resources in place to 

ensure rigorous due diligence and 
integration of acquisitions and/or new 
product initiatives.

 ‹ Ongoing regular appraisal of debt and 
equity capital markets advisors and 
counterparties.

 ‹ Adverse impact on 
Group’s ability to 
raise funds 
necessary to 
finance 
acquisitions.

 ‹ Loss of revenue 

and profits.

 ‹ Damage to 
reputation.

 ‹ Build resilience of 

our franchise.

 ‹ Business 

development. 

 ‹ Expand global 
treatment.

 ‹ Develop our 
pipeline.

56

www.indivior.com 
 
 
Viability statement

Central to understanding the Group’s 
viability and prospects is our business 
model and strategy, details of which 
can be found on pages 10 to 11. The 
Board’s oversight continues to be 
focused on the successful launch 
of SUBLOCADE™, upholding our 
SUBOXONE Film intellectual property 
and guiding our litigation response 
strategy. The Board has evaluated 
the Group’s risk profile as the 
business evolves and determined it 
is acceptable: the expected longer-
term returns achievable through 
commercialization of successful 
research and development allow for 
increased opportunities to expand 
our treatments in the addiction, co-
occurring disorders of addiction and 
behavioral health markets.

The prospects of the Group are 
evaluated throughout the year as part 
of the strategic planning process. This 
process is led by the Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
through the Executive Committee 
and involves all relevant functions 
such as R&D, supply, commercial, 
medical, and finance. Development 
of the strategic plan includes a deep 
dive into the principal risks and 
contemplated actions to manage and 
mitigate those risks.

The output of the strategic plan is a 
set of objectives, an analysis of key 
risks that could prevent the plan 
being delivered, and a financial 
forecast covering the following year. 
Within the Group’s 10-year strategic 
horizon, financial forecasts are 
also prepared. The Board reviews 
and approves the budget for the 
upcoming year as well as the long-
term strategic plan, which includes 
challenging key assumptions and risk 
mitigation plans included therein.

In accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Directors 
have assessed the viability of the 
Group. In determining a time period 
to assess the viability of the Group, 

the Directors considered the Group’s 
strategic plan, business cycle, 
potential impacts of new product 
launches, generic challenges and 
ongoing litigation. With the launch 
of SUBLOCADE™ in 2018 and the 
possible impact of generic products 
on the SUBOXONE Film business in 
the US, the Directors believe a period 
to 2021 factors in the risks in these 
activities. This assessment period 
provides a reasonable basis for the 
financial impact of these significant 
developments to be fully considered. 
Accordingly, a four-year period of 
assessment is deemed appropriate.

Although the strategic plan reflects 
the Directors’ best estimate of the 
future prospects of the business, 
they have also “stress tested” the 
plan under various scenarios. The 
scenarios, which encompass a wide 
spectrum of potential outcomes, are 
designed to explore the resilience 
of the Group to the potential impact 
of significant risks set out on pages 
48 to 56. These scenarios represent 
‘severe but plausible’ circumstances 
the Group could experience. The 
scenarios tested included:

 ࢀ unfavorable outcome in the ANDA 
case involving generic SUBOXONE 
Film, regulatory approval and 
subsequent direct generic 
competition to SUBOXONE Film 
in the US;

 ࢀ unfavorable outcome of 

investigative and antitrust 
legal cases; and

 ࢀ underperformance in the 

expected market acceptance of 
SUBLOCADE™;

Having considered these risk factors 
along with other principal risks set 
out on pages 50 to 56, the Directors 
have assessed the Group’s ability 
to manage its cost structure to 
maintain compliance with the 
financial covenant in the Group’s debt 
facility and sufficient liquidity to fund 
its operations. 

Other risks identified in the principal 
risk table on pages 50 to 56 were also 
considered, but the above financial 
risks and operating considerations 
were considered the most immediate 
and significant that could prevent the 
Group from delivering on its strategy. 
A number of other aspects of the 
principal risks – because of their 
nature or potential impact – could 
also threaten the Group’s ability to 
continue in business in its current 
form if they were to occur. 

The results of this stress testing 
showed the Group would be able 
to withstand the impact of these 
scenarios occurring over the 
period of the viability assessment 
by making cuts to its operating 
costs and planned strategic 
investments. Depending upon the 
ultimate realization under the 
different scenarios, the actions that 
management would need to take will 
vary to ensure ongoing viability of 
the Group.

Based on their assessment of 
prospects and viability above, the 
Directors confirm their reasonable 
expectation that the Group will 
continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the four 
year period ending December 31, 2021.

Strategic Report
The Strategic Report set out on pages 
1 to 57 was approved by the Board on 
March 6, 2018.

By Order of the Board

Kathryn Hudson
Company Secretary

57

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Chairman’s introduction to Corporate Governance

A year of progress

“On behalf of the Board, 
I am pleased to present 
Indivior’s Corporate 
Governance Report 2017. 
The Board of Indivior 
is committed to 
maintaining high 
standards of corporate 
governance and 
during 2017 the Board 
and its committees 
continued to focus 
on good governance 
practices throughout 
the business.”

Howard Pien
Chairman

During the review, Lintstock 
undertook a confidential interview 
with each of the Directors and the 
Company Secretary. Among the topics 
discussed were the strengths and 
values of the Board, the quality of 
succession planning, the interaction 
of the Board with the business, the 
process of strategic planning, and 
the management of risk. The Board 
has reflected on the outcomes of 
the review and is pleased to report 
that the review found that the 
Directors are strategically aligned 
and working cohesively. A number 
of actions were identified. More 
information regarding the review 
can be found in the section entitled 
Board Effectiveness Review within 
this report.

Board diversity
At Indivior, we believe diversity, in 
its broadest sense, is an important 
factor in Board effectiveness. It also 
supports our distinctive culture, 
and as such is a key source of 
competitive advantage.

New appointments to the Board are 
made on merit, taking account of 
the specific skills and experience 
required, thereby ensuring a 
resourceful Board and the diversity 
benefits each candidate brings to the 
overall Board composition.

The Board of Indivior monitors 
compliance with the requirements 
of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the ‘Code’). Throughout 2017, 
Indivior was fully compliant with the 
main principles of the Code and all 
relevant provisions. 

Board and committee changes
The Indivior Board leads the Group 
and oversees its governance. It 
defines our values and it shapes our 
culture, which is a key driver of our 
success as an organization. 

We constantly aim to harness the 
expertise of our Directors to Indivior’s 
best advantage, and during 2017 
the Board continued to review its 
composition, and that of its principal 
committees. As a result, various 
changes were made during the year 
to the composition of the principal 
committees. These changes are 
detailed on page 64.

Board evaluation
Each year, we conduct an evaluation 
to assess the performance and 
effectiveness of the Board, its 
principal committees, and its 
Directors. The Code requires 
that every three years the Board 
evaluation should be conducted by 
an external facilitator. Accordingly, 
in 2017 we engaged Lintstock, which 
has no other connection with the 
Company, to undertake a review of 
the Indivior Board and its principal 
committees. The review took place 
during the second half of the 
financial year. 

58

www.indivior.com“The Board of Indivior defines Indivior’s 
values and shapes Indivior’s culture, 
which is a key driver of our success 
as an organization.”

oversight of litigation matters, 
leading the Group’s efforts to protect 
the interests of our Group and our 
shareholders. The Executive Directors 
also continued to engage regularly 
with our shareholders, conducting 
roadshows and presentations and 
keeping investors up to date with 
core activities. 

Looking ahead, I will continue to 
work alongside my fellow Board 
members to further consolidate our 
governance policies and processes, 
as we remain focused on ensuring 
the Group’s long-term success and 
tackling the opioid addiction crisis. 

Howard Pien
Chairman

March 6, 2018 

Activities during the year

At its meetings the Board monitors 
and reviews progress against 
strategy in all business areas, 
receiving regular reports from 
the Chief Executive Officer, Chief 
Financial Officer and Chief Legal 
Officer. In addition to its routine 
business, Board highlights during 
the year included:

 ࢀ engaging in the first externally-
facilitated evaluation of its 
own performance and that of 
its principal committees. The 
review was in line with the 
requirements of the Code and 
used a combination of online 
survey and confidential one to 
one interviews with the Directors 
and Company Secretary, 
facilitated by Lintstock;

 ࢀ closely monitoring progress with 
preparations for the launch of 
SUBLOCADE™; and

 ࢀ keeping under review ongoing 
litigation matters, supported 
by regular updates from the 
Chief Legal Officer and external 
legal counsel.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
During 2017, our Remuneration 
Committee undertook a full review 
of remuneration arrangements, 
this being the first full review since 
the Company listed. As part of this 
review, the Company has engaged 
with its largest shareholders to 
understand their views and concerns 
and as a result a number of changes 
are proposed. Our remuneration 
philosophy continues to be focused 
on aligning the incentivization of our 
senior executives with our strategy 
and the value drivers of the business.

Full details of the proposed Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy are set out in 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on pages 83 to 106.

Other key Board activities 
Throughout 2017, the Board and its 
committees were closely involved in 
all major developments. In particular, 
our Science & Policy Committee 
provided invaluable support and 
guidance in working closely with Dr. 
Christian Heidbreder, Chief Scientific 
Officer, and his team, in the months 
leading up to the FDA’s approval 
of our new product, SUBLOCADE™. 
Similarly, the Board retained 

59

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Our Board of Directors

1

5

9

2

6

10

3

7

11

4

8

12

The right combination of knowledge and experience 
to grow the business worldwide

1.  Howard Pien 
Chairman

2.  Shaun Thaxter 
Chief Executive Officer

3.  Mark Crossley 
Chief Financial Officer

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ Over 30 years of pharmaceutical and 
biotechnology industry experience
 ࢀ Vanda Pharmaceuticals, Inc.: Non-
Executive Chairman (2010-2016)
 ࢀ GlaxoSmithKline: various executive 

positions (1991-2003)

 ࢀ Chiron, Corp: President and CEO (2003-
2006) and later Chairman of the Board 
(2004-2006)

 ࢀ Medarex Inc.: CEO and President 

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ Over 25 years of pharmaceutical and 

prescription products industry experience

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ
 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals Inc.: 

Indivior Chief Strategy Officer

 ࢀ Appointed CEO of Indivior 

at time of Reckitt Benckiser 
Pharmaceuticals demerger
Institute of Directors (IoD): Chartered 
Director and Fellow

 ࢀ

 ࢀ National Association of Corporate 

Directors (NACD): Board 
Leadership Fellow

Global Finance Director

 ࢀ Procter and Gamble: Associate Director 

Corporate Portfolio Finance

 ࢀ Procter and Gamble: Associate Director 
Female Beauty Strategy and Business 
Planning

 ࢀ National Association of Corporate 

Directors (NACD): Board Leadership 
Fellow

(2007-2009)

 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals, Inc.: 

 ࢀ Abbott Laboratories and Merck & Co.: 

President

Product Manager, Business Unit Director, 
cardiovasculars, anti-infectives 
(1986-1991)

 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser: Global 

Category Manager

Other current appointments:
 ࢀ

Juno Therapeutics Inc.: Chairman of 
the Board
Sapience Therapeutics: Chairman

 ࢀ

60

www.indivior.com4.  Daniel Tassé 
Senior Independent Director

7.  A. Thomas McLellan PhD 
Non-Executive Director

10. Chris Schade 
Non-Executive Director 

(Chair)

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ Over 20 years of pharmaceutical industry 

management assessment and board 
consulting experience

 ࢀ

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ Over 35 years of pharmaceutical 
and financial industry experience
Ikaria Holdings, Inc.: CEO and President 
(2008-2015), Chairman (2009-2015)
 ࢀ Baxter International: General Manager 
of Pharmaceuticals and Technologies 
Business Unit

 ࢀ GlaxoSmithKline: various senior 
management positions including 
President and Regional Director for 
Australasia (2001-2004)

Other current appointments:
 ࢀ Alcresta Pharmaceuticals Inc.: Chairman 

and CEO

 ࢀ Bellerophon Therapeutics: Director
 ࢀ REGENXBIO Inc.: Director

5.  Yvonne Greenstreet MBChB 
Non-Executive Director

(Chair)

 ࢀ

experience
Experienced in medicines development, 
medical affairs and business 
development

 ࢀ Pfizer Inc.: SVP Medicines Development 

(2010-2013)

 ࢀ GlaxoSmithKline: various executive 

positions (1992-2010)

Other current appointments:
 ࢀ Alnylam: Chief Operating Officer
 ࢀ Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc.: Director 
 ࢀ Moelis & Company: Independent Director

6.  Tatjana May 
Non-Executive Director

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ Over 20 years of legal experience
Substantial knowledge and 
 ࢀ
understanding of the pharmaceutical 
sector
Shire plc: General Counsel and Company 
Secretary, Executive Committee Member 
(2001-2015)

 ࢀ

 ࢀ AstraZeneca plc: various positions 

including Assistant General Counsel 
(1995-2001)
Slaughter and May: Lawyer (1988-1994)

 ࢀ

Other current appointments:
 ࢀ
 ࢀ

EIP Pharma, LLC: Board of Managers
The National Youth Orchestra of Great 
Britain: Trustee

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ Over 35 years as a career researcher in 

the treatment and policy-making around 
substance use and abuse field

 ࢀ Published over 450 articles and chapters 

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ Over 20 years of pharmaceutical 
and financial industry experience

 ࢀ Novira Therapeutics, Inc.: CEO (2014-2015)
 ࢀ Omthera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.: CFO, EVP 

 ࢀ

on addiction research
Treatment Research Institute (TRI):  
Co-founder, CEO and Chairman until 
September 1, 2016

 ࢀ White House Office of National Drug 
Control Policy (2009-2011): Deputy 
Director

Other current appointments:
 ࢀ

Serves on several editorial boards of 
scientific journals

8.  Lorna Parker 
Non-Executive Director

(Chair)

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ Over 25 years of executive search, 

 ࢀ Conducts board effectiveness reviews for 

 ࢀ

FTSE 100 companies
Spencer Stuart: Partner (1989-2008); led 
the private equity practice across Europe 
and the legal search practice globally
 ࢀ BC Partners: Senior Advisor (2008-2016)
Future Academies: Director (2014-2017)
 ࢀ

Other current appointments:
 ࢀ CVC Capital Partners: Senior Advisor
 ࢀ Manchester Square Partners: Senior 

Advisor

 ࢀ Royal Horticultural Society: Trustee
 ࢀ National Opera Studio: Trustee

9.  Daniel J. Phelan 
Non-Executive Director

(Chair)

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ Over 30 years of pharmaceutical and 
executive management experience
Extensive experience dealing with 
executive remuneration and CEO 
succession planning

 ࢀ

 ࢀ GlaxoSmithKline: advisor to three 

CEOs and various executive positions 
(1981-2012)

 ࢀ Computer Sciences Corporation: Advisory 

 ࢀ

Board Member (2013-2015)

 ࢀ RiseSmart: Advisory Board Member 

(2012-2016)

 ࢀ Rutgers University Board of Trustees: 

Member (2013-2017)

Other current appointments:
 ࢀ

TE Connectivity Ltd: Board Director

(2011-2013)

 ࢀ NRG Energy, Inc.: CFO, EVP (2010-2011)
 ࢀ Medarex Inc.: CFO, SVP (2000-2009)
 ࢀ Merrill Lynch & Co.: MD, Debt Capital 

Markets (1992-2000)

Other current appointments:
 ࢀ Aprea Therapeutics AB: President and 

Chief Executive Officer
Integra LifeSciences Holdings 
Corporation: Director
Sapience Therapeutics: Director

 ࢀ

 ࢀ

11. Lizabeth Zlatkus 
Non-Executive Director

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ

The Hartford: various senior executive 
positions (1996-2011)
Financial and risk expert

 ࢀ
 ࢀ Audit, Risk Compensation and 

 ࢀ

Nomination Committee experience
Legal & General: Non-Executive Director 
(2013-2016)

 ࢀ Computer Sciences Corporation 

(2016-2017)

Other current appointments:
 ࢀ Boston Private Financial Holdings: Non-

Executive Director
SE2: Board member

 ࢀ
 ࢀ Connecticut Science Center: Board of 

Trustees, Executive Committee member

 ࢀ Penn State Business School: Board 

member and past Chair

12. Kathryn Hudson  
Company Secretary

Skills and experience:
 ࢀ Over 15 years of experience as a  

 ࢀ

Chartered Secretary
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Secretaries and Administrators
 ࢀ Kingfisher plc: Company Secretary 

(2012-2015)
Senior Company Secretarial positions at 
Burberry Group plc and ICAP plc

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination & Governance 
Committee

Science & Policy Committee

Disclosure Committee

61

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Our Executive Committee

1

5

9

2

6

10

3

7

4

8

Delivering strategy and results in a challenging  
and changing industry

4.  Ingo Elfering  
Chief Information and Innovation Officer

5.  Jon Fogle 
Chief Human Resources Officer

Industry experience: 
 ࢀ

25+ years

Industry experience:
 ࢀ

20+ years

Key previous roles:
 ࢀ GlaxoSmithKline: VP Business 
Transformation Core Business 
Service Group

 ࢀ GlaxoSmithKline: VP IT Roles (Strategy, 

Architecture, Global Services, eBusiness) 

 ࢀ Medical Data Service Founder/CEO

Professional qualifications:
 ࢀ

Senior Certified Professional  
in Human Resources

Key previous roles:
 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals Inc.:  

Global Human Resources Director

 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals Inc.: 
Human Resources Director for the US

 ࢀ Capmark Finance (formerly GMAC 

Commercial Mortgage): Senior Vice 
President of Human Resources, 
North America

1.  Shaun Thaxter 
Chief Executive Officer
(Executive Director)

2.  Mark Crossley 
Chief Financial Officer
(Executive Director)

3.  Debby Betz  
Chief Corporate Affairs 
and Communications Officer

Industry experience:
 ࢀ

25+ years

Key previous roles:
 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals Inc.: 
Director of Marketing (North America)  
and Director of Commercial Development  
and Strategic Planning (North America)

 ࢀ Purdue Pharma and Stuart 

Pharmaceuticals: Various sales and 
marketing leadership roles including 
District Sales Manager

62

www.indivior.com6.  Christian Heidbreder 
Chief Scientific Officer

Industry experience:
 ࢀ

25+ years

Professional experience:
 ࢀ

26 years’ leadership in neurosciences  
across academia, government, industry;
350+ publications

 ࢀ
 ࢀ Academic roles: Affiliate Professor, Dept. 
Pharmacology and Toxicology, Virginia 
Commonwealth University School of 
Medicine

Key previous roles:
 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals Inc.:  

Global R&D Director

 ࢀ Altria: Client Services’ Health Sciences
 ࢀ GlaxoSmithKline: Center of Excellence  

 ࢀ

for Drug Discovery in Psychiatry
SmithKline Beecham:  
Neuroscience Department

7.  Javier Rodriguez 
Chief Legal Officer

Industry experience:
 ࢀ

14+ years

Professional qualifications:
 ࢀ Admitted to practice law in New York,  
New Jersey and Virginia (Corporate 
Counsel)

9.  Frank Stier 
Chief Manufacturing and Supply Officer

Industry experience:
 ࢀ

25+ years

Key previous roles:
 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals Inc.: 

Global Supply Director (heading logistics, 
customer service, demand planning and 
manufacturing)

 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals Inc.:  
Supply Services Director then Global  
Supply Services Director

 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser: Supply Services 

Director, Central Europe

 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser: Industrial Customer  

Service Manager

 ࢀ Colgate-Palmolive GmbH: Various roles

10. Ponni Subbiah 
Chief Medical Officer

Industry experience:
 ࢀ

19+ years

Professional qualifications:
 ࢀ Neurologist
 ࢀ Masters in Public Health
 ࢀ New York State Medical License

Key previous roles:
 ࢀ PATH: Global Program Leader,  

Drug Development

 ࢀ National Association of Corporate 

 ࢀ Pfizer, Inc.: Vice President , Global Access, 

Directors Governance Fellow

Emerging Markets

 ࢀ Pfizer, Inc.: Vice President, Medical Affairs

Key previous roles:
 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals Inc.: 

VP General Counsel

 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser LLC: Senior Counsel 
(Healthcare), helping to acquire the 
global (ex-US) marketing rights to 
buprenorphine

 ࢀ Bayer AG and Berlex Laboratories, Inc.: 

Corporate Counsel

8.  Richard Simkin 
Chief Commercial and Strategy Officer

Industry experience:
 ࢀ

20+ years

Key previous roles:
 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals Inc.: 

President, North America

 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser: General Manager 

Portugal

 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser: Marketing Director  

UK Healthcare

 ࢀ Reckitt Benckiser: Two Global  
Category roles and a number  
of General Management positions

63

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Corporate governance

The Board is responsible for ensuring 
there is a robust and transparent 
governance framework in place. 
Indivior PLC (the ‘Company’) 
is subject to the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, published 
in April 2016 by the Financial 
Reporting Council.

Compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code
As a premium listed company on the 
London Stock Exchange, the Company 
is reporting in accordance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) 
which sets out standards of good 
practice in relation to Board leadership 
and effectiveness, remuneration, 
accountability and relations with 
shareholders. A copy of the Code is 
available from the FRC website 
www.frc.org.uk.

An updated version of the Code was 
published in April 2016 and applies to 
companies with financial years starting 
on or after June 17, 2016. The Company 
has taken account of the changes 
to the Code and reports formally in 
accordance with the Code in this Annual 
Report. The Company has applied the 
main principles of the Code and has 
complied with all relevant provisions 
throughout the year under review.

The Board
The Board has established a formal 
schedule of matters reserved for 
its approval and has delegated 
specific responsibilities to its 
principal committees, being the 
Audit Committee, Remuneration 
Committee, Nomination & 
Governance Committee and Science 
& Policy Committee.

Each committee operates under 
its own clearly defined Terms of 
Reference, which were reviewed 
and amended, where necessary, 
during the year.

Copies are available to view on the 
Company’s website www.indivior.
com. Further information about the 
committees and their responsibilities 
is set out on pages 72 to 84.

Board composition
The Board currently comprises eleven 
members: the Chairman, Howard 
Pien; the Chief Executive Officer, 
Shaun Thaxter; the Chief Financial 
Officer, Mark Crossley and eight 
Non-Executive Directors. All Non-
Executive Directors are considered 
independent for the purposes of the 
Code. The Chairman was considered 
independent on appointment.

During the year, Cary Claiborne 
stepped down as Chief Financial 
Officer and Mark Crossley was 
appointed. Also during the year, 
Tatjana May was appointed as a Non-
Executive Director and a member of 
the Remuneration and Nomination 
& Governance Committees. When 
recruiting, the balance of experience 
and skills of the Board was a key 
factor taken into consideration.

Throughout the year, the Board 
continued to review its composition, 
and that of its principal committees. 
As a result, Daniel Tassé stepped 
down from the Nomination & 
Governance Committee and 
was appointed to the Science & 
Policy Committee. Later in the 
year, he stepped down from this 
Committee and was appointed to the 
Remuneration Committee. Lizabeth 
Zlatkus stepped down from the 
Remuneration Committee and was 
appointed to the Science & Policy 
Committee. 

Biographical details of each of the 
Directors are set out on pages 60 to 61.

Indivior Board

Audit Committee
Oversight of financial 
reporting, audit and risk

Nomination & 
Governance 
Committee
Oversight of Board 
composition, succession 
planning, governance and 
corporate compliance

Remuneration 
Committee
Oversight of the link of 
reward to strategy

Science & Policy 
Committee
Oversight of pipeline 
research & development

Executive Committee
Oversight of the implementation of the Company’s 
strategic plan

Disclosure Committee
Oversight of disclosure and reporting requirements and 
the identification of inside information

d
r
a
o
B

l
a
p
i
c
n
i
r
P

s
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E

s
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

In addition to the Board’s principal committees (Audit, Nomination & Governance, Remuneration and Science & Policy), the Board is supported by the work 
of the Executive Committee. The Disclosure Committee, which comprises members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary, provides a forum 
for the review and identification of inside information and the related disclosure and reporting requirements. Further details of each of the Board’s principal 
committees, including membership, are set out in the reports from each of the committee chairmen.

64

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
Roles and responsibilities of the Board

The Board is collectively responsible 
for the long-term success of the 
Company and for delivering value to 
shareholders. The Board’s primary 
focus is to support and further the 
Group’s purpose of pioneering life-
transforming treatments for patients 
suffering from addiction and its 
co-occurrences.

The Board met regularly throughout 
the year and, led by the Chairman, 
it approves the strategy and risk 
appetite for the Group and reviews 
and approves Indivior’s product 
pipeline, capital structure and plans 
presented by management for the 
achievement of strategic objectives. 
The Board ensures that sufficient 
measures are available to meet 
the objectives set.

The Board is responsible for:
 ࢀ approval of the Group’s strategic 

 ࢀ appointment and removal of the 

Company Secretary;

aims and objectives, and review of 
performance against those aims 
and objectives;

 ࢀ approval of major capital projects, 

acquisitions or divestments;
 ࢀ approval of any increase in, or 

 ࢀ approval of the Group’s annual 
budget and corporate plans;
 ࢀ approval of the Group’s annual, 

half-yearly and quarterly financial 
reports;

 ࢀ approval of the Annual Report and 
Accounts and the reports included 
therein;

 ࢀ approval of the dividend policy;
 ࢀ approval of all Board appointments 

or removals, remuneration 
arrangements and termination 
payments;

 ࢀ approval of the membership 

and chairmanship of the Board 
and committees and succession 
planning for senior management;

significant variation in, the terms 
of the borrowing facilities of the 
Company;

 ࢀ approval of capital expenditure 

projects outside the scope of the 
approved annual budgets and 
plans; and

 ࢀ approval of treasury and risk 

management policies.

The Board has delegated 
responsibility for the day-to-day 
management of the business to the 
Chief Executive Officer.

The formal schedule of matters 
reserved for the Board is available to 
view on the Company’s website 
www.indivior.com.

Composition

1

2

8

Chairman 

Executive  
Directors 

Non-Executive 
Directors 

Experience

Diversity and Inclusion

At Indivior we value our distinctive 
culture and believe it is a key source 
of sustainable competitive advantage. 
We believe inclusion and diversity in 
its broadest sense enables innovation, 
continuous improvement of quality, 
and increased speed and efficiency 
in meeting the various needs of our 
patients, customers and stakeholders.

Our Diversity and Inclusion Policy 
reflects our beliefs and values. 
Supporting and promoting the 
diversity of our people is an 
important priority for the Group 
and we have focused on developing 
an inclusive culture that values 
all employees regardless of their 
age, disability, gender, race, sexual 
orientation or other protected 
characteristics. We achieve this 
through targeted sourcing of people 
from diverse backgrounds and 
cultures and an ongoing focus on 
creating an environment that allows 
our talented people to prosper.

Within the Indivior workplace 
environment, everyone has an equal 
opportunity to perform at the highest 
levels and realize their potential. 
This applies to all aspects of our 
employment policies and practices.

Our Board and Executive Committee 
are made up of individuals from 
a broad, diverse background; 
comprising 36% women on the 
Board and 20% on the Executive 
Committee. At senior leadership 
level in the organization1, we 
continue to make good progress at 
increasing gender diversity, with 44% 
female representation.

We are focused on continuous 
challenge and development in this 
area. During the year, the Indivior 
Women in Leadership Program was 
developed and launched in the US 
headquarters and it is anticipated 
that this blueprint will be extended 
across the Group in due course.

1.  Those who are direct reports of a member 

of the Executive Committee

Male 63.64%

Female 36.36%

Biopharmaceuticals

Listed (UK & US)

Finance

Industry

65

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Corporate governance report continued

During the year, led by the Senior 
Independent Director, the Non-
Executive Directors met to appraise 
the Chairman’s performance.

Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Directors play a 
key role and bring an independent 
perspective to Board discussion. The 
Company has benefited from the 
broad range of skills and experience 
which the Non-Executive Directors 
bring, ranging from business, finance, 
academic, scientific, private equity 
and pharmaceutical sectors.

Throughout the year they have 
constructively challenged and helped 
develop proposals on strategy, 
scrutinized the performance of 
management in meetings, agreed 
goals and objectives, and monitored 
the Group’s risk profile and reporting 
of performance.

The Board has considered the 
independence of each of the Non- 
Executive Directors against the 
criteria set out in the Code, and 
has concluded that they remain 
independent of management and 
free from any relationship that could 
interfere with their judgment.

Company Secretary
The Company Secretary, 
Kathryn Hudson, acts as 
Secretary to the Board and the 
Remuneration and Nomination & 
Governance Committees.

She supports the Chairman and 
the Board in the execution of their 
duties. She advises the Chairman, 
Chief Executive Officer and senior 
management on regulatory and 
governance matters. The Deputy 
Company Secretary (a suitably 
qualified member of the Company 
Secretarial team) acts as Secretary 
to the Audit and Science & 
Policy Committees.

Role of the Board committees
The Board is supported by a number 
of principal committees: the 
Audit, Nomination & Governance, 
Remuneration and Science & Policy 
committees.

The Chair of each principal committee 
reports on the activities of the 
committee at the following Board 
meeting. Copies of all papers and 
the minutes of meetings of the 
principal committees are available 
to all Directors. The reports of the 
Audit, Nomination & Governance and 
Science & Policy Committees are set 
out on pages 72 to 82. The report of 
the Remuneration Committee is set 
out on pages 83 to 84.

In addition to the principal 
committees, the Company also has 
two further committees:

Executive Committee
The Executive Committee is chaired 
by the Chief Executive Officer. The 
Committee comprises key functional 
leaders from the business and 
its purpose is to assist the Chief 
Executive Officer in discharging his 
duties. The Executive Committee 
meets monthly.

Disclosure Committee
The Disclosure Committee is chaired 
by the Chief Financial Officer. 
The Committee comprises the 
Chief Financial Officer, the Chief 
Commercial & Strategy Officer, the 
Chief Legal Officer, the Chief Scientific 
Officer and the Company Secretary. 
The Committee meets as necessary 
and has responsibility for oversight 
of the disclosure of information in 
accordance with the EU Market Abuse 
Regulation and the FCA’s Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules.

Biographical details of the members 
of the Executive Committee and the 
Company Secretary are set out on 
pages 61 to 63. 

Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer
There is a formal division of 
responsibilities between the Chairman 
and Chief Executive Officer, which is 
set out in writing. The Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer work together 
to set the Board’s agenda.

Howard Pien is the Chairman and 
has led the Board since its inception. 
He provides leadership to the Board 
and is responsible for ensuring its 
effectiveness. He is responsible for 
maintaining high standards of corporate 
governance and probity. The Chairman 
is responsible for, and ensures 
constructive relations between, the 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors. 
He is responsible for setting the tone 
and culture in the boardroom.

Shaun Thaxter is the Chief Executive 
Officer. He is responsible for the 
executive management of the Group’s 
business, for implementing strategy and 
delivering performance against plans. 
He leads Indivior’s interactions on 
matters of policy and reform regarding 
the biopharmaceutical industry.

Throughout the year the Chairman 
met and maintained contact with the 
Senior Independent Director, and with 
all the Non-Executive Directors. A part 
of each Board meeting is reserved 
for a meeting of the Chairman and 
the Non-Executive Directors, without 
executive management present.

Senior Independent Director
Daniel Tassé is the Senior 
Independent Director. He supports 
the Chairman in his role and leads the 
annual evaluation of the performance 
of the Chairman, supported by the 
Non-Executive Directors.

The Senior Independent Director acts 
as a sounding board for the Chairman 
and serves as an intermediary for 
other Directors as necessary. He 
is also available to shareholders, 
should a need arise, to convey 
concerns to the Board which they 
have been unable to convey through 
the Chairman of the Board or through 
the normal channel of the Chief 
Executive Officer.

66

www.indivior.comBoard effectiveness

The role of the Board 
and its committees

Board and committee 
attendance
All Directors are expected to attend 
each Board meeting and all meetings 
of the committees of which they are 
a member, save for in exceptional 
circumstances. To maximize 
attendance, scheduled meetings are 
arranged at least a year in advance 
to help Directors avoid clashes with 
other commitments. If a Director is 

unable to attend a meeting, they are 
provided with the briefing materials 
before the meeting and can discuss 
any agenda item with the Chairman, 
Chief Executive Officer or relevant 
Committee Chairman. Board and 
committee meetings are held in the 
UK and the US.

The Chairman of the Board, the 
Chief Executive Officer and the 
Chief Financial Officer also regularly 
attend committee meetings, as and 
when appropriate.

Activities during the year
During the year, the Board held 
five scheduled meetings and an 
additional five ad hoc meetings. 
The Board considers that it met 
sufficiently frequently to enable the 
Directors to discharge their duties 
effectively. Details of the principal 
matters discussed at each meeting 
are shown in the following table.

Date of Meeting

Principal topics covered

February

 ‹ Litigation update

 ‹ Review of 2016 full-year results and draft Annual Report

 ‹ D&O Insurance review

 ‹ Update on commercial operations and various strategic projects

February (Ad hoc)

 ‹ Review and approval of 2016 full-year results

February (Ad hoc)

 ‹ Review and approval of 2016 Annual Report

May (Ad hoc)

 ‹ Q1 2017 financial results review

May

 ‹ Litigation update

 ‹ Update on commercial and financial matters

July

July (Ad hoc)

September

 ‹ EU strategy

 ‹ AGM preparation

 ‹ Litigation update

 ‹ Update on financial matters

 ‹ Governance and compliance update

 ‹ Review of progress on strategic projects

 ‹ Review of half-year results and guidance for the remainder of the year

 ‹ Review of financial plan

 ‹ Strategic update

 ‹ Litigation update

 ‹ Governance update

November (Ad hoc)

 ‹ Q3 2017 financial results review

 ‹ Litigation update

November

 ‹ Litigation and governance updates

 ‹ Board and committee performance review

 ‹ Discussion of various strategic projects and matters

 ‹ 2017 financial update and 2018 draft financial plan

67

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Corporate governance report continued

The table below gives details of Directors’ attendance at Board and committee meetings held during the year.

Board

Audit Committee

Nomination 
& Governance 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Science & Policy 
Committee

Scheduled

Ad hoc

Scheduled

Ad hoc

Scheduled

Scheduled

Scheduled

Chairman

Howard Pien

Executive Directors

Shaun Thaxter

Mark Crossley1

Non-Executive Directors

Yvonne Greenstreet

Tom McLellan

Tatjana May2

Lorna Parker

Dan Phelan

Chris Schade3

Daniel Tassé

Lizabeth Zlatkus

Former Directors

Cary Claiborne4

5/5

5/5

4/4

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

4/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

0/1

0/2

–

–

–

–

–

–

5/5

4/4

–

–

–

–

5/5

5/5

5/5

-

–

–

–

–

4/4

4/4

4/4

-

–

–

–

–

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

–

1/1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6/6

6/6

6/6

–

1/1

5/5

–

–

–

–

5/5

5/5

-

–

–

4/5

3/3

1/1

-

1.  Mark Crossley was appointed Chief Financial Officer on February 3, 2017 and attended the Board meeting held on February 13/14, 2017 as part of his induction 
program. He was formally appointed a Director of the Company on February 21, 2017. His attendance at Board meetings reflects those meetings he attended in 
his capacity as a Director of the Company.

2.  Due to prior commitments arising before she joined the Board, Tatjana May was unable to attend the ad hoc Board meeting held in May 2017. She received 

papers for the meeting ahead of the meeting and had the opportunity to provide comments to the Chairman ahead of the meeting.

3.  Due to unforeseen circumstances Chris Schade was unable to attend the Science & Policy Committee meeting held in September 2017. He received papers for 

the meeting ahead of the meeting and was updated on the work of the Committee by the Chairman of the Committee.

4.  Cary Claiborne stepped down from his role as Chief Financial Officer on February 3, 2017 and subsequently stepped down as a Director of the Board on March 
7, 2017. He did not attend the Board meeting and two ad hoc Board meetings held in late February 2017 as agreed with the Board as part of his transition 
arrangements.

68

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board Effectiveness Review
This was the first time that the review 
of the effectiveness of the Board was 
externally facilitated. The Nomination 
& Governance Committee reviewed 
the proposed effectiveness review 
approach and timetable at its meeting 
in July 2017 and agreed the approach.

Following review, Lintstock were 
appointed to facilitate the Board 
effectiveness review. The review 
was carried out in accordance 
with the guidance in the Code and 
was facilitated by Oliver Ziehn of 
Lintstock. The Chairman of the Board, 
the Chairman of the Nomination 
& Governance Committee and 
the Company Secretary provided 
a comprehensive briefing to 
Lintstock in July 2017.

Initial feedback was gathered by 
way of an online survey completed 
by all Directors and the Company 
Secretary which was then used to 
inform and guide detailed interviews 
with each Board member and the 
Company Secretary.

The draft conclusions of the report were 
discussed with the Chairman of the 
Nomination & Governance Committee 
and the Company Secretary.

Oliver Ziehn presented the outcomes of 
the effectiveness review at the Board’s 
meeting in November 2017. Each of the 
committees considered the report on 
the effectiveness of their committee at 
their respective meetings.

The performance of the Chairman 
was also considered as part of the 
effectiveness review. The Senior 
Independent Director led the Non-
Executive Directors in their review of the 
performance of the Chairman.

The review concluded that the 
effectiveness of the Board was 
highly rated, particularly with regard 
to boardroom dynamics and time 
allocation at meetings.

There were a number of 
recommendations arising from the 
review; these included:

 ࢀ a greater focus on executive and 

non-executive succession planning. 
In particular, development of an 
orderly succession plan for those 
Non-Executive Directors who joined 
the Board at demerger;

 ࢀ enabling the Non-Executive 

Directors to develop a deeper 
understanding of the Group’s 
patients; and

 ࢀ spending time on a wide-ranging 

discussion about risk and devoting 
more time to the risk dashboard.

The Board has agreed to address 
these matters as part of its focus for 
the year ahead. 

Time commitment of the 
Chairman and Non-Executive 
Directors
The letters of appointment for the 
Chairman and Non-Executive Directors 
state the expected time commitment 
to fulfil their roles. The Chairman 
and Non-Executive Directors are 
expected to set aside sufficient time 
to prepare for meetings.

Term of appointment
The Chairman and Non-Executive 
Directors are appointed for an 
initial term of three years. The initial 
term for the Chairman and those 
Non-Executive Directors who were 
appointed on demerger expired 
during the year. Following review and 
recommendation by the Nomination 
& Governance Committee, the 
Chairman and relevant Non-Executive 
Directors were appointed for a further 
three-year term.

The Nomination & Governance 
Committee has considered the need 
to ensure that there is an orderly 
succession plan in place for those 
Non-Executive Directors who were 
appointed at demerger and has 
agreed an approach.

External directorships
The Nomination & Governance 
Committee has approved a formal 
policy in respect of external 
appointments for Executive Directors 
and members of the Executive 
Committee. Executive Directors 
may hold one non-executive 
appointment, subject to the approval 
of the Nomination & Governance 
Committee. Members of the Executive 
Committee may hold one non-
executive appointment subject to the 
approval of the Executive Committee.

No formal limit on other board 
appointments applies to Non-
Executive Directors but appointments 
are reviewed by the Nomination & 
Governance Committee to ensure 
there is no conflict of interest. These 
directorships have not impacted 
the time and commitment required 
by Non-Executive Directors of the 
Company throughout the year.

Appointment and re-
appointment of Directors
There is a formal, rigorous and 
transparent procedure for the 
appointment of new Directors to 
the Board. The Board may appoint 
an individual as a Director either 
to fill a vacancy or as an additional 
member of the Board. The process 
for new appointments is led by 
the Nomination & Governance 
Committee, which makes a 
recommendation to the Board.

All the Directors are seeking re-
appointment at the forthcoming 
AGM to be held on May 16, 2018, 
at which Non-Executive Directors’ 
terms of appointment and service 
contracts will be made available for 
inspection by shareholders. Letters 
setting out the terms of appointment 
of each Non-Executive Director are 
also available for inspection at the 
Company’s Registered Office.

69

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Corporate governance report continued

Induction and training
A bespoke training and induction 
program is designed for each new 
Director to help provide them with a 
broad understanding of the business 
and regulatory and governance 
matters. The Company Secretary 
facilitates the induction of new 
Directors and monitors ongoing 
training needs and arranges for 
updates to be scheduled as required.

Following her appointment, Tatjana 
May received a comprehensive 
induction designed to assist her 
discharge fully her responsibilities 
as a Board and committee member. 
The induction encompassed those 
topics deemed appropriate to her 
experience of UK listed company 
responsibilities and her knowledge 
of the pharmaceutical sector and 
included the provision of relevant 
information about the Group, together 
with applicable business policies. 
One-to-one meetings were arranged 
for Ms May to meet with members of 
the Executive Committee and other 
senior managers in the business, as 
appropriate. In addition, Ms May visited 
Indivior’s Fine Chemical Plant in Hull 
and accompanied clinical liaisons on 
their visits to physicians.

A tailored induction was arranged 
for Mark Crossley following his 
appointment as a Director. As Mr 
Crossley had previously served as 
Chief Strategy Officer, he already 
had a deep understanding of the 
Group’s operation. His induction 
therefore focused on a range of 
topics that directors of a UK listed 
company need to be familiar with, 
such as: an overview of the regulatory 
regime; rules on the disclosure and 
management of inside information; 
continuing obligations under the 
Listing Rules, especially with regard 
to annual reporting; the Code; 
current developments in corporate 
governance; and a reminder of 
directors’ duties under the Companies 
Act 2006 with specific reference to their 
application in a UK listed company 
environment.

70

The Company Secretary also 
arranged training sessions for 
the Board and committees. These 
included an externally facilitated 
session focusing on, among other 
things, Directors’ Duties and the EU 
Market Abuse Regulation.

Information and support
All Directors have direct access to the 
advice and services of the Company 
Secretary. Directors may also obtain 
independent professional advice as 
required at the Company’s expense.

Conflicts of interest
Processes are in place for any actual 
or potential conflicts of interest to 
be reviewed and disclosed and for 
Directors to avoid participation in 
any decisions where they may have 
any such conflict or potential conflict. 
The Nomination & Governance 
Committee considers the other 
significant commitments or external 
interests of potential appointees as 
part of the selection process and 
discloses them to the Board when 
recommending an appointment.

Non-Executive Directors are 
required to inform the Board of 
any subsequent changes to such 
commitments, which must be pre-
cleared with the Chairman if material.

The Company’s procedures for 
dealing with Directors’ conflicts 
of interest continued to operate 
effectively during the year. No 
Director had a material interest or 
any significant contract with the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries 
during the year.

Re-appointment of Directors
In accordance with the Code, all 
Directors seek re-appointment 
by the Company’s shareholders 
annually at the AGM. At the 2018 
AGM, all Directors will again seek 
re-appointment.

The Board may appoint any Director 
to hold any employment or executive 
office and may revoke or terminate 
any such appointment. Shareholders 
may, by ordinary resolution, appoint 

a person as a Director or remove any 
Director before the expiration of their 
period of office.

Engagement with shareholders
The Board recognizes the 
importance of regular, effective 
and constructive communications 
with its shareholders. The principal 
opportunity for shareholders to 
engage with the Board face-to-face is 
at the Company’s AGM.

The Company announces its financial 
results on a quarterly basis, and 
these are released to the London 
Stock Exchange via an authorized 
Regulatory Information Service and 
subsequently published on the 
Company’s website. Half and full-
year results are accompanied by a 
presentation by the Chief Executive 
Officer, Chief Financial Officer and 
other executives for investors, which 
is live webcast and archived on 
the Company’s website. The Chief 
Executive Officer also presented 
financial and operational results, 
together with future strategy, at the 
Company’s AGM in May 2017.

Q1 and Q3 results are accompanied 
by a conference call with the Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer and other executives for 
investors and analysts – such calls 
are also live webcast.

During the year, the Chief Executive 
Officer, Chief Financial Officer and 
the Vice President, Investor Relations 
met regularly with the Company’s 
major shareholders and financial 
analysts to discuss matters relating 
to the Company’s business strategy 
and current performance. When 
required to do so, the Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors may attend 
meetings with major shareholders. 

The Company also presented at and 
attended various healthcare sector 
investor conferences in the US and 
UK for the purposes of meeting 
investors. An investor event was held 
on June 29, 2017 to update investors 
on the RBP-6000-buprenorphine 
monthly depot phase III clinical 
results. Over the course of the year, 

www.indivior.commanagement held smaller group 
meetings with investing institutions 
in the US, UK and Europe. Further 
consultation with major shareholders 
took place concerning proposals for 
the new Remuneration Policy, as part 
of which face-to-face meetings with 
the Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee were offered.

The Non-Executive Directors regularly 
receive presentations and updates 
from the Chief Executive Officer, 
Chief Financial Officer and the Vice 
President, Investor Relations, covering 
discussions with the Company’s 
institutional shareholders and are 
informed of any issues or concerns 
raised during those discussions. 
Shareholders’ and analysts’ briefings 
are circulated to all Non-Executive 
Directors. This process enhances Non-
Executive Directors’ understanding 
of the views of shareholders and 
enables the Board to judge what 
future action would further assist 
investors’ understanding of the 
Group’s objectives.

Board accountability
The Board is responsible for the 
integrity of the Group’s financial 
statements, and recognizes its 
responsibility to present a fair, 
balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Company’s 
position and prospects. The Board 
has assessed, together with the 
Audit Committee, all information 
available in considering the overall 
drafting of the Company’s financial 
statements and the process by which 
they were compiled and reviewed. 
In doing so the Board ensured that 
adequate time was dedicated to the 
drafting process so that linkages and 
consistencies were worked through 
and tested. Drafts were received by 
knowledgeable executives and senior 
management not directly involved 
in the year-end process. The Board 
recognizes that this responsibility 
extends to interim and other inside 
information, information required to 
be presented in relation to statutory 
requests, and reports to regulators. 
In relation to these requirements, 

reference is made to the Statement 
of Directors’ Responsibilities for 
preparing the financial statements, 
set out on pages 111 and 112.

The Audit Committee
The Committee makes formal 
and transparent arrangements 
for considering how financial 
reporting and internal control 
principles are applied, and for 
maintaining an appropriate and 
transparent relationship with the 
independent External Auditor, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. 
Details of the role and activities 
of the Committee are set out on 
pages 72 to 79.

Further disclosures
Information fulfilling the further 
disclosure requirements contained 
in the Companies Act 2006, Schedule 
7 of the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts 
and Reports) Regulations 2008 and 
the FCA’s Listing Rules and Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules is 
set out on page 107 of the Directors’ 
Report which are incorporated 
by reference into this Corporate 
Governance Report.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting 
(‘AGM’) provides shareholders 
with an opportunity to vote on 
the resolutions put to the meeting 
and is the main opportunity for 
the Directors to meet directly with 
shareholders. The AGM is attended by 
the Directors, and shareholders can 
ask questions of the Chairman, the 
chairs of Board committees and the 
Board as a whole.

All resolutions are voted on by way of 
poll, with one vote for each share held. 
The results of the poll are announced 
to the London Stock Exchange and 
published on Indivior’s website shortly 
after the end of the AGM.

In 2017, the resolutions proposing 
the re-appointment of Tom McLellan 
and Yvonne Greenstreet received a 
significant number of votes against. 

The Company Secretary contacted a 
number of shareholders in advance 
of the AGM to understand the reason 
for these votes and it was reported 
that the significant level of votes cast 
against these resolutions was due 
to absences from certain Board and 
committee meetings in 2016.

Following the AGM, the Board 
considered this feedback and 
released a statement regarding 
these absences. In particular it was 
reported that Tom McLellan had 
not attended two scheduled Board 
meetings during the year as he 
had attended a meeting of cabinet 
and legislators in the US focused 
exclusively on opioid issues and had 
given apologies for a subsequent 
meeting as he had attended the 
US Government’s publication of 
the Surgeon General’s Report on 
Alcohol, Drugs and Health. The Board 
considered his attendance at these 
events was in the best interests of 
Indivior, of patients and of wider 
stakeholders. Yvonne Greenstreet was 
unable to attend a number of ad hoc 
meetings which were scheduled at 
relatively short notice.

71

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Corporate governance report continued

Introduction to Board Committees

Audit Committee

On behalf of the Board 
I am pleased to present 
the Audit Committee 
Report for the financial 
year ended December 
31, 2017.

Committee composition
The Committee comprises four Non- 
Executive Directors, all of whom are 
considered independent for the 
purposes of the Code:

 ࢀ Chris Schade (Chair)
 ࢀ Yvonne Greenstreet
 ࢀ Daniel Tassé
 ࢀ Lizabeth Zlatkus

72

Role of the Committee
The Committee’s remit is set out in 
detail in its Terms of Reference, which 
are reviewed regularly and were last 
updated in November 2017. They are 
available on the Company’s website 
www.indivior.com. In accordance 
with its Terms of Reference, the 
Committee’s primary responsibility 
is to provide effective governance 
by overseeing the Group’s financial 
reporting processes including the 
Internal Audit function and External 
Auditor, and to maintain oversight of 
the Group’s system of internal control 
and risk management activities. 
Accordingly, the Committee’s primary 
purposes are:

 ࢀ to monitor the integrity of the 

Group’s financial reporting including 
all press releases relating to 
financial results, compliance with 
auditing standards and to review 
going concern assumptions;

 ࢀ to challenge, where necessary, the 
consistency of, and any changes to, 
accounting and treasury policies;
 ࢀ to review the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal financial controls 
including the policies and overall 
processes for assessing established 
systems of internal financial control 
and effectiveness of corrective 
action taken by management;
 ࢀ to review the Group’s strategy for 
the management of key financial 
risks and to ensure the Company 
has followed appropriate accounting 
policies and made appropriate 
estimates and judgments;

 ࢀ to review the Annual Report and 
Accounts and advise the Board 
on whether, taken as a whole, it is 
fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Company’s position and 
performance, business and strategy;

 ࢀ to monitor any formal 

announcements relating to the 
Company’s performance and 
to review significant financial 
reporting judgments contained 
in them before their submission 
to the Board;

 ࢀ to assist with the Board’s 

assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Company;

 ࢀ to monitor and review the 

effectiveness of the Group’s Internal 
Audit function in the context of 
the Group’s overall financial risk 
management system;

 ࢀ considering and approving 

the remit of the Internal Audit 
function, ensuring it has adequate 
resources and all necessary access 
to information to enable it to 
perform its function effectively;

 ࢀ to oversee the relationship between 
the Group and the External Auditor 
and advise the Board how the 
External Auditor has contributed 
to the integrity of the Company’s 
financial reporting process and 
to report to the Board whether it 
considers the audit contract should 
be put out to tender, thereby 
conforming to the requirements for 
tendering or rotation of the audit 
services contract;

 ࢀ to review and monitor the 

External Auditor’s objectivity and 
independence, agree the scope 
of their work, negotiate and agree 
fees paid for the audit, assess the 
effectiveness of the audit process 
and agree the policy in relation 
to the provision of non-audit 
services; and

 ࢀ to monitor the Group’s policies, 
procedures and controls for 
preventing bribery, money 
laundering and the Group’s 
arrangements for whistleblowing.

www.indivior.comHead of Internal Audit without any 
other persons present.

During the year, the Committee held 
regular meetings with the External 
Auditor without an executive member 
of the Board present. The Committee 
Chairman reports the outcome of the 
meetings to the Board and copies 
of the minutes of the Committee 
meetings are circulated to all Directors.

The Committee met nine times during 
the year, of which five were scheduled 
meetings and four ad hoc meetings. 
The agendas were linked to events in 
the Group’s financial calendar. Details 
of attendance at committee meetings 
are on page 68.

The Committee as a whole has the 
necessary competence relevant to 
the sector in which it operates. Two 
members of the Committee constitute 
a quorum. The Committee has 
determined that Chris Schade and 
Lizabeth Zlatkus have recent relevant 
financial experience and competence 
in accounting or auditing. All 
Committee members are financially 
literate and have an understanding of 
the following areas:

 ࢀ the principles of, and developments 
in, financial reporting including the 
applicable accounting standards and 
statements of recommended practice;

 ࢀ key aspects of the Company’s 

operations including corporate 
policies and the Group’s internal 
control environment;

 ࢀ the role of internal and external 
auditing and risk management;
 ࢀ matters which may influence the 
presentation of accounts and key 
figures; and

 ࢀ the regulatory framework for the 

Group’s business.

The Committee has unrestricted 
access to Company documents and 
information as well as employees and 
the External Auditor. The Committee 
may also take independent 
professional advice on any matters 
covered by its Terms of Reference at 
the Company’s expense.

The Committee normally invites 
the Chief Financial Officer, Group 
Financial Controller, Head of Internal 
Audit and the partner and other 
representatives from the External 
Auditor to attend meetings of the 
Committee, although it reserves 
the right to request any of these 
individuals to withdraw. For part of 
each meeting, the Committee will 
meet separately with representatives 
from the External Auditor and the 

73

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Corporate governance report continued

Activities during the year
In order to fulfill the Committee’s Terms of Reference, the Committee has an annual work plan which includes standing 
items that the Committee regularly considers, which is in addition to any specific matters requiring the Committee’s 
attention. A summary of key matters the Committee considered and discussed at each meeting during the financial year 
are set out as follows:

Activities in 2017

Date of Meeting

Principal topics covered

February

 ‹ Review Preliminary FY 2016 Financial Results

 ‹ RBP-6000-buprenorphine monthly depot

 ‹ Review Preliminary FY 2016 Financial Results 

 ‹ RBP-7000-risperidone monthly depot

Announcement and draft Annual Report

 ‹ Policy Review of Non-Audit Services and 

 ‹ Going Concern & Viability Statement

Non-Audit Fees

 ‹ Year-End Accounting Items

 ‹ Recommendation of re-appointment of External 

 ‹ Reports from the Internal and External Auditors

 ‹ Financial Plan 2017

 ‹ Financial Guidance 2017

Auditor

 ‹ Special Projects

 ‹ Sarbanes Oxley Preparedness

February (Ad hoc)

 ‹ Review Preliminary FY 2016 Financial Results 

Announcement

April (Ad hoc)

 ‹ Q1 2017 Financial Results

 ‹ Report from External Auditor

 ‹ Key Financial Reporting Matters & Going Concern

 ‹ Review of Q1 2017 Financial Results 

May

 ‹ Finance Update

Announcement

 ‹ Capital Structure

 ‹ Report from the Internal Auditor

 ‹ RBP-6000-buprenorphine monthly depot

 ‹ North American Overview

 ‹ Cyber Security

 ‹ Technical accounting and regulatory update from 

External Auditor

July

 ‹ Review Half-Year Results 2017

 ‹ 2017 Strategic Plan

 ‹ IR Update

 ‹ Internal Audit Services Charter

 ‹ Report from the Internal Auditor

 ‹ Review of External Auditor Plan and fees

 ‹ Corporate Compliance Program Update

July (Ad hoc)

 ‹ Financial Guidance 2017

 ‹  Review of H1 2017 Financial Results 

 ‹ Going Concern

 ‹ Non-Audit Services

 ‹ Report from the External Auditor

Announcement

 ‹ Principal Risks & Uncertainties

September

 ‹ Finance Update

 ‹ Review of Viability Statement Process

 ‹ Related Party Transactions Policy

 ‹ Capital Structure

 ‹ Non-Audit Services

 ‹ RBP-6000-buprenorphine monthly depot 

 ‹ Reports from the Internal Auditor

 ‹ Cost Structure Review

 ‹ Letter from External Auditor

October (Ad hoc)

 ‹ Q3 2017 Financial Results

 ‹ Review of Q3 2017 Financial Results 

 ‹ Key Financial Reporting Matters & Going Concern

Announcement

 ‹ Report from External Auditor

November

 ‹ Financial Update

 ‹ Training delivered by External Auditor on Viability 

 ‹ Annual Review of External Auditor

 ‹ Review of Committee Terms of Reference

 ‹ Tax Strategy 2018

Statement and Cyber Security

 ‹ Capital Structure

 ‹ Review of Internal Audit Plan 2018

 ‹ Annual Review of the Committee

74

www.indivior.comSignificant issues and 
material judgments
A key responsibility of the 
Committee is to review and agree 
the most significant management 
judgments and estimations that have 
been applied in the preparation of the 
financial statements. To satisfy this 
responsibility, the Committee receives 
an update at each Committee meeting 
from the Chief Financial Officer 

and other senior managers within 
the finance and treasury function 
of the Company. The Committee 
also receives reports from the 
External Auditor at each Committee 
meeting. The Committee considers 
the content of these reports, and 
the most significant issues and 
areas of judgment raised. The key 
areas of judgment in the year are 
detailed below.

Significant issues considered in 
relation to the financial statements 
are also set out below, together 
with a summary of the outcomes. 
In addition, the Committee and the 
External Auditor have discussed the 
significant issues addressed by the 
Committee during the year and the 
key audit matters, as described in 
the Independent Auditor’s Report on 
pages 113 to 120.

Significant issues the 
Committee considered

How the issue 
was addressed

Group accounting 
policies, critical 
accounting estimates & 
judgments

 ‹ The Committee reviewed accounting policies and the disclosures in the consolidated financial 

statements that related to critical accounting estimates and judgments. Coupled with presentations 
from senior management, the Committee challenged the judgments and assumptions relating to, 
amongst other items, revenue recognition, provisions relating to ongoing litigation, with particular 
reference to Dr. Reddy’s, the increase in provision for investigative and antitrust matters to $438m and 
regulatory risk.

Going Concern

 ‹ Continuing uncertainties associated with ongoing litigation and the regulatory approval of 

Viability Statement

Revenue recognition, 
including sales rebates, 
returns and discounts 

Amend and extend 
external debt

Taxation

Sarbanes-Oxley and key 
business controls

SUBLOCADE™ has further highlighted the importance of the Committee’s evaluation as to whether 
the Company was a going concern when preparing the financial statements. This has remained a 
continuous theme for the Committee throughout the year. To assist the Committee, senior 
management provided all relevant financial information and the Committee consulted with the 
Company’s External Auditor. Following review and discussion of all sensitivities, the Committee was 
able to confirm that it continues to be appropriate to follow the going concern basis of accounting in 
the financial statements. The Committee is cognisant of the requirements relating to the basis of 
preparation and changes in accounting policy when preparing the financial statements, as detailed 
in Note 2 to the financial statements.

 ‹ A presentation was made to the Committee by senior management detailing how the requirements 
in the UK Corporate Governance Code were satisfied to include a Viability Statement in the Annual 
Report. The Committee determined that a four-year period was an appropriate timeframe over which 
to make the Viability Statement and reflects the best estimate of the future prospects of the 
business, particularly in the context of any implications resulting from the UK’s decision to leave the 
EU. At the request of the Committee, and as part of the Committee’s ongoing training, it received 
additional guidance and instruction from the External Auditor focusing on the Committee’s 
responsibilities in reviewing the Viability Statement.

 ‹ The Committee received a presentation from management covering revenue recognition and sales 

rebates, discounts and returns adjustments used to calculate net revenue. The Committee reviewed 
and challenged the Group’s accounting policy relating to revenue recognition and concluded the 
policy to be appropriate. The Committee also discussed the Group’s sales rebates and discounts, 
including the process and judgments applied in calculating these estimates. The Committee 
concluded that management were operating in an appropriate control environment thereby 
minimizing risk in this area. 

 ‹ Prior to the amend and extend of the Company’s term loan and revolving credit facilities, which took 
place in December 2017, the Committee was engaged in providing advice and guidance on the most 
appropriate timeframe and terms which the Company should obtain from the market. A review was 
conducted by the Committee of the prevailing financial market conditions and the approach the 
Company should take to ensure market pricing was competitive. Additionally, the Committee 
thoroughly reviewed the risks associated with the transaction.

 ‹ The level of current and deferred tax, as referred to on the balance sheet of the financial statements, 
is dependent on judgments as to the outcome of decisions by tax authorities in various jurisdictions 
worldwide, and the ability of the Group to use tax losses within defined time limits. The Committee 
reviewed the Company’s tax policy and principles for managing tax risks and challenged senior 
management on their estimates of financial exposure faced by the Group. 

 ‹ Work relating to SOX compliance, including effective internal controls, continued to feature for the 

Committee throughout the year. The Committee continued to oversee the scope of the 
implementation process and the testing of operational effectiveness with assistance from Internal 
Audit. The Committee reviewed material controls over the Group’s core financial processes as the 
Group continued to devote resource to the improvement of key business and related IT controls to 
ensure a robust system of internal control. The Committee received a presentation from the External 
Auditor regarding Cyber Security as part of its ongoing training.

75

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Corporate governance report continued

Internal Audit
The Committee is required to 
assist the Board in fulfilling its 
responsibilities regarding the 
adequacy of resourcing and the 
planning of the Internal Audit 
function of the Group to ensure 
they are appropriate for the Group’s 
needs. To fulfil its duties, the 
Committee considered:

 ࢀ Internal Audit’s reporting lines and 
its access to the Committee and all 
Board members;

 ࢀ Internal Audit’s plans and its 

achievements of planned activity;
 ࢀ the results of key audits and other 
significant findings, the adequacy 
of management’s response and the 
timeliness of their resolution;

 ࢀ the nature and extent of non-audit 
activity performed by Internal Audit; 
and

 ࢀ changes since the last annual 
assessment of the significant 
financial risks and the Group’s 
ability to respond to changes 
in its business and the external 
environment.

In addition, an annual review of 
the Internal Audit function was 
conducted during the year with the 
assistance of Lintstock. The review 
included input from members of the 
Committee, Executive Committee, 
External Auditor and senior members 
of key departments from within the 
Company. The results of the review 
were considered by the Committee, 
and the Committee concluded the 
Internal Audit function remained 
effective and continued to meet the 
needs of the Group.

During the year, the Committee also 
considered and approved the Internal 
Audit Plan for 2018. 

The Committee continued to receive 
updates at each scheduled meeting, 
from the Head of Internal Audit, on 
the work carried out by the Internal 
Audit function.

76

Internal financial control 
and risk management
The Committee acknowledges its 
responsibilities to assist the Board 
to fulfil its responsibilities for the 
Group’s risk management and internal 
financial control systems, including 
the adequacy and effectiveness of the 
control environment, controls over 
financial reporting and the Group’s 
compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

All business areas of the Group 
prepare annual operating plans and 
budgets and these are regularly 
reviewed and updated as necessary 
throughout the year. Performance 
against budget is monitored centrally 
and at operational level. The cash 
position of the Group is monitored 
daily and variances from expected 
levels are thoroughly investigated.

Clear guidelines are in place for capital 
expenditure and investment decisions. 
These include budget preparation, 
appraisal and review procedures and 
delegated authority levels.

Effective controls ensure that the 
Group’s exposure to avoidable risk 
is minimized. Throughout the year 
the Committee reviewed reports on 
material controls within the Group, 
which included, amongst other things, 
that proper accounting records are 
maintained, financial information 
used within all business areas is 
reliable and up-to-date, and the 
financial reporting processes comply 
with relevant regulatory reporting 
requirements.

The Company has in place internal 
controls and risk management 
systems in relation to the Company’s 
financial reporting processes 
for preparation of consolidated 
accounts. These systems include 
policies and procedures that relate 
to the maintenance of records 
which accurately and fairly reflect 
transactions, provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are 
recorded as necessary to permit the 
preparation of financial statements, 
require representatives of the 

Company to certify that their reported 
information gives a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the business 
and its results for the period, and 
review and reconcile reported data.

Management accounts are reviewed 
by senior management and the 
Board. Performance against budget 
and forecasts is discussed at 
Committee and Board meetings, 
including key performance indicators. 

It should be recognized that all 
control processes are designed to 
manage, rather than eliminate, the 
risk of assets being unprotected and 
guard against their unauthorized use, 
culminating in the failure to achieve 
business objectives. Internal controls 
will only provide reasonable and 
not total assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

To fulfil its duties, the 
Committee reviewed:

 ࢀ the External Auditor’s letter and 
their Audit Committee reports;
 ࢀ reports on key audit areas and 
significant deficiencies in the 
financial control environment from 
Internal Audit;

 ࢀ reports on the systems of 

internal financial control and risk 
management;

 ࢀ the Group’s approach to IT and 

cyber security;

 ࢀ the Groups whistleblowing policy 

and the ongoing compliance of the 
policy including reviewing reports 
from Internal Audit, provided by the 
external service provider and any 
actions arising therefrom; and
 ࢀ reports on significant systems 

implementations.

Accordingly, the Committee confirms 
there is a process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing risks faced 
by the Group and the operational 
effectiveness of the appropriate 
controls, all of which have been in 
place throughout the year and up 
to the date of approval of the 2017 
Annual Report and Accounts.

www.indivior.comReviewing the effectiveness 
of internal control
As referred to above, throughout the 
financial year the Board, through 
the Committee and assisted by the 
Internal Audit function, reviews the 
effectiveness of internal control 
and the management of risk. The 
Internal Audit function reports into 
the Committee and has authority 
to review any relevant part of the 
Company or its business and has 
a planned schedule of reviews 
that coincide with the Company’s 
risks. In addition to financial and 
business reports, the Committee 
has reviewed medium- and longer-
term strategic plans, reports on key 
operational issues, tax, treasury, 
risk management, legal matters and 
Committee reports, including Internal 
and External Auditors’ reports.

Significant failings 
or weaknesses
The Committee confirms that no 
significant weaknesses or failings 
were identified during the year and, 
therefore, no remedial actions were 
required.

Misstatements
Management reported to the 
Committee that they were not 
aware of any material or immaterial 
misstatements made intentionally 
to achieve a presentation. The 
External Auditor reported to the 
Committee the misstatements they 
had found during their work. After 
due consideration, the Committee 
agreed with management that these 
misstatements were not material and 
that no adjustments were required.

Whistleblowing
The Group’s whistleblowing policy 
contains arrangements for an 
independent external service 
provider to receive, in confidence, 
complaints on accounting, risk 
issues, internal control, auditing 
issues and related matters for 
reporting to the Committee as 
appropriate. At each scheduled 
Committee meeting, the Committee 

reviewed reports from Internal 
Audit, provided by the external 
service provider, and the actions 
arising therefrom.

External Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were 
appointed as the Company’s External 
Auditor on demerger from Reckitt 
Benckiser Group plc in December 2014 
and were re-appointed by shareholders 
at the Company’s AGM in May 2017.

The Committee oversees the 
work undertaken by the External 
Auditor, and is responsible for the 
development, implementation and 
monitoring of policies and procedures 
on the use of the External Auditor 
for non-audit services in accordance 
with professional and regulatory 
requirements. These policies are 
kept under review to ensure that the 
Group benefits, in a cost-effective 
manner, from the cumulative 
knowledge and experience of the 
External Auditor whilst ensuring that 
the External Auditor maintains the 
necessary degree of independence 
and objectivity. During the year, the 
Committee met with the External 
Auditor following each scheduled 
Committee meeting, without 
members of management being 
present, and reviewed key issues.

The Committee has formally reviewed 
the independence of the External 
Auditor, who has provided a letter 
confirming that it believes it remained 
independent throughout the year, 
within the meaning of the regulations 
on this matter and in accordance with 
its professional standards.

To fulfill its responsibilities to ensure 
the independence of the External 
Auditor, the Committee has reviewed:

 ࢀ a report from the External Auditor 

describing arrangements to 
identify, report and manage any 
conflict of interest, and policies 
and procedures for maintaining 
independence and monitoring 
compliance with relevant 
requirements; and

 ࢀ the extent of non-audit services 
provided by the External Auditor. 

Following the retirement of Simon 
Friend, Sarah Quinn was appointed 
lead Audit Partner.

The total fees paid to the External 
Auditor for the year ended December 
31, 2017 were $2.6m of which $1.3m 
related to non-audit work. Further 
details are provided in Note 5 to the 
financial statements.

77

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Corporate governance report continued

To further assist the Committee in 
assessing the effectiveness of the 
External Auditor, the Committee 
undertook their annual assessment 
of the External Auditor via a 
questionnaire completed by key 
internal stakeholders. Participants in 
the questionnaire were drawn from 
individuals who have continuous 
contact with the External Auditor 
throughout the year and included 
members of the Committee, as well as 
members from the Finance, Treasury, 
Internal Audit and Legal teams, 
plus senior management. All replies 
were returned on a confidential 
basis. An analysis of the replies was 
undertaken by an independent third 
party and the results were discussed 
with the Committee and the External 
Auditor at the Committee meeting 
held in November 2017.

The Committee continues to 
review annually the appointment 
of the External Auditor, taking 
into account the Auditor’s 
effectiveness, independence 
and Audit Partner rotation, and 
makes a recommendation to the 
Board accordingly.

Any decision to open the external 
audit to tender would be taken 
on the recommendation of the 
Committee. To date, no tender has 
yet been conducted, and there are no 
contractual obligations that restrict 
the Company’s current choice of 
External Auditor.

Further details on the responsibilities 
of the Committee regarding the 
engagement of the External Auditor 
and the supply of non-audit services 
can be found in the Committee’s 
Terms of Reference on the Company’s 
website www.indivior.com.

External Auditor independence
Indivior has a formal policy in place 
to safeguard the independence of 
the External Auditor. The Committee 
and the Chief Financial Officer keep 
the independence and objectivity 
of the External Auditor under 
review. The Committee reviewed 
the nature and level of non-audit 
services undertaken by the External 
Auditor during the year to satisfy 
itself that there is no effect on their 
independence.

Non-audit services
The Committee, in keeping under 
review the nature and level of non-
audit services undertaken by the 
External Auditor, recognizes that, in 
certain circumstances, the nature 
of the advice required may make it 
more timely and cost-effective to 
appoint the External Auditor, who 
already has a good understanding 
of the business. The Committee will 
consider other non-audit services 
when it is in the best interests of the 
Group to do so, provided they can be 
undertaken without jeopardizing the 
independence of the External Auditor.

The Company’s policy on non-
audit fees states that, on an annual 
basis, non-audit fees should not 
normally be in excess of 70% of the 
Group’s external audit and audit 
related services billed over the last 
three years. The Company’s policy 
is consistent with the FRC Ethical 
Standard, including prohibitions and 
restrictions on non-audit services.

Audit related and non-audit service 
fees for the year are disclosed in 
Note 5. Audit-related assurance 
services were primarily for audit 
services pertaining to the potential 
listing in the US. Other non-audit 
assurance services related to 
advisory services in support of 
potential financing initiatives to 
prepare for the possibility of a 
negative ANDA ruling in 2017.

Auditor effectiveness
To assess the effectiveness of 
the External Auditor and fulfill its 
responsibilities for oversight of 
the external audit process, the 
Committee reviewed:

 ࢀ the fulfillment by the External 

Auditor of the agreed Audit Plan 
and variations from it;

 ࢀ reports highlighting the major 

issues that arose during the course 
of the audit and their resolution;
 ࢀ a report from the Audit Partner at 

each Committee meeting;

 ࢀ the terms, areas of responsibility, 

associated duties and scope of the 
audit as set out in the engagement 
letter with the External Auditor;
 ࢀ the overall Audit Plan and fee 

proposal;

 ࢀ key accounting and audit 

judgments;

 ࢀ recommendations made by the 
External Auditor in their letter to 
the Committee and the adequacy of 
management’s response;

 ࢀ recent and historical performance 

of the External Auditor in 
relation to the Company’s audits 
including the quality and probity 
of communication with the 
Committee;

 ࢀ the appropriateness of fees relative 
to both efficiency and audit quality;
 ࢀ the External Auditor’s independence 

policies and processes for 
maintaining its independence;

 ࢀ the length of tenure as the 

Company’s External Auditor and 
its depth of understanding of the 
Company’s business, operations 
and systems, and accounting 
policies and practices;

 ࢀ the capability, expertise and 

efficiency in handling the breadth 
and complexity of the Company’s 
operations worldwide; and

 ࢀ the demonstration of professional 
integrity and objectivity to rotate 
and select a lead Audit Partner and 
other key engagement partners 
at least every five years or as 
otherwise required by applicable 
law or regulation. 

78

www.indivior.comIn providing non-audit services, the 
Committee considered the ongoing 
independence of the External 
Auditor, and were satisfied that the 
independence of the External Auditor 
was not compromised in providing 
these services.

External Auditor re-appointment
The Committee has recommended to 
the Board that PwC be proposed for 
re-appointment by shareholders as 
the Company’s External Auditor at the 
May 2018 AGM. The Company has no 
current retendering plans.

Compliance with CMA Order
The Company confirms that during the 
period under review, it has complied 
with the provisions of The Statutory 
Audit Services for Large Companies 
Market Investigation (Mandatory Use 
of Competitive Tender Processes and 
Audit Committee Responsibilities) 
Order 2014.

The Committee evaluation
During the year, the Committee 
undertook an evaluation of its own 
performance to measure its degree 
of effectiveness. The evaluation 
concluded that the objectives and 
terms of the Committee, membership, 
attendance and frequency 
of meetings continued to be 
appropriate, however consideration 
would be given to extending the 
length of scheduled meetings. This 
would afford the Committee more 
time for measured discussion and 
analysis with senior management 
associated with the Internal Audit 
function and the Group’s financial 
management and performance.

Chris Schade
Chair of the Audit Committee

March 6, 2018

79

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Meetings
During the year, the Committee met 
five times. Details of attendance at 
Committee meetings are detailed 
on page 68. Two members of the 
Committee constitute a quorum.

At the invitation of the Committee, 
the Chairman of the Board, the Chief 
Executive Officer, the Chief Legal 
Officer, the Vice President Corporate 
Compliance and the Company 
Secretary attended meetings of 
the Committee.

The Committee holds a private 
session at each meeting without 
members of the executive 
management team being present.

In addition, the Committee receives 
a report from the Vice President, 
Corporate Compliance at each 
meeting and, in addition, holds 
a private session with him at 
each meeting without executive 
management in attendance.

Lorna Parker
Chair of the Nomination & 
Governance Committee

March 6, 2018

Corporate governance report continued

Nomination & Governance 
Committee 

Role of the Committee
The work of the Committee falls into 
two key areas:

Board composition & succession 
planning arrangements
 ࢀ reviewing the size, composition, 

diversity and balance of skills of the 
Board and its Committees;
 ࢀ overseeing the recruitment 

process for directors and making 
recommendations to the Board 
regarding new appointments; and
 ࢀ overseeing succession plans for the 
Board, its Committees and for the 
Executive Committee.

Corporate governance 
and compliance
 ࢀ keeping the Group’s corporate 
governance arrangements 
under review and monitoring 
external corporate governance 
developments;

 ࢀ reviewing and evaluating any 

conflicts of interest notified by 
Directors, and recommending 
authorizations or other measures to 
the Board;

 ࢀ overseeing the Group’s corporate 

compliance program; and
 ࢀ overseeing the Group’s risk 
governance framework.

The Chair of the Committee reports 
on the activities of the Committee 
at the following Board meeting, and 
copies of the minutes of Committee 
meetings are circulated to all 
Directors.

The Committee is supported by the 
Company Secretary. The Committee 
has authority to appoint search 
consultants and other advisors at 
its discretion.

The Committee has delegated 
authority from the Board, which is 
set out in its Terms of Reference and 
available to view on the Company’s 
website www.indivior.com.

On behalf of the Board 
I am pleased to present 
the Nomination & 
Governance Committee 
Report for the financial 
year ended December 
31, 2017.

Committee composition
At December 31, 2017, the Nomination 
& Governance Committee comprised 
four independent Non-Executive 
Directors:

 ࢀ Lorna Parker (Chair)
 ࢀ Tatjana May (appointed February 

1, 2017)

 ࢀ A. Thomas McLellan
 ࢀ Daniel J. Phelan

Daniel Tassé was a member of the 
Committee between October 2016 
and February 2017; he stepped down 
from the Committee following the 
appointment of Tatjana May.

At the invitation of the Committee, 
the Chairman of the Board, the 
Chief Executive Officer, the Chief 
Legal Officer and the VP Corporate 
Compliance attended meetings of the 
Committee throughout the year.

80

www.indivior.comActivities during the year

Date of Meeting

Principal topics covered

February

 ‹ Reviewed the composition of the Board and 

each of its Committees

 ‹ Reviewed the Group’s Diversity and Inclusion 

Policy and the statement on Board diversity for 
inclusion in the Annual Report

 ‹ Reviewed the Group’s IT disaster recovery and 

business continuity plans

 ‹ Reviewed the feedback from the Group’s annual 
Engagement and Culture audit and considered 
progress against prior years

 ‹ Received an update on the Group’s Corporate 

Compliance Program

May

 ‹ Reviewed the health and safety management 

 ‹ Reviewed the Group’s UK Modern Slavery 

procedures in place for manufacturing 
processes and reviewed performance

Statement and recommended to the Board that 
it be adopted

 ‹ Reviewed the Group’s processes for managing 
and disclosing inside information under the EU 
Market Abuse Regulation

 ‹ Received an update on the Group’s Corporate 

Compliance Program

July

 ‹ Undertook a detailed review of the Group’s 

 ‹ Agreed the process and timetable for the 

Corporate Compliance program, processes and 
infrastructure and the enhancements that had 
been made to the Group’s program since 
demerger

externally facilitated board effectiveness review

 ‹ Reviewed the Group’s Directors’ and Officers’ 

liability insurance arrangements

September

 ‹ Considered the re-appointment of the Non-

Executive Directors who had completed the first 
three-year term and recommended to the Board 
that they be reappointed

 ‹ Received an update on the Group’s Corporate 

Compliance Program

 ‹ Reviewed the Group’s governance processes in 
relation to the development and approval of 
medical and promotional content and 
documentation

November

 ‹ Considered the Committee’s effectiveness 

 ‹ Considered the succession plan of members of 

review and reported to the Board on the results 
of that review

 ‹ Reviewed the Committee’s Terms of Reference 
and recommended to the Board that a number 
of amendments be made

 ‹ Received a report on the Group’s Brexit Strategy

the Executive Committee

 ‹ Considered and agreed an orderly succession 

plan for Non-Executive Directors

 ‹ Received an update on the Group’s Corporate 

Compliance Program

81

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Corporate governance report continued

Science & Policy 
Committee

On behalf of the Board I 
am pleased to present 
the Science & Policy 
Committee Report for the 
financial year ended 
December 31, 2017.

Committee composition
The Science & Policy Committee 
comprises four independent Non-
Executive Directors:

 ࢀ Yvonne Greenstreet (Chair)
 ࢀ A. Thomas McLellan
 ࢀ Chris Schade
 ࢀ Lizabeth Zlatkus (appointed 

November 1, 2017)

 ࢀ to provide assurance to the 
Board regarding the quality, 
competitiveness and integrity 
of the Company’s Research & 
Development (R&D) activities, by 
way of meetings and dialogue with 
the Company’s R&D leaders and 
other scientist employees, and 
visits to Company R&D sites;

 ࢀ to review the approaches adopted 

in respect of Indivior’s chosen 
therapy area of addiction and its 
co-occurrences;

 ࢀ to review the scientific technology 
and R&D capabilities deployed 
within the business;

 ࢀ to assess the decision-making 

processes for R&D projects and 
programs;

 ࢀ to review benchmarking against 

industry and scientific best practice, 
where appropriate; and

 ࢀ to review relevant and important 
bioethical issues and assist in the 
formulation of, and agree on behalf 
of the Board, appropriate policies 
in relation to such issues.

The Chair of the Committee reports 
on the activities of the Committee to 
the Board and copies of the minutes 
of Committee meetings are circulated 
to all Directors.

 ࢀ Daniel Tassé was appointed a 
member of the Committee on 
February 14, 2017 and stepped down 
on November 1, 2017 following the 
appointment of Lizabeth Zlatkus.

The Committee is supported by the 
Deputy Company Secretary. The 
Committee has authority to appoint 
consultants and other advisors at 
its discretion.

Role of the Committee
The Committee has delegated 
authority from the Board, which is 
set out in its Terms of Reference and 
available to view on the Company’s 
website www.indivior.com. The Terms 
of Reference are reviewed regularly 
and were last reviewed in November 
2017. The primary purposes of the 
Committee are:

Meetings
The Committee met five times during 
the year. Details of attendance at 
Committee meetings are on page 
68. Two members of the Committee 
constitute a quorum.

At the invitation of the Committee, 
the Chief Scientific Officer and 
the Chief Medical Officer regularly 
attended meetings of the Committee 
throughout the year.

Activities during the year
During the year, the Committee 
considered the following matters:

 ࢀ monitored and reviewed 

the progress of RBP-6000 – 
buprenorphine monthly depot, 
which obtained U.S. Food and Drug 
Administration (FDA) approval on 
November 30, 2017 to be sold under 
the trade mark SUBLOCADE™;
 ࢀ monitored and reviewed the 

progress and development of the 
Company’s product pipeline and 
early stage asset development 
opportunities with particular 
emphasis on RBP-7000-risperidone 
monthly depot, for which a New 
Drug Application (NDA) was filed 
with the FDA on September 28, 
2017. Notification from the FDA was 
received on December 12, 2017 of 
their acceptance of the NDA;

 ࢀ reviewed progress and budgets for 
the new R&D site developments 
in Hull, UK, which was officially 
opened on August 22, 2017, and Fort 
Collins, USA, which officially opened 
on July 25, 2017;

 ࢀ conducted a review of its own 

performance and reported to the 
Board on the results of that review;

 ࢀ received briefings on the Group’s 

Public Policy Strategies with 
emphasis on the federal and state 
landscape in the USA;

 ࢀ extensive presentations and 

discussions took place during the 
year drawing upon the Committee’s 
knowledge and experience 
regarding Product Lifecycle 
Management; and

 ࢀ engaged and reviewed business 
development opportunities and 
evaluated potential synergies and 
benefits of such opportunities for 
the Group.

Yvonne Greenstreet
Chair of the Science & Policy Committee

March 6, 2018

82

www.indivior.comDirectors’ remuneration report

with our major shareholders and 
investor bodies. Indeed, many of the 
changes being proposed have arisen 
as a direct result of this continued 
dialogue and helpful engagement.

When conducting its review, the 
Committee was mindful of what 
is considered best practice in 
remuneration for a Group operating 
within the UK listed environment, 
whilst also recognizing the need to 
compete for talent in the transatlantic 
biopharmaceutical sector. 

As a result of this review and following 
feedback from key shareholders 
and investor bodies, the Committee 
concluded that the current 
Remuneration Policy broadly continues 
to be fit-for-purpose, subject to the 
following important changes:

 ࢀ Reduction in LTIP maximum. 

We recognize both our market 
positioning and current executive 
remuneration environment in the 
UK, whilst acknowledging we are 
behind the US market in terms 
of quantum. In trying to carefully 
balance these two markets, the 
Committee has proposed to reduce 
the annual maximum Long-Term 
Incentive Plan (LTIP) opportunity 
for the Chief Executive Officer from 
600% of salary to 500% of salary. 
Threshold vesting will result in 15% 
of the maximum award vesting. This 
applies in practice for LTIP awards 
made in 2018 onwards. 

 ࢀ Introduction of annual bonus 

deferral provisions. 
Again, the Committee recognizes 
the difference between the two 
pay models and has implemented 
provisions which intend to strike 
an appropriate balance. Although 
deferral provisions are increasingly 
prevalent in the UK, they remain far 
less prevalent in our sector in the 
US. Notwithstanding this tension, 
the Committee has proposed to 
introduce provisions which require 
deferral into shares for 25% of any 
bonus for a period of at least two 
years. This will operate in practice 
for the bonus for the year ending 
December 31, 2018. These deferral 
provisions enhance alignment with 
shareholder interests and also 
complement our already existing 
shareholding requirements of 500% 

of salary for Executive Directors, 
which is significantly ahead of UK 
market norms.

 ࢀ Other best practice features. 

We are formally incorporating the 
post-vesting holding period under 
the LTIP into our policy, which is 
already in operation in practice. We 
are also strengthening our malus 
and clawback provisions in respect 
of the Annual Incentive Plan and 
the LTIP (i.e. to include serious 
reputational damage). Other 
minor drafting changes have been 
made to clarify the Committee’s 
intention of the policy.

Although not part of our policy 
review, shareholders also expressed 
interest in the key pipeline targets 
performance element of our LTIP. This 
is the first year we have had a vesting 
under these targets and therefore 
there is now retrospective disclosure 
of the targets set and performance 
outcomes for the LTIP awards made 
in 2015, detailed later in our Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

Context for remuneration 
at Indivior
Our remuneration philosophy 
continues to be focused on aligning 
the incentivization of our senior 
executives with our strategy and the 
five value drivers of the business:

 ࢀ Sustainability versus current 

competition

 ࢀ Sustainability versus future 

competition

 ࢀ Development of our pipeline
 ࢀ Opportunities to grow the market
 ࢀ Inorganic opportunities

Indivior will continue to apply a 
remuneration philosophy that 
is simple, focused on delivering 
exceptional performance and aligned 
with shareholders’ interests. Our 
remuneration structure is designed 
to reflect that the majority of our 
revenues are from our US operations 
and the significant majority of our 
management team are based in 
the US. We therefore compete for 
talent against global pharmaceutical 
companies, predominantly based 
in the US, whose pay model 
is very different to typical UK 
market practice.

83

Dear Shareholders, 

On behalf of the Board, I am 
pleased to present the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the financial 
year ended December 31, 2017.

My colleagues and I on the Committee 
hope that you find the report clear, 
transparent and informative, and 
that we can count on your continued 
support. The Committee believes 
the Remuneration Policy proposed 
for approval continues to support 
and drive the Group’s strategic 
direction and the ambition of 
remaining a world-leading specialty 
pharmaceutical company that is fully 
aligned with shareholder interests.

All payments to Directors during the 
year were made in accordance with 
the Remuneration Policy.

This report is prepared in accordance 
with the UK Directors’ Remuneration 
Reporting Regulations 2013 and 
contains the following sections:

 ࢀ the new Directors’ Remuneration 

Policy, which will be put to 
shareholders for approval at the 
Annual General Meeting on May 16, 
2018; and

 ࢀ the Annual Report on 

Remuneration, which describes 
how the remuneration policy that 
was approved by shareholders 
at the AGM in May 2015 has been 
applied during the year.

Our new Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy
Over the course of 2017 and early 
2018, the Remuneration Committee 
conducted a full review of 
remuneration arrangements ahead 
of proposing the revised Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy for approval at 
the 2018 AGM, this being three years 
from the introduction of the current 
policy. This included consultation 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Directors’ remuneration report continued

We have designed our remuneration 
structure to be carefully balanced, 
as Indivior is a UK-listed company 
operating within UK corporate 
governance guidelines and 
best practice. This results in a 
remuneration structure that is 
different in some respects to a typical 
UK PLC package or a typical US-listed 
package, but one the Committee 
considers to be appropriate to be able 
to retain and incentivize our strong 
management team, who continue 
to deliver long-term value creation 
for our shareholders. 2017 has been 
another strong year for Indivior, with 
delivery against our key financial 
metrics exceeding expectations. 
Performance in respect of developing 
our pipeline has also been strong 
and this continues to provide a solid 
base for the business going into 2018. 
This performance was also reflected 
in our share price, which increased 
by 38% over the course of the year. 
Remuneration outcomes for the year 
reflect this strong performance, as 
summarized below.

Annual Incentive Plan
As set out above, the performance of 
the business during 2017 was strong 
and the Group delivered performance 
above expectations across all of 
its key financial targets and key 
pipeline targets.

In determining the outturn under 
the Annual Incentive Plan, the 
Committee considered the impact 
of the exceptional item relating 
to the investigative and antitrust 
matters. As Indivior cannot predict 
with any certainty the ultimate 
resolution, the Committee concluded 
that adjusted net income would 
be used to determine the outturn 
against the net income measure. The 
Committee will consider any impact 
on remuneration arrangements at the 
time of any resolution.

The Committee, in conjunction with 
management, also considered the 
impact of underspend on certain 
pre-commercial activities, R&D 
and legal expenses and used its 
discretion to reduce the outturn in 
respect of the net income target. This 
has resulted in a bonus payment 
of 78.5% (reduced from 86%) of the 
maximum opportunity.

84

Long-Term Incentive Plan
For LTIP awards made in 2015 which 
vest in 2018, the year ended December 
31, 2017 was the final year of the 
three-year performance period. These 
awards were subject 50% to key 
pipeline targets and 50% to absolute 
TSR performance. Discussion of the 
targets set, actual performance and 
remuneration outcomes are set out in 
the Annual Report on Remuneration. 
In summary, 47% of the key pipeline 
targets element vested and 100% of 
the absolute TSR element vested, 
resulting in overall vesting of 73.5% of 
the maximum opportunity.

Implementation of 
Remuneration Policy for 
Executive Directors in 2018

Base salary
The Executive Directors received a base 
salary increase of 3% effective January 1, 
2018, aligned with the average increase 
for the wider workforce.

Annual Incentive Plan
The annual bonus for 2018 will operate 
on broadly the same basis as 2017, 
with performance based on net 
income and net revenue, being the key 
financial metrics, and the delivery of 
key pipeline and product targets, all 
with equal weighting.

75% of the bonus will be delivered in 
cash and 25% will be deferred into 
shares for a period of two years.

Long-Term Incentive Plan
Awards in 2018 will be subject to 
broadly the same measures as in 2017: 
relative TSR vs the constituents of the 
FTSE 250 excluding Investment Trusts 
(one-third weighting); relative TSR 
vs the constituents of the S&P 1500 
Pharmaceutical and Biotech Index (one-
third weighting); and key pipeline and 
product targets (one-third weighting).

The Committee considers that relative 
TSR remains a relevant metric as it is 
directly aligned with the interests of 
shareholders. The use of two relative 
TSR comparator groups is intended 
to balance the fact that Indivior is 
a FTSE 250 listed company, but also 
recognizes that Indivior operates 
within a specialized sector, where the 
majority of its direct peers are 
listed in the US.

As with the LTIP awards granted in 
2017, the awards granted in 2018 to the 
Executive Directors will be subject to 
an additional two-year holding period 
following the end of the three-year 
performance period. Further details 
can be found on page 104.

Shareholding requirements
Our executive shareholding 
requirements of 500% of base salary 
are significantly higher than UK market 
practice. At December 31, 2017, the 
Chief Executive Officer held shares with 
a value equivalent to 600% of salary 
and the Chief Financial Officer held 
shares with a value of 144% of salary.

Changes during 2017
Cary Claiborne stepped down as a 
Director in March 2017 and remained 
an employee until January 2018. His 
remuneration was treated in line with 
the Remuneration Policy. Further 
information is set out in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

Mark Crossley was appointed Chief 
Financial Officer on February 21, 2017. 
He was previously Chief Strategy 
Officer and was Finance Director of 
the Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals 
division prior to the demerger. 
Further information regarding his 
remuneration is set out in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

All-employee plans
The Group operates all-employee 
share plans in the US and UK.

Shareholder engagement
We continue to value the feedback 
provided by our shareholders and have 
maintained an open dialogue with our 
major shareholders during the year and 
consulted with them in advance about 
the revised Remuneration Policy being 
put forward to shareholders for approval.

2018 Annual General Meeting
We hope to receive your support for 
the Remuneration Policy and Directors’ 
Remuneration Report at our AGM in 
May 2018.

Daniel J. Phelan
Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

March 6, 2018

www.indivior.comDirectors’ remuneration policy

The following tables and 
accompanying notes in this section of 
the report set out the Remuneration 
Policy for Executive Directors and 
Non-Executive Directors. The policy 
is intended to apply, subject to 
approval by shareholders, for three 
years from the Annual General 
Meeting to be held on May 16, 2018. 
Changes have been made to the 
policy approved by shareholders 

at the 2015 AGM, as detailed in the 
Chairman’s Annual Remuneration 
Statement above. These include 
a reduction in the LTIP maximum 
opportunity from 600% of salary to 
500% of salary and the introduction 
of bonus deferral provisions. Further 
minor changes have been made to 
formally incorporate the post-vesting 
holding period under the LTIP and to 
strengthen the clawback and malus 

provisions in respect of the LTIP and 
the Annual Incentive Plan, as well 
as some minor drafting changes to 
clarify the Committee’s intention of 
the operation of the policy.

The Remuneration Policy will be 
available on the Group’s website 
(www.indivior.com) following the 2018 
Annual General Meeting.

Policy table – Executive Directors

Base salary
To provide an appropriate level of fixed remuneration to attract and retain Executive Directors of the caliber required to 
deliver the Group’s strategy.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Framework used 
to assess performance

Base salaries are normally reviewed 
annually, with any increase normally 
being applied with effect from January 1 
each year.

Base salary levels/increases take 
account of:

 ‹ The competitive practice in the 

Group’s remuneration peer group.

 ‹ The scope and responsibility of the 

position.

 ‹ Individual performance.

 ‹ Salary increases awarded across the 

Group as a whole.

The current salaries of the Executive 
Directors are disclosed in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

n/a

To avoid setting expectations of Executive 
Directors and other employees, no 
maximum salary is set under the 
Remuneration Policy.

However, salary increases will normally 
be aligned with increases awarded across 
the Group as a whole.

Increases may be made above this level 
to take account of individual 
circumstances, which may include (but 
are not limited to):

 ‹ Increase in the size or scope of the role 

or responsibilities.

 ‹ Increase to reflect the individual’s 

development and performance in role. 
For example, where a new incumbent is 
appointed on a below-market salary.

Where increases are awarded in excess of 
the wider employee population, the 
Committee will explain the rationale in 
the relevant year’s Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

85

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Directors’ remuneration report continued

Pension benefits
To provide Executive Directors with an appropriate allowance for retirement planning.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Framework used 
to assess performance

Executive Directors may receive 
contributions into a defined contribution 
scheme, a cash allowance, pension 
benefits in the form of profit-sharing 
contributions into the US qualified 401(K) 
plan, Group matching on 401(K) elected 
deferrals, or a combination thereof.

Up to 17.5% of base salary plus any 
Company matching on 401(K) elected 
deferrals.

n/a

Further details of the level of pension 
benefits currently provided to the Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer are provided in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

Benefits
To provide a market-competitive level of benefits for the Executive Directors.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Executive Directors may receive various 
market-competitive benefits, which may 
include: a company car (or cash 
equivalent), travel allowance, private 
medical and dental insurance, travel 
accident policy, disability and life 
assurance.

Benefits for Executive Directors are set at 
a level which the Committee considers to 
be appropriate against relevant market 
data for comparable roles in companies 
of equivalent size and complexity in 
similar sectors and geographical locations 
to the Group.

Framework used 
to assess performance

n/a

Where appropriate, other benefits may be 
provided to take account of individual 
circumstances, such as but not limited to: 
expatriate allowances, relocation 
expenses, housing allowance and 
education support.

The Company provides Directors’ and 
Officers’ liability insurance, and an 
indemnity to the extent permitted by law.

86

www.indivior.comAnnual Incentive Plan
To drive strong financial performance and reward the delivery of the business strategy on an annual basis.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

The maximum annual bonus payable 
under the Annual Incentive Plan is 200% 
of base salary.

The current maximum bonus level 
applying to each individual Executive 
Director is set out in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

Performance is assessed on an annual 
basis with measures and targets set by 
the Committee at the start of the 
performance year. At the end of the 
performance year, the Committee 
determines the extent to which these 
have been achieved.

Bonuses are paid after the end of the 
performance year. 75% of the annual 
bonus is delivered in cash and 25% is 
deferred into shares for a period of two 
years. During the deferral period, 
deferred share awards may be reduced or 
canceled in certain circumstances. 
Dividend equivalents may be paid in cash 
or additional shares on deferred share 
awards up to the end of the deferral 
period, where relevant.

The Committee has discretion to adjust 
the formulaic bonus outcomes both 
upwards and downwards (including to 
zero) to ensure alignment of pay with 
performance, e.g. in the event 
performance is impacted by unforeseen 
circumstances outside of 
management control.

Framework used 
to assess performance

Bonuses are based on a combination of 
stretching annual financial and non- 
financial/strategic performance 
measures, with the majority of the 
bonus assessed against the financial 
performance metrics.

In 2018, the measures are as follows:

 ‹ one-third of the bonus is based upon 
achievement against net revenue 
targets

 ‹ one-third of the bonus is based upon 

achievement against net income 
targets

 ‹ one-third of the bonus is based upon 
the achievement of key pipeline and 
product targets

The Committee retains the discretion to 
change the measures and their 
respective weightings to ensure 
alignment with business priorities. In 
any event, bonus measures will be 
based at least 50% on financial and no 
more than 50% on non-financial and 
strategic measures.

For threshold performance, up to 12.5% 
of the maximum bonus opportunity may 
be received; and for target performance, 
up to 50% of the maximum bonus 
opportunity may be received If 
performance is below threshold, no 
bonus will be paid.

Further details, including the 
performance measures and weightings 
in respect of the relevant financial year, 
are disclosed in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration. Annual bonus payments 
are subject to malus and clawback 
arrangements as detailed in the notes 
following this table.

87

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Directors’ remuneration report continued

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
To incentivize and reward long-term performance, and align the interests of Executive Directors with those of 
shareholders.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

The maximum annual award that 
may be made to any individual in 
respect of any financial year will be 
500% base salary.

The value for this purpose is the 
aggregate grant market value of the 
shares/option. Market value is the 
average closing middle market 
quotations of shares over five 
business days immediately preceding 
the grant date.

Details of the LTIP opportunity in 
respect of each year will be disclosed 
in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

Awards under the LTIP may consist of 
grants of conditional share awards, nil cost 
options or market-value share options 
which vest subject to the achievement of 
stretching performance targets measured 
over a performance period of at least three 
years. Awards granted to Executive 
Directors from 2016 onwards are subject to 
an additional holding period following the 
performance period. For awards with a 
three-year performance period, this 
holding period will normally be two years.

The LTIP opportunity is reviewed annually 
with reference to market data and the 
associated cost to the Group is calculated 
using an expected value methodology.

The performance conditions are reviewed 
before each award cycle to ensure they 
remain appropriate and targets are suitably 
stretching and may be amended in 
accordance with the terms of the LTIP or if 
the Committee reasonably considers it 
appropriate, provided that the amended 
performance conditions are not materially 
easier to satisfy.

Dividend equivalents may be paid in cash 
or additional shares on LTIP awards that 
vest up to the end of the post-vesting 
holding period, where relevant.

The Committee has discretion to adjust the 
formulaic LTIP outcomes to improve the 
alignment of pay with value creation for 
shareholders to ensure the outcome is a fair 
reflection of the performance of the Group.

Framework used 
to assess performance

Vesting of the awards granted under the 
LTIP is subject to continued employment 
and the achievement of key financial and 
strategic performance conditions which are 
aligned to the Group’s strategic plan.

In 2018, the measures are as follows:

 ‹ one-third is based upon relative TSR 
performance versus the FTSE 250 
excluding investment trusts

 ‹ one-third is based upon relative TSR 

versus the S&P 1500 Pharmaceutical and 
Biotech Index

 ‹ one-third is based upon the achievement 

of key pipeline and product targets.

The Committee retains the discretion to 
change the measures and their respective 
weightings to ensure alignment with 
business priorities. In any event, LTIP 
measures will be based at least 50% on 
shareholder return based measures and no 
more than 50% on other non-financial and 
strategic measures.

Threshold performance will result in up to 
15% of the maximum award vesting. Target 
performance will result in up to 50% of the 
maximum award vesting.

Further details, including the performance 
targets attached to the LTIP in respect of 
each year, are disclosed in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

Awards are subject to malus and clawback 
arrangements as detailed in the notes 
following this table.

All-employee share plans
To align the interests of employees including Executive Directors and shareholders.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Framework used 
to assess performance

Executive Directors may participate in 
all-employee share plans offered by the 
Group on the same basis as is offered to 
the Group’s other eligible employees.

Maximum opportunity for awards will 
be in line with the savings limits set 
by local regulations.

n/a

As an example, the current maximum 
contribution set by HMRC in relation 
to a Save As You Earn (SAYE) Plan is 
£500 per month.

88

www.indivior.comNotes to the policy table

Payments outside policy
The Committee reserves the right to 
make any remuneration payments 
and/or payments for loss of office 
(including exercising any discretions 
available to it in connection with 
such payments) notwithstanding that 
they are not in line with the policy 
set out above where the terms of 
the payment were agreed (i) before 
May 13, 2015 (the date the Company’s 
first shareholder-approved Directors’ 
remuneration policy came into effect); 
(ii) before the policy set out above 
came into effect, provided that the 
terms of the payment are consistent 
with the shareholder-approved 
Directors’ remuneration policy in 
force at the time they were agreed 
and have not subsequently been 
amended; or (iii) at a time when the 
relevant individual was not a Director 
of the Company and, in the opinion 
of the Committee, the payment was 
not in consideration for the individual 
becoming a Director of the Company. 
For these purposes ‘payments’ 
includes the Committee satisfying 
awards of variable remuneration and, 
in relation to an award over shares, 
the terms of the payment are ‘agreed’ 
at the time the award is granted.

Clawback and malus
The Committee has the discretion 
to scale back or cancel LTIP awards, 
extend the performance period or 
defer the exercise period prior to the 
satisfaction of awards or after the 
end of any relevant holding period in 
the event that results are materially 
misstated for part of the performance 
period applicable to an award, an 
individual’s conduct has amounted 
to gross misconduct or, in respect 
of awards made from 2018 onwards, 
in the event of serious reputational 
damage to Indivior. Where LTIP 
awards have vested the Committee 
has the discretion to ‘claw back’ 
awards or reduce amounts of other 
payments due to the individual up 
to the fifth anniversary of the grant 
of the awards in the circumstances 
described above.

Share plan terms
Share-based awards will typically be 
settled in shares, but may be settled 
in cash in certain circumstances 
(for example, where the Committee 
determines that it is not possible 
or practical to settle awards 
with shares).

The terms of awards may be adjusted 
in the event of a variation of the 
Company’s share capital, a demerger, 
special dividend or distribution or any 
other circumstances the Committee 
considers appropriate.

Performance measure selection 
and approach to target setting

Annual Incentive Plan
The Annual Incentive Plan 
performance measures are selected 
to provide an appropriate balance 
between incentivizing Executive 
Directors to meet financial targets 
for the year and incentivizing them to 
achieve specific strategic objectives 
and milestones. The particular 
measures each year are selected to 
ensure focus on the key objectives for 
that particular financial year.

LTIP
In respect of the LTIP, the Committee 
annually reviews the performance 
measures which apply to awards 
to ensure that they are aligned 
with the Group’s strategy and 
with shareholders’ interests over 
the longer term.

Measures and targets for both the 
Annual Incentive Plan and LTIP 
are reviewed annually against a 
number of internal and external 
reference points. Measures and 
targets are set on a sliding scale at 
levels the Committee considers to be 
appropriately stretching for the level 
of performance delivered.

Remuneration Policy for 
other employees
The Remuneration Policy for 
Executive Directors in general is more 
heavily weighted towards variable 
pay than for other employees. 

The majority of employees participate 
in the Annual Incentive Plan, but 
LTIP awards are only made to certain 
senior executives in the Group.

The Group’s approach to annual base 
salary reviews is consistent across the 
business, with consideration given to 
the level of experience, responsibility, 
individual performance and salary 
levels for comparable roles in 
comparable companies.

The Group also operates all-
employee plans that are open 
to eligible employees in the 
relevant jurisdictions. 

Employees are also entitled to 
taxable and non-taxable benefits 
(including eligibility to participate 
in defined contribution pension 
arrangements), with employees 
being entitled to substantially 
the same benefit structure as 
Executive Directors.

Minor amendments
The Committee may make minor 
amendments to the policy (for 
regulatory, exchange control, 
tax or administrative purposes 
or to take account of a change 
in legislation) without obtaining 
shareholder approval.

Shareholder alignment
The Committee recognizes the 
importance of aligning Executive 
Director and shareholders’ interests 
through executives building up 
significant shareholdings in the 
Company. Executive Directors are 
expected to acquire a significant 
number of shares over a period 
of five years and retain these 
until retirement from the Board 
of Directors. The shareholding 
requirement is 500% of base salary 
for both the Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer, which is 
generally to be achieved within five 
years of the date of demerger or the 
date of appointment, whichever is 
the later. Details of the Executive 
Directors’ current shareholdings 
are provided in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration. 

89

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Directors’ remuneration report continued

Scenario analysis
The charts below provide an estimate of the potential future reward opportunities for the Executive Directors, and 
the potential split between the different elements of remuneration under three different performance scenarios: 
‘Minimum’, ‘Target’ and ‘Maximum’.

Shaun Thaxter, Chief Executive Officer
$’000

Mark Crossley, Chief Financial Officer
$’000

7000

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

0

$3,801

52%

21%

27%

Target

$1,009

100%

Minimum

$6,593

61%

24%

15%

Maximum

7000

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

0

Performance scenario

  Basis of valuation

$542

100%

Minimum

$2,074

60%

14%

26%
Target

$3,607

68%

16%
15%
Maximum

Minimum performance (below threshold)

Target performance

Maximum performance

Fixed Pay 
Fixed pay only – base salary, benefits and pension benefits

Annual Incentive Plan 
Fixed pay plus bonus at target performance and target vesting under 
the LTIP

LTIP 
Fixed pay plus maximum bonus and full vesting under the LTIP 
(all performance conditions met)

The charts are based on the face value of awards and do not include any share price growth or the value of any dividends.

The diagram below shows the structure of each of the elements of pay and the timing of each element for the Executive Directors.

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Fixed 
Pay

Base salary

Benefits

Pension 
Benefits

Annual 
Incentive 
Plan

Up to 200% salary for 
CEO and 120% for CFO

One-year performance 
period 75% paid in 
cash

25% deferred into 
shares for two years

LTIP

Three-year 
performance period

Two-year post-vesting 
holding period

90

www.indivior.com 
 
 
Policy table – Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors do not have service agreements, but are engaged on the basis of a letter of 
appointment. In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all Directors are subject to re-appointment annually at 
the Annual General Meeting.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in the Group’s Annual Incentive Plan, Long-
Term Incentive Plan or pension schemes.

Details of the policy on fees paid to the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are set out in the table below:

Component 
and objective

Fees and other arrangements

To attract and retain a Chairman and Non-Executive Directors of 
the highest caliber with broad commercial experience relevant 
to the Group.

Approach 
of the Company

The fees paid to Non-Executive Directors are determined by 
the Board of Directors, with recommendations provided by the 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

The fees of the Chairman are determined by the Committee.

Additional fees may be payable for acting as Senior 
Independent Director and as Chairman of a Board Committee 
(including the Audit, Remuneration, Science & Policy and 
Nomination & Governance Committees). Members of all Board 
Committees also receive an additional fee. Additional fees may 
be paid for additional time commitments, including, for 
example, international travel.

Fee levels are reviewed from time to time. Fees are reviewed 
by taking into account external advice on best practice and 
competitive levels, in particular at FTSE 250 companies. Time 
commitment and responsibility are also taken into account 
when reviewing fees. Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ 
fees are not subject to performance conditions.

Aggregate fees are limited to £1.5m by the Company’s Articles 
of Association.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors may also be 
reimbursed for their travel and accommodation costs incurred 
in the pursuance of their duties (including any tax which may 
be payable in respect of such costs). The maximum 
reimbursement is expenses reasonably incurred (including any 
taxes thereon).

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are expected to 
hold an interest in Indivior shares.

The Company provides Directors’ and Officers’ liability 
insurance, and an indemnity to the extent permitted by law.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment setting out their duties and the time 
commitment expected which are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office. The Chairman and Non-
Executive Directors’ appointments can be terminated by one month’s notice by either party. The Chairman and Non-
Executive Directors have no entitlement to compensation on termination. Details of the date of appointment and expiry 
of current terms are set out on page 106.

91

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017The treatment of awards under the 
Annual Incentive Plan and LTIP is set 
out below. Termination payments 
may take the form of payments in 
lieu of notice, payable in a lump 
sum or in installments. 

The Company’s policy on any 
termination payment is to consider 
the circumstances on a case-by-case 
basis, taking into account the relevant 
contractual terms in the Executive 
Director’s service contract and the 
circumstances of the termination. The 
Committee reserves the right to make 
any other payments in connection 
with an Executive Director’s cessation 
of office or employment where the 
payments are made in good faith 
in discharge of an existing legal 
obligation (or by way of damages for 
breach of such an obligation) or by 
way of settlement of any claim arising 
in connection with the cessation of 
a Director’s office or employment. 
Any such payments may include but 
are not limited to paying any fees for 
outplacement assistance and/or the 
Director’s legal and/or professional 
advice fees in connection with his 
cessation of office or employment.

Copies of Executive Directors’ service 
contracts are available to view at the 
Company’s registered office.

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Approach to recruitment 
remuneration

External appointment
When determining the remuneration 
package for a new Executive Director, 
the Committee will take into account 
all relevant factors based on the 
circumstances at that time. This may 
include factors such as the caliber of 
the individual, market practice in the 
candidate’s location or locations and 
scope of the role to which they are 
being appointed.

Typically, the package will be aligned 
to the Company’s Remuneration 
Policy as set out above. However, 
should there be a commercial 
rationale for doing so, the Committee 
has the discretion to include any 
other remuneration elements, to vary 
the composition of the remuneration 
package, which are not included in 
the policy table, subject to the overall 
limit on variable remuneration set 
out below. The Committee does not 
intend to use this discretion to make 
non-performance related awards and 
is always mindful of the need to pay 
no more than is necessary.

The overall limit of variable 
remuneration will be as set out in the 
policy table taking into account the 
maximum value under the Annual 
Incentive Plan and the maximum 
awards under the LTIP (i.e. 700% 
of base salary).

The Committee may make an award in 
respect of a new appointment to ‘buy 
out’ incentive arrangements forfeited 
on leaving a previous employer, i.e. 
over and above the maximum limit 
on variable remuneration set out 
above. In doing so, the Committee will 
consider relevant factors including 
any performance conditions attached 
to these awards and the likelihood 
of those conditions being met with 
the intention that the value awarded 
would be no higher than the expected 
value of the forfeited arrangements 
and made on a like-for-like basis.

Internal promotion
When appointing a new Executive 
Director by way of internal 
promotion, the policy will be 
consistent with that for external 
appointees, as detailed above. 
Where an individual has contractual 
commitments made prior to their 
promotion to Executive Director 
level, the Company will continue 
to honor these arrangements even 
in instances where they would 
not otherwise be consistent with 
the prevailing Executive Director 
remuneration policy at the time of 
appointment or payment.

Chairman and Non-Executive 
Directors
In recruiting a new Chairman or Non-
Executive Director, the Committee will 
use the policy as set out in the table 
on page 105. A basic fee in line with 
the prevailing fee schedule would 
be payable for membership of the 
Board of Directors, with additional 
fees payable for acting as Senior 
Independent Director, as Chair of 
the Audit, Remuneration, Science & 
Policy and Nomination & Governance 
Committees, and for being a 
member of the Audit, Remuneration, 
Science & Policy and Nomination & 
Governance Committees.

Service contracts and exit 
payment policy
Executive Directors’ service contracts, 
including arrangements for 
termination, are carefully considered 
by the Committee. In accordance 
with general market practice, each of 
the Executive Directors has a rolling 
service contract which is terminable 
on 12 months’ notice and this 
practice will also apply for any new 
Executive Directors. In such an event, 
the compensation commitments 
in respect of their contracts could 
amount to one year’s remuneration 
based on base salary and benefits in 
kind and pension rights during the 
notice period. 

92

www.indivior.comThe table below summarizes how unvested awards under the Annual Incentive Plan and LTIP are typically treated in 
specific circumstances, with the final treatment remaining subject to the Committee’s discretion as provided under 
the rules of the plans:

Reason 
for cessation

Annual Incentive Plan

Voluntary resignation or 
termination with ‘cause’.

All other circumstances.

LTIP

Timing of 
vesting/payment

Calculation of 
vesting/payment

Not applicable. 

No bonus to be paid for the financial year.

Following the end of the 
financial year at the usual 
bonus payment date.

Deferred share awards are normally forfeited if the executive 
resigns or is terminated with ‘cause’.

Annual bonus will be paid only to the extent that objectives 
set at the beginning of the plan year have been met. Any such 
bonus will be paid on a pro-rata basis to the termination date.

Termination with ‘cause’.

Not applicable.

Unvested awards lapse.

Ill-health, injury, permanent 
disability, retirement with the 
agreement of the Company, the 
sale of the individual’s 
employing company or 
business out of the Group, 
redundancy or any other 
reason that the Committee 
determines in its absolute 
discretion. 

After the end of the financial 
year in which the cessation of 
employment occurs; or at the 
discretion of the Committee, 
after the end of the relevant 
performance period.

The Committee determines whether and to what extent 
unvested awards vest based on the extent to which 
performance conditions have been achieved (either to the 
end of the financial year in which cessation of employment 
occurs, or over the full performance period) and unless the 
Committee determines otherwise the proportion of the 
performance period elapsed.

Death.

As soon as possible after 
date of death.

Change of control of the 
Company.

On change of control.

The Committee may disapply performance conditions but 
unless the Committee determines otherwise will reduce 
unvested awards to reflect the proportion of the performance 
period worked.

Awards will vest to the extent that any performance 
conditions have been satisfied (unless the Committee 
determines that the performance conditions should not 
apply). Awards will also be reduced pro-rata to take into 
account the proportion of the performance period elapsed, 
unless the Committee decides otherwise.

Awards may alternatively be exchanged for new equivalent 
awards in the acquirer, where appropriate.

Consideration of conditions 
elsewhere in the Group
The Committee does not consult with 
employees specifically on executive 
remuneration policy. However, the 
Committee considers pay practices 
across the Group and is mindful 
of the salary increases and pay 
practices applying across the rest 
of the business in relevant markets 
when considering salaries for 
Executive Directors.

Consideration of 
shareholder views
The Committee will consider 
shareholder views received 
during the year and at the Annual 
General Meeting each year, as well 
as guidance from shareholder 
representative bodies more broadly, 
in shaping remuneration policy. 
This feedback, and any additional 
feedback received from time to time, 
will then be considered as part of 
the Company’s annual review of 
remuneration. It is the 

Committee’s intention to consult 
with major shareholders in advance 
of making any material changes to 
remuneration arrangements.

Daniel J. Phelan
Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

March 6, 2018

93

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration

The following report outlines our 
remuneration framework, how the 
Remuneration Policy was implemented 
in 2017, and how the Committee 
intends to apply the policy in 2018. This 
Annual Report on Remuneration will be 
submitted to an advisory shareholder 
vote at the Annual General Meeting on 
May 16, 2018.

The Remuneration Committee
As of December 31, 2017, the 
Remuneration Committee comprised 
four Non-Executive Directors, all 
of whom are considered to be 
independent for the purposes of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code. 
The members who served on the 
Committee during the year were:

Date 
appointed 
to the 
Committee

Date 
resigned 
from the 
Committee

Meetings 
attended 
in 2017

Daniel J. 
Phelan 
(Chairman)

Tatjana May

Lorna 
Parker

Daniel 
Tassé

Lizabeth 
Zlatkus

Nov 4, 
2014

 Feb 1, 
2017

Nov 4, 
2014

Nov 1, 
2017

-

-

-

-

Oct 3,  
2016

Nov 1,  
2017

6/6

6/6

1/1

5/5

1.  Daniel Tassé was previously a member of the 
Committee between November 4, 2014 and 
October 3, 2016. He was reappointed a member 
of the Committee on November 1, 2017.

2.  Lizabeth Zlatkus stepped down as a member of the 

Committee on November 1, 2017.

6/6

 ࢀ sets and regularly reviews the 

Role and responsibilities
The Committee’s role is to assist 
the Board of Directors in fulfilling 
its oversight responsibility by 
ensuring that Remuneration Policy 
and practices reward fairly and 
responsibly; are linked to corporate 
performance; and take account of the 
generally accepted principles of good 
governance. On behalf of, and subject 
to approval by, the Board of Directors, 
the Committee primarily:

Company’s overall remuneration 
strategy;

 ࢀ determines the general 

Remuneration Policy for senior 
executives; and

 ࢀ in respect of the Executive Directors 

and members of the Executive 
Committee, sets, reviews and 
approves: 
‹  remuneration policies, including 
annual bonuses and long-term 
incentives;

‹  individual remuneration and 
compensation arrangements;
‹  individual benefits including 

pension arrangements;
‹  terms and conditions of 

employment, including the 
Executive Directors’ service 
agreements;

‹  participation in the Company’s 
annual incentive and long-term 
incentive plans; and

‹  the targets for the Company’s 

annual incentive and long-term 
incentive plans.

This Directors’ Remuneration Report 
has been prepared in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of the 
Large and Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013 and is 
compliant with the requirements of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code 
and the UK Listing Authority’s Listing 
Rules and the Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules.

94

www.indivior.com 
The Chairman of the Board 
of Directors and the Chief 
Executive Officer are responsible 
for evaluating and making 
recommendations to the Board of 
Directors on the remuneration of the 
Non-Executive Directors.

At the invitation of the Committee, 
the Chairman of the Board, the 
Chief Executive Officer, the Chief 
Human Resources Officer, the Global 
Compensation & Benefits Director 
and the Company Secretary attended 
meetings and provided advice to the 
Committee. Members of the Committee 
and any person attending its meetings 
do not participate in any discussion or 
decision on their own remuneration.

Advice provided to the 
Remuneration Committee
Deloitte LLP were appointed as 
advisors to the Committee upon 
listing in December 2014, following 
a review undertaken in advance of 
listing. Deloitte LLP is a member of 
the Remuneration Consultants Group 
and, as such, voluntarily operates 
under the code of conduct in relation 
to executive remuneration consulting 
in the UK. The Committee is satisfied 
that the advice provided by Deloitte 
LLP is objective and independent.

Fees for advice provided to the 
Committee for the year, charged 
on a time spent basis, were £101.6k. 
Deloitte LLP also provided other 
employee and tax-related services to 
the Group during the year.

Willis Towers Watson also provided 
the Committee with benchmarking 
information during the year and fees 
for this were $15.7k. Willis Towers 
Watson did not provide any other 
services to the Group during the year.

Meetings
The Committee met six times during 
2017. The Committee meets with the 
advisors to the Committee at each 
meeting without management present.

The principal topics considered by the 
Committee during the year, and since 
the financial year-end were, as follows:

 ࢀ considered and agreed the outturn 
in respect of the Annual Incentive 
Plan for the 2016 financial year and 
in respect of the outturn under the 
Value Creation Plan;

 ࢀ reviewed and agreed the measures 
and targets for the 2017 Annual 
Incentive Plan and 2017 LTIP 
awards;

 ࢀ reviewed the remuneration 

arrangements in respect of the 
change of Chief Financial Officer;
 ࢀ reviewed and approved the 2016 
Annual Report on Remuneration 
and agreed to put it to 
shareholders for an advisory vote;

 ࢀ reviewed the remuneration 

arrangements for the Executive 
Directors and members of the 
Executive Committee taking into 
account external benchmarking 
analysis;

 ࢀ reviewed the performance of the 

Committee;

 ࢀ reviewed the progress of the 

Executive Directors and members 
of the Executive Committee against 
their shareholding requirements

 ࢀ conducted a review of its own 

performance and reported to the 
Board on the results of that review;

 ࢀ reviewed the Committee’s 

Terms of Reference and made 
recommendations to the Board 
regarding amendments; and
 ࢀ considered and reviewed the 
existing Remuneration Policy 
and, following consultation with 
shareholders and advisors, agreed 
to recommend the proposed 
2018 Remuneration Policy for 
shareholders for a binding vote.

95

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Directors’ remuneration report continued

Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (audited)
The table below sets out the remuneration of the Executive Directors for the financial year ended December 31, 2017 and 
comparative figures for the financial year ended December 31, 2016.

Base salary  
$’000

Taxable benefits1  
$’000

Annual bonus2  
$’000

LTIP  
$’000

Pension benefits3 
$’000

Total  
$’000

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

Executive Directors

Shaun Thaxter

Mark Crossley6

Total

Former Executive Director

774.5

412.9 

751.9

–

1,187.4 

751.9 

63.9 

21.3 

85.2 

56.3

1,215.9 1,421.1

6,212.74 2,652.05

147.7 

143.5

8,414.7 5,024.8

–

437.8

–

1,555.07

–

19.7 

–

2,446.8 

–

56.3  1,653.7

1,421.1 

7,767.7

2,652.0 

167.4 

143.5  10,861.5 5,024.8 

Cary Claiborne8

87.9 

479.0

10.2 

32.4

39.5 

543.1

– 

– 

4.1 

22.5

141.6  1,077.0

1.  Taxable benefits consist primarily of healthcare, life and disability insurance.
2.  Cash payment for performance during the year. See ‘Annual Incentive Plan 2017’ on page 96 for details.
3.  Pension benefits in the year comprised profit sharing contributions into the US qualified 401(K) plan, 401(K) matching, contributions to a non–qualified plan and cash.
4.  The LTIP award held by Shaun Thaxter is scheduled to vest on March 12, 2018. The value of this award has been estimated based on the number of shares 

vesting (1,219,432) and using the three–month average share price to December 29, 2017 (367.4p) and converted to US$ using the GBP/US$ exchange rate on 
December 29, 2017 (GBP £1:US $1.3513). Shaun Thaxter will also receive cash payment equivalent to the value of the dividends that would have been paid on the 
vested shares during the vesting period; the estimated value of this cash payment is $154.9k.

5.  The value shown for 2016 reflects the cash payment made in January 2017 in connection with the Value Creation Plan (‘VCP’) granted to the Chief Executive 

Officer prior to the demerger from Reckitt Benckiser Group plc. Cary Claiborne was not a participant in the VCP.

6.  Mark Crossley was appointed an Executive Director on February 21, 2017. His base salary, benefits and pension benefits shown above are from the date of his 

appointment. 

7.  The 2015 LTIP award held by Mark Crossley vested on February 26, 2018. The value of the award has been calculated based on the closing price of Indivior shares 
on the vesting date (377.0p) and converted to US$ using the GBP/US$ exchange rate on that date (GBP £1:US1.3968). Mark Crossley also received a cash payment 
of $36.6k, equivalent to the value of the dividends that would have been paid on the vested shares during the vesting period.

8.  Cary Claiborne resigned a Director on March 7, 2017. His base salary, taxable benefits and pension benefits shown above are to the date he resigned as a Director.

Incentive outcomes for the year ended December 31, 2017 (audited)

Annual Incentive Plan 2017
In line with the Remuneration Policy, the Annual Incentive Plan opportunity for the Chief Executive Officer was 200% of 
base salary and 120% of base salary for the Chief Financial Officer. At the start of the year, the Committee set stretching 
performance targets in the context of the business plan for the year and taking account of external forecasts. These 
were equally weighted between net revenue, net income and key pipeline targets. For threshold performance, 12.5% 
of the maximum bonus would be paid, for target performance, 50% of the maximum bonus opportunity would be paid 
and the full maximum bonus would only be paid for the delivery of exceptional performance significantly above both 
internal and external expectations. Outcome is calculated on a straight–line basis between threshold and target and 
between target and maximum.

In considering the achievement against the net income measure, the Committee carefully considered the impact of the 
exceptional item relating to the investigative and antitrust litigation matters. Indivior cannot predict with any certainty 
the ultimate resolutions or timing of the ultimate resolution of any of the matters. As a consequence, the Committee 
concluded that adjusted net income would be used to determine the outturn against the net income measure. The 
Committee will consider any impact on remuneration arrangements at the time of any resolution.

The Committee, in conjunction with management, also considered the impact of underspend on certain pre–commercial 
activities, R&D and legal expenses. Following review the Committee agreed to use its discretion to reduce the net 
income achieved for the purpose of the bonus by $48m from $270m to $222m, to ensure that the outturn appropriately 
reflected business performance. Consequently, the vesting outturn in respect of this measure was reduced to 25.5% 
(from 33%).

The table below provides an overview of the performance against the targets set in respect of net revenue and net 
income which illustrates the strong performance delivered during the year.

Measure

Net revenue

Net income1

Weighting

33% 

33% 

Threshold  

$m

976

192

Target  
$m

1,074

211

Maximum  

$m

1,181

232

Achieved  

$m

Bonus outcome 
as a % of maximum

1,093

2221

19.5%

25.5%

Performance targets

1.  Adjusted net income was reduced from $270m by $48m to $222m to reflect the impact of underspend during the year.

96

www.indivior.com 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
In respect of the key pipeline targets, three separate Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) were set across various 
segments of the business, with a number of points allocated for each KPI. For threshold performance, five points 
needed to be achieved, for target performance, seven points needed to be achieved and for maximum performance, 13 
or more points needed to be achieved.

The table below illustrates the performance against each of these KPIs:

Segment

Project

Target  
date

Date  

achieved

KPI

Points 
allocated

Points 
awarded

US 
market growth

Business 
diversification

Total

  RBP–6000 

  Q2 2017

  Q2 2017

  US New Drug Application (NDA) 

buprenorphine 
monthly depot

  Q4 2017

  Q4 2017

Submission

  US Food & Drug Administration 
approval of NDA for RBP–6000 
buprenorphine monthly depot

3  

10  

  RBP–7000 

  Q3 2017

  Q3 2017

  US New Drug Application (NDA) 

2  

risperidone monthly 
depot

Submission

3

10

2

15  

15

This resulted in maximum performance in respect of the key pipeline targets (33% of the annual bonus).

This resulted in the following payments under the Annual Incentive Plan for the Executive Directors.

Measure

Net revenue

Net income

Key pipeline targets

Total

Weighting

Achievement  

33% 

33% 

33% 

19.5% 

25.5% 

15/15 

Bonus outcome 
(multiple of total 
target opportunity)

Bonus outcome as a % 
of maximum

0.39

0.51

0.67

1.57

78.5% 

The Executive Directors will receive a payment of 78.5% of the maximum bonus opportunity: Shaun Thaxter, the Chief 
Executive Officer, will receive a bonus payment of $1,215.9m, equivalent to 157% of base salary; and Mark Crossley, the 
Chief Financial Officer, will receive a bonus payment of $437.8k, equivalent to 94.5% of base salary for the year ended 
December 31, 2017.

Cary Claiborne was eligible for a pro–rata bonus for the period of active employment (i.e. January 2017) under the Annual 
Incentive Plan. The pro–rata bonus was also subject to the satisfaction of the performance conditions set out above and will be 
paid at the normal time. He will receive a payment of $39.5k (equivalent to 8% of base salary) in respect of the 2017 bonus.

LTIP 
Since the end of the year, the Committee has considered and reviewed the vesting of the conditional awards made to 
the Executive Directors under the LTIP in February and March 2015. The vesting of these awards was conditional upon 
continued employment and the achievement of the following performance conditions:

Measure 

Key pipeline targets

Absolute TSR

Total

Weighting

50% 

50% 

100%

97

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Key pipeline targets
For the 2015 awards, two main milestones were set in relation to: geographic expansion excluding US development; and 
US market growth. For each of these milestones, a maximum of 10 points could be awarded by the Committee as they 
assess and determine performance against those milestones. The following vesting schedule details the percentage of 
maximum which vests for each milestone, with straight–line pro–rating between points where applicable.

Achievement level for milestone

Below Threshold

Threshold 

Target 

Between Target and Maximum 

Maximum 

Total points 
for each milestone

% of award vesting 
(for each milestone)

0 

2 

4 

6 

10

0%

3.13% 

12.50% 

18.75%

25.00%

In assessing the number of points to be awarded, the Committee has reference to both the timing and quality of each 
achievement. For the geographic expansion milestone, 3 out of 10 points were awarded by the Committee, which 
resulted in 31.25% vesting of this milestone (8.0% of the overall award). For the US market growth milestone, 5 out of 10 
points were awarded by the Committee, which resulted in 62.5% vesting of this milestone (15.5% of the overall award). 
Therefore, for the key pipeline targets element (50% of the overall award), our performance resulted in 47% of the 
maximum being achieved.

The following table sets out: the targets set; the actual performance against those targets; and the Committee’s 
assessment of performance in determining the number of points to be awarded under each milestone.

Stretch date for 
completion

Actual date achieved

KPI

Maximum 
points 
allocated  

Actual 
points 
awarded

Milestone

Project

Geographic expansion 
– Ex US development

  Suboxone tablet 
development in 
China

  Q2 2016

  Q4 2016

  H2 2017

  Awaited

  Suboxone film 
reformulation

  Q1 2016

  Not advanced 

  H1 2017

  Not advanced 

  Suboxone film 

  H1 2015

  Q3 2015

buccal indication1

Total

US market growth

  RBP–6000 

  Q4 2016

  Q2 2017 

buprenorphine 
monthly depot

  H1 2017

  Q4 2017 

Total

  Regulatory 
submission

  Regulatory 
approval

  Regulatory 
submission

  Regulatory 
approval

  Regulatory 
approval

  Regulatory 
submission

  Regulatory 
approval

2

2

2

2

2  

10  

4

6  

10  

1

– 

– 

– 

2

3

2

3

5

1.  Indivior submitted a supplemental New Drug Application in April 2014. At that time, the US Food & Drug Administration (FDA) set an approval date, also known 
as a PDUFA date, for February 2015, which was in line with the timing required to obtain regulatory approval by the end of H1 2015. The FDA missed the PDUFA 
date. Had the FDA responded within this timeline, then approval would have been achieved ahead of the stretch target date. The Committee considered that 2/2 
points was therefore an appropriate number of points to be awarded on assessment of performance in this context.

98

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Absolute TSR
Absolute TSR was chosen as a performance metric as it is directly aligned to the value that is created for shareholders. 
Performance was measured over three financial years with the base TSR, in the first year, being a 30–day average from 
listing (December 23, 2014) and the end TSR being a 30–day average to December 31, 2017. The performance schedule 
and targets set were as follows. 

Absolute TSR achievement

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Three–year 
TSR growth

25%

50%

100%

% of award
 vesting

5%

25%

50%

Note: Vesting is on a straight–line basis between threshold and target and between target and maximum.

Actual TSR performance over this period was calculated independently as 170% and therefore significantly in excess of 
100%, resulting in 100% of the maximum of the TSR element vesting (50% of the overall award).

In assessing TSR performance, the Committee felt it was appropriate for this award to also consider TSR performance in 
the period after Indivior’s preliminary financial results were announced in February 2018, to ensure that TSR remained 
an appropriate reflection of TSR performance. The Committee determined that performance under the TSR element 
remained appropriate, as ultimately the vesting outcome in this period would have been the same as for the period 
ended December 31, 2017. 

This has resulted in the following outturn under the LTIP for the Executive Directors.

Measure

Key pipeline targets

Weighting

25%

US market growth

Milestone

Points achieved

Absolute TSR

Total

25% Business diversification

50%

n/a

3/10

5/10

n/a

Outturn as a 
% of maximum

8.0%

15.5%

50.0%

73.5%

Overall, the conditional awards granted in February and March 2015, which vest in 2018, will vest at 73.5% of the maximum.

Scheme interests awarded in 2017 (audited)

LTIP
Conditional awards were made under the LTIP to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer on February 24, 2017.

Date of 
award

No. of shares under 
award at maximum

Closing share price 
at date of award

Face value 
$’0001

Performance 
period

Normal 
vesting date

Normal 
release date2

Shaun Thaxter

Feb 24, 2017

Mark Crossley

Feb 24, 2017

1,032,288

533,167

343.3p

343.3p

$4,788.8 Jan 2017 – Dec 2019

Feb 24, 2020 Feb 24, 2022

$2,473.4 Jan 2017 – Dec 2019

Feb 24, 2020 Feb 24, 2022

1.  The face value of the awards has been calculated using the closing share price on the date of the award and converted to US$ using the US$ exchange rate on 
December 29, 2017 (GB£1:US$1.3513). Shaun Thaxter received an award with a value of 600% of base salary and Mark Crossley received an award with a value of 
500% of base salary.

2.  The awards will normally vest after three years and will then be subject to a further two–year holding period before shares are released.

The vesting of the awards is subject to the achievement of the following performance measures.

Measure

Relative TSR vs the constituents of the FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts

Relative TSR vs the constituents of the S&P 1500 Pharmaceutical and Biotech Index

Key pipeline targets

Weighting

33%

33%

33%

Relative TSR performance against each of the comparator groups will be measured over three financial years. 12.5% of the 
maximum award will vest for Indivior being ranked median in comparison to the peer group, and 100% of the award will vest 
for Indivior being ranked at the upper quartile or above. Awards will vest on a straight–line basis between median and upper 
quartile, with none of the awards vesting if Indivior is ranked below median. The Committee considers that these measures 
balance the fact that Indivior is a FTSE 250 listed company but also recognizes that Indivior operates within a specialized 
sector where the majority of its direct peers are listed in the US.

99

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

The key pipeline targets relate to regulatory approval of RBP–7000–risperidone monthly depot in the US and the regulatory 
submission and approval of buprenorphine monthly depot in key markets outside the US. The actual targets relating to the 
pipeline milestones have not been disclosed prospectively, as the Committee believes that these details are commercially 
sensitive. The targets are integral to the development of the business, and competitors may gain a distinct advantage if they 
are disclosed on a prospective basis.

We will disclose the actual targets, and the level of performance achieved against them, in 2020, following the completion of 
the performance period in December 2019, at which point the targets will no longer be considered commercially sensitive. 
As outlined above, 2017 has been a positive year for Indivior and continued progress has been made in respect of the key 
pipeline targets, notably the submission of the New Drug Application for RBP–7000–risperidone monthly depot, which was 
submitted in Q3 2017 and has a PDUFA date in H2 2018. Further details of progress against the key pipeline targets in respect 
of the submission and approval dates which fall in 2018 will be disclosed in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.

Outstanding awards made under the LTIP
Details of conditional awards over shares granted to the Executive Directors subject to performance conditions are 
shown below. These awards were granted under the LTIP.

Date of  
award

No. of shares under 
award at maximum

Performance  

period

Normal vesting  

date

Normal release  
date1

Executive Directors

Shaun Thaxter

Mark Crossley

Former Executive Director

Cary Claiborne

Feb 24, 2017

Feb 19, 2016

Mar 11, 2015

Feb 24, 2017

Feb 19, 20162

Feb 19, 2016

Mar 11, 2015

1,032,288

Jan 2017 – Dec 2019

Feb 24, 2020

Feb 24, 2022

2,121,354

Jan 2016 – Dec 2018

Feb 19, 2019

Feb 19, 2021

1,659,091

Jan 2015 – Dec 2017

Mar 11, 2018

Mar 11, 2018

533,167

Jan 2017 – Dec 2019

Feb 24, 2020

Feb 24, 2022

823,356

Jan 2016 – Dec 2018

Feb 19, 2019

n/a

1,126,060

Jan 2016 – Dec 2018

Feb 19, 2019

Feb 19, 2021

1,056,818

Jan 2015 – Dec 2017

Mar 11, 2018

Mar 11, 2018

1.  With effect for awards granted from 2016 onwards, Executive Directors are required to hold the vested shares arising from awards granted under the LTIP for a 

two–year holding period.

2.  Awards granted to Mark Crossley in 2016 are not subject to an additional two–year holding period as Mr Crossley was not an Executive Director at the time of grant.
3.  Shaun Thaxter and Mark Crossley hold vested but unexercised market value options over 921,431 and 210,619 shares respectively. These options were granted in 

December 2014 (on demerger) at an option price of 111.0p per share and are scheduled to lapse on December 28, 2024.

4.  Cary Claiborne did not receive an award under the LTIP in 2017. Further information regarding the treatment of the awards granted to him in 2015 and 2016 can 

be found on page 101.

Percentage change in Chief Executive Officer remuneration
The following table illustrates the change in Chief Executive Officer base salary, taxable benefits and bonus between 2016 and 2017 
compared to the average percentage change for the rest of the US employee population: the majority of the Group’s employees are 
based in the US.

Base salary

Taxable benefits

Bonus

Chief Executive Officer
(% change 2016–17)

Other employees
(% change 2016–17)

3% 

13%

(17%)

3%

2%

(3%)

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table shows total employee pay compared to shareholder distributions and research and development 
expenses for 2017 and 2016.

Total employee pay

Shareholder distributions1

Research and development expenses

2017 
$m

225 

– 

89 

2016 
$m

209

69 

119 

% change

8% 

– 

(25% )

1.  In line with the Dividend Policy approved by the Board in 2016, the Company does not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

100

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Executive Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)
In line with Indivior’s Remuneration Policy, Executive Directors are required to build a shareholding with a value 
equivalent to 500% of base salary. They have five years from the date of demerger or the date of appointment, 
whichever is later, in which to reach this shareholding requirement. Members of the Executive Committee are expected 
to build a shareholding of 150% of base salary within the same time frames.

The table below shows the shareholding of each of the Executive Directors (together with interests held by their 
connected persons) at December 31, 2017 and March 6, 2018. The table sets out progress towards their respective 
shareholding requirement and a summary of outstanding awards as at the date of this report. Shareholding has been 
calculated based on the number of shares owned outright.

Number of shares owned outright

Executive 
Directors

Shaun Thaxter

Mark Crossley3 

At March 
6, 2018

841,798

283,3724 

At 
December 31, 
2017

At 
December 31, 
2016

841,798

125,528 

841,798

125,5283 

4,812,733

1,356,523 

921,461

210,619 

500%

500% 

600%

144% 

n/a 

Feb 2022 

Conditional 
awards held

Unvested and 
subject 
to performance 
conditions and 
continued 
employment

Options held

Vested but not 
exercised1

Shareholding 
requirement 
(% of base salary)

Shareholding at 
December 31, 
2017 (% of base 
salary)2

Date by which 
shareholding 
requirement to 
be achieved

1.  The options over 921,461 and 210,619 shares, held by Shaun Thaxter and Mark Crossley, at an option price of 111.0p per share vested on May 11, 2016 and are 

scheduled to lapse on December 28, 2024.

2.  Shareholdings as a % of base salary have been calculated using the closing share price on December 29, 2017 (408.20p) and the US/UK exchange rate on the 

same date (£1:US$1.3513).

3.  Mark Crossley was appointed a Director on February 21, 2017. The information provided in respect of his shareholding is correct as at the date of his appointment.
4.  Mark Crossley acquired 157,844 shares following the vesting of the 2015 LTIP award on February 26, 2018. Following this acquisition, Mr Crossley’s shareholding 

increased to 302% of salary, calculated using the closing share price on February 26, 2018 (377.0p) and the US/UK exchange rate on the same date (£1:US$1.3968).

Payments for loss of office (audited)
The table below sets out the treatment in relation to Cary Claiborne who stepped down as a Director on March 7, 2017. 
He remained an employee until January 31, 2018.

Policy

  Treatment

Base salary, benefits and pension benefits 
The Executive Director may continue to receive 
base salary, benefits and pension benefits for 
the duration of their notice period.

LTIP 
Awards granted under the LTIP lapse if the 
Executive Director is terminated for cause. In 
other circumstances, the Committee determines 
whether and to what extent outstanding awards 
vest based on the extent to which performance 
conditions have been achieved (either to the 
end of the financial year in which cessation 
occurs, or over the full performance period) and 
the proportion of the performance 
period worked.

Other

Mr Claiborne was entitled to his contractual base salary, certain benefits 
(including relocation expenses) and pension contributions until January 31, 2018. 
Mr Claiborne received a base salary of $405.5k, taxable benefits of $46.9k and 
pension benefits of $18.9k between March 7, 2017 and December 31, 2017.

The LTIP award granted to Mr Claiborne in 2015 will vest on March 12, 2018. The 
award will vest at 73.5% of the maximum, further information regarding the 
outturn in respect of the performance conditions can be found on pages 97 to 99. 
No pro–rata reduction will apply as Mr Claiborne will have been employed 
throughout the 2015–2017 performance period. The estimated value of this award 
is $3,858.8m, this has been estimated using the three–month average share price 
to December 29, 2017 and converted to US$ using the GBP/US$ exchange rate on 
December 29, 2017 (GB£1:US$1.3513). A cash payment of $98.5k, being the amount 
equivalent to the dividend that would have accrued during the vesting period 
will be paid on vesting.
The LTIP award granted to Mr Claiborne in 2016 will continue to vest in the 
ordinary course (February 2019), subject to the satisfaction of the applicable 
performance conditions and a 25/36 pro–rata reduction to reflect the period of 
employment as a proportion of the 2016–2018 performance period. Dividend 
equivalents will be payable in cash on vesting. Following vesting, any shares 
received will be subject to a two–year holding period.

Mr Claiborne is entitled to outplacement assistance with a value up to £5,000. No 
payment was made during the year in respect of outplacement expenses.
Mr Claiborne will continue to receive healthcare benefits for a period of six 
months after cessation of employment.

101

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
Directors’ remuneration report continued

External appointments
Subject to the approval of the Nomination & Governance Committee, Executive Directors are able to accept an external 
appointment to a corporate board outside the Company and can retain the fees paid for these services. The Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer do not hold any external appointments.

Review of past performance

Historical Total Shareholder Return performance
The graph below shows the Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) of the Company and the UK FTSE 250 index over the period 
from admission on December 23, 2014 to December 31, 2017. The index was selected on the basis that the Company was 
a member of the FTSE 250 index in the UK during that period.

Growth in the value of a hypothetical holding of £100 invested from admission to December 31, 2017.

400

300

200

100

2014

FTSE 250

2015

2016

2017

Indivior

Historical Chief Executive Officer pay
The historical total remuneration for the role of Chief Executive Officer for the period from January 1, 2014 to December 
31, 2017 is set out in the table below. Historical data is not provided prior to 2014, as the Group was a division of Reckitt 
Benckiser Group (‘RB’).

Shaun Thaxter

Single total figure of remuneration ($’000)

Annual bonus (% of maximum)

LTIP (% of maximum)

2017

8,414.7

78.5%

73.5%

2016

5,024.8

94.5%

100%

2015

4,317.9

94.5%

93.3%

2014

1,968.1

100%

n/a

1.  Indivior was a division of RB for the majority of 2014 and Shaun Thaxter participated in the RB annual bonus plan in that year. The maximum bonus payable to 

Shaun Thaxter under that plan was 214% of base salary. Shaun Thaxter was paid the maximum bonus in 2014.

102

www.indivior.comSummary of voting outcomes for the 2016 Directors’ Remuneration Report
The table below shows how shareholders voted in respect of the 2016 Directors’ Remuneration Report at the AGM held 
on May 17, 2017.

Votes for

Votes for (%)

Votes against

Votes against (%)

Votes withheld

Approve the 2016 Directors’ Remuneration Report

491,470,055

93.29

35,357,161

6.71

38,905

Summary of voting outcomes for the 2014 Remuneration Policy
The table below shows how shareholders voted in respect of the 2014 Remuneration Policy at the AGM held on May 13, 
2015.

Votes for

Votes for (%)

Votes against

Votes against (%)

Votes withheld

Approve the Remuneration Policy

497,219,272

91.25

47,653,919

8.75

92,227

Dilution limits
Indivior’s share plans provide that awards can be satisfied by newly issued shares, the transfer of treasury shares or 
existing shares (purchased in the market and held in an employee benefit trust). Indivior’s share plans state that the 
aggregate number of shares that may be issued to satisfy awards made under those plans must not exceed 10% of the 
Company’s issued share capital in any 10–year period. During the year, the Committee reviewed the number of shares 
subject to award to ensure that these limits would not be breached by the granting of awards in 2017.

Implementation of Executive Director Remuneration Policy for 2018

Base salary
Base salaries are reviewed taking into account competitive practice for similar roles in the Company’s remuneration 
peer group. The Executive Directors received a 3% salary increase, in line with the average merit increase provided to 
the wider workforce in both the UK and US with effect from January 1, 2018. The base salaries of the Executive Directors 
as at January 1, 2018 and January 1, 2017 are set out below.

Base salary $’000

Shaun Thaxter

Mark Crossley1

As at January 1, 
2018

As at January 1, 
2017

797.7

494.4

774.5

480.0 

% 
increase

3%

3%

1.  Mark Crossley was appointed an Executive Director of the Company on February 21, 2017. His base salary on appointment was $480k.

Pension benefits
No changes have been made to the pension arrangements for 2018. The Chief Executive Officer will receive pension 
contributions (or equivalent cash allowances) of 17.5% of salary plus any Company matching on 401(K) elected deferrals. 
This is made up of profit–sharing contributions of 4% of pay directed into the Indivior Inc. Profit Sharing and 401(K) plan, 
with any outstanding balance between these contributions and the 17.5% of annual base salary paid in cash and/or the 
deferred compensation account.

The Chief Financial Officer, Mark Crossley, will receive pension contributions of profit–sharing contributions of 4% of pay 
directed into the Indivior Inc. Profit Sharing and 401(K) plan, plus any Company match of 75% on elected deferrals up to 
4.5% of pay. The Indivior Inc. Profit Sharing and 401(K) plan is governed by the plan limits, as set by the Internal Revenue 
Services (IRS).

The Executive Directors do not have a prospective entitlement to a defined benefit pension.

103

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual Incentive Plan 2018
No changes have been made to the opportunity under the Annual Incentive Plan for 2018. The Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer will have a maximum bonus opportunity of 200% and 120% of base salary respectively. 
Bonuses will be based on the following measures and weightings:

Measure

Net revenue

Net income

Key pipeline and product targets

Weighting

33% 

33%

33% 

As an additional underpin, if the Company violates its debt covenants, no award will be paid in respect of the net 
income portion of the annual bonus.

We have not disclosed the actual performance targets for 2018, as we consider them to be commercially sensitive. 
However, we commit to disclosing the performance targets retrospectively in next year’s Annual Report on 
Remuneration. The targets are primarily linked to creating shareholder value through the advancement of key pipeline 
and product milestones.

LTIP
Following consultation with shareholders, the maximum opportunity under the LTIP has been reduced to 500% of base 
salary for awards granted from 2018 onwards. The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are eligible to 
receive awards, subject to a three–year performance period, of 250% of base salary respectively at target and up to 2x 
the target award at maximum for achieving stretching targets. The Committee introduced an additional two–year post–
vesting holding period for awards granted from 2016 onwards.

The performance measures for awards to be made in 2018 remain broadly unchanged from 2017 and will be as set out 
in the table below.

Measure

  Weighting

  Rationale for metric

Relative TSR vs FTSE 250
(excluding investment trusts)

Relative TSR vs S&P1500
Pharmaceutical and Biotech sector

33%

33% 

Provides alignment with shareholders through the relative 
outperformance of other UK listed companies.

Provides alignment with shareholders through the relative 
outperformance of direct sector peers who are subject to similar 
market influences.

Key pipeline and product targets

  33%

  The delivery of the pipeline and advancement of our product 

portfolio remains a fundamental element of the Group’s strategy 
and measure of the success of the business.

In respect of the relative TSR measures, 15% of the maximum award will vest for Indivior being ranked median in 
comparison to the peer group, and 100% of the award will vest for Indivior being ranked at upper quartile or above. 
Awards will vest on a straight–line basis between median and upper quartile, with none of the awards vesting if Indivior 
is ranked below median.

In respect of the key pipeline and product targets, the actual targets will not be disclosed prospectively as the 
Committee believes that these details are commercially sensitive. The targets are integral to the development of the 
business and competitors may gain a distinct advantage if these targets are disclosed on a prospective basis. For 
awards made in 2018, the pipeline and product targets will relate to the advancement of key pipeline and product 
assets and the attainment of certain levels of market share or sales targets in respect of these products by the end of 
2020. 

We will disclose the actual targets and the level of performance achieved against them following the completion of the 
performance period in three years’ time, at which point the targets will no longer be commercially sensitive. We will 
provide an indication of the progress against the targets on an annual basis.

104

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
Single total figure of remuneration for the Chairman and Non–Executive Directors (audited)
The table below sets out the total remuneration received by the Chairman and the Non–Executive Directors for the 
year ended December 31, 2017. The Chairman and the Non–Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in the 
Company’s annual bonus, long–term incentive or pension schemes.

Howard Pien

Yvonne Greenstreet

Tatjana May1

A. Thomas McLellan

Lorna Parker

Daniel J. Phelan

Chris Schade

Daniel Tassé

Lizabeth Zlatkus

2017  
£’000

275.0

85.0

68.8

75.0

85.0

85.0

85.0

95.0

75.0

2016  
£’000

275.0

85.0

–

70.0

71.3

80.0

85.0

78.8

24.2

1.  Tatjana May was appointed a Director of the Company on February 1, 2017

Implementation of Non–Executive Director Remuneration Policy for 2018

Chairman and Non–Executive Directors’ fees
The fees paid to the Chairman and Non–Executive Directors are reviewed on a biennial basis and were last reviewed 
by the Board at its meeting in November 2016. Fees paid to the Chairman and the Non–Executive Directors who are 
resident in the US are paid in US dollars. A fixed exchange rate (GB£1:US$1.4344) is used to translate fees into US dollars, 
being the average exchange rate from the date of listing in December 2014 to December 31, 2016.

The Chairman and Non–Executive Directors’ fees (including the exchange rate at which fees are paid) are next scheduled 
for review in November 2018.

Details of the fees paid to the Chairman and Non–Executive Directors are shown below.

Chairman

Non–Executive Director

Senior Independent Director

Chair of Audit Committee

Chair of Remuneration Committee

Chair of Science & Policy Committee

Chair of Nomination & Governance Committee

Member of Audit Committee

Member of Remuneration Committee

Member of Science & Policy Committee

Member of Nomination & Governance Committee

Fees at
January 1, 2018
£’000

Fees at
January 1, 2017
£’000

275.0

275.0

55.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

10.0

10.0

10.0

10.0

55.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

10.0

10.0

10.0

10.0

% increase

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

105

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Chairman and Non–Executive Directors’ shareholding (audited)
The following table shows the shareholdings of each of the Chairman and Non–Executive Directors (together with the 
interests of their connected persons) as at December 31, 2017 and March 6, 2018.

Howard Pien

Yvonne Greenstreet

Tatjana May

A. Thomas McLellan

Lorna Parker

Daniel J. Phelan

Chris Schade

Daniel Tassé

Lizabeth Zlatkus

Total number of 
shares held at 
March 6, 2018

Total number of 
shares held at 
December 31, 
2017

Total number of 
shares held at 
December 31, 
2016

46,219

6,017

–

7,546

6,079

10,318

5,911

12,996

696

46,219

6,017

–

7,546

6,079

10,318

5,911

12,996 

696

36,531

4,598

n/a

6,094

4,848

8,249

4,680

10,112

–

As a result of increased regulation, the Company no longer facilitates the purchase of shares on behalf of the Chairman 
and Non–Executive Directors and has removed the mandatory requirement for the Chairman and Non–Executive 
Directors to invest a proportion of their fees into shares in the Company. The Chairman and Non–Executive Directors are 
expected to acquire an interest in Indivior shares over the course of their appointment.

Terms of service
The terms of service of the Chairman and the Non–Executive Directors are contained in letters of appointment. 
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Chairman and all of the Non–Executive Directors are 
appointed subject to re–appointment by shareholders at the Company’s next AGM following their appointment and re–
appointment at each subsequent AGM. The Chairman and Non–Executive Directors are subject to retirement, election 
and re–appointment, in accordance with the Articles of Association of the Company. None of the Chairman and Non–
Executive Directors are entitled to receive compensation for loss of office.

During the year, the terms of appointment of the Chairman and those Non–Executive Directors appointed on demerger 
were extended for a further three–year term.

The table below sets out the dates of the letters of appointment of the Chairman and the Non–Executive Directors and 
the expiry of their current terms.

Date of 
appointment

Expiry of 
current term

Length of service 
at December 31, 
2017 in years

Howard Pien

November 4, 2014

November 3, 2020

Yvonne Greenstreet

November 4, 2014

November 3, 2020

Tatjana May 

February 1, 2017 

January 31, 2020 

A. Thomas McLellan

November 4, 2014

November 3, 2020

Lorna Parker

Daniel J. Phelan

Chris Schade

Daniel Tassé

Lizabeth Zlatkus

November 4, 2014

November 3, 2020

November 4, 2014

November 3, 2020

November 4, 2014

November 3, 2020

November 4, 2014

November 3, 2020

September 1, 2016

August 31, 2019

3

3

<1 

3 

3

3

3

3

1 

Notice period

1 month

1 month

1 month 

1 month

1 month

1 month

1 month

1 month

1 month

106

www.indivior.com 
 
Directors’ report

Directors’ report

Both the Directors’ Report and the 
Strategic Report have been drawn up 
and presented in accordance with, 
and in reliance upon, applicable 
English company law. The liabilities 
of the Directors in connection with 
those reports shall be subject to the 
limitations and restrictions provided 
by such law.

Results and dividends
The consolidated income statement 
is on page 121. Profit for the 
financial year attributable to equity 
shareholders amounted to $58m.

The Directors do not recommend 
payment of a dividend in respect 
of the financial year ended 
December 31, 2017. This is in line 
with the dividend policy approved 
by the Directors which is based on 
the expectation that no ordinary 
dividends will be paid for the 
foreseeable future. The Directors are 
of the view that this policy remains 
appropriate for the Company in 
light of its current financial position, 
strategy and prospects and the 
continuing uncertainties faced. 
These uncertainties include ongoing 
litigation, the level of gross debt 
together with associated covenants 
and the need to establish more 
diverse revenue streams.

The Directors present their Annual 
Report together with the audited 
consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended December 31, 2017.

Corporate Governance 
Statement
The Directors’ Report forms part of 
the management report as required 
under DTR 4.1.8R. The Strategic Report 
on pages 1 to 57 includes forward-
looking statements indicating 
important events affecting the 
Company, future likely developments 
and the Company’s business 
model and strategy. The Corporate 
Governance Report on pages 58 to 
82 is incorporated into the Directors’ 
Report by reference.

The following information fulfilling 
the further disclosure requirements 
contained in the Companies Act 
2006, Schedule 7 of the Large and 
Medium-Sized Companies and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008 and the FCA’s 
Listing Rules and Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules have been 
included elsewhere within the Annual 
Report and are incorporated into the 
Directors’ Report by reference:

Disclosure

  Location

Future business 
developments and 
R&D activities

Strategic Report 
(pages 28 to 33)

Financial risk 
management

Strategic Report 
(pages 48 to 56)

Greenhouse gas 
emissions

Strategic Report 
(pages 34 to 41)

Directors’ 
Responsibilities 
Statement

  (pages 111 to 112)

Directors and their interests
Directors of the Company who served 
during the financial year ended 
December 31, 2017 and up to the date 
of signing the financial statements 
appear on pages 60 to 61. Cary 
Claiborne resigned as a Director on 
March 7, 2017. Details of Directors’ 
interests in the Company’s ordinary 
shares, including any interest in share 
awards and long-term incentive plans, 
are set out in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration on pages 94 to 106.

No Director held a material interest 
at any time during the year in any 
derivative or financial instrument 
relating to the Company’s shares.

Director indemnities 
and insurance cover
In accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association and to the 
extent permitted by law, the Directors 
have been granted an indemnity 
from the Company in respect of 
liability incurred as a result of their 
office. In addition, the Company 
maintained Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability insurance throughout the 
year. Neither the indemnity nor the 
insurance provide cover in the event 
that a Director is found to have acted 
dishonestly or fraudulently.

Appointment and 
replacement of Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association 
give the Directors power to appoint 
and replace Directors. Under the 
Terms of Reference of the Nomination 
& Governance Committee any 
appointment must be recommended 
by that Committee for approval by 
the Board of Directors.

The Articles of Association require 
Directors to retire and submit 
themselves for re-appointment at 
the first Annual General Meeting 
(‘AGM’) following appointment and 
all Directors who hold office at the 
time of the two preceding AGMs. 

107

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
Directors’ report continued

Notwithstanding these provisions 
of the Articles of Association, in 
compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and in line with 
previous years, all Directors wishing 
to continue in office will offer 
themselves for re-appointment by the 
shareholders at the 2018 AGM. Details 
of unexpired terms of Directors’ 
service contracts are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on page 106.

Powers of Directors
The Directors are responsible for 
managing the business of the 
Company and may exercise all the 
powers of the Company, subject to 
the provisions of relevant statutes, 
to any directions given by special 
resolution and the Articles of 
Association. Powers relating to the 
issuing of shares are also included 
in the Articles of Association and 
such authorities are renewed by 
shareholders at the AGM each 
year, see page 109.

Shares held in the Indivior PLC 
Employee Benefit Trust
The trustee of the Indivior PLC 
Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) has 
agreed not to vote any shares held 
by the EBT at any general meeting. If 
any offer is made to shareholders to 
acquire their shares the trustee will 
not be obliged to accept or reject the 
offer in respect of any shares which 
are at that time subject to subsisting 
awards, but will have regard to the 
interests of the award holders and 
will have power to consult them 
to obtain their views on the offer. 
Subject to the above the trustee may 
take action with respect to the offer it 
thinks fair.

Principal risks and uncertainties
The principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group have been reviewed 
by the Directors and detailed on 
pages 50 to 55, where information is 
also provided on the performance 
of the Directors in actively 
managing those risks.

108

People
During the year under review, 
the Group employed an average 
of 1,012 people worldwide (2016: 
934). The Group’s business priority 
is to safeguard the well-being, 
development and safety of its 
employees and those who work with 
it. It also wants employees to have 
opportunities to grow and progress as 
part of an enjoyable career.

The Group is an inclusive and equal 
opportunity employer that relies 
on HR specialists throughout its 
worldwide locations to ensure 
compliance with all applicable laws 
governing employment practices 
and to advise on all HR policies and 
practices, including for example 
recruitment and selection, training 
and development, promotion and 
retirement. Group policies seek to 
create a workplace that has an open 
atmosphere of trust, honesty and 
respect. Harassment or discrimination 
of any kind based on race, color, 
religion, gender, age, national origin, 
citizenship, mental or physical 
disabilities, sexual orientation, 
veteran status, or any other similarly 
protected status is not tolerated. This 
principle applies to all aspects of 
employment from recruitment and 
promotion, through to termination 
and all other terms and conditions 
of employment. It is Group policy not 
to discriminate on the basis of any 
unlawful criteria, and its practices 
include the prohibition on the use 
of child or forced labor. Employment 
policies are fair and equitable 
and consistent with the skills and 
abilities of the employee and the 
needs of the business.

The Group is committed to offering 
equal opportunities in recruitment, 
training, career development and 
promotion to all people, including 
those with disabilities, having regard 
for their particular aptitudes and 
abilities. As a matter of policy, full 
and fair consideration is given to 
applicants with disabilities and every 
effort is made to give employees who 
become disabled whilst employed 

by the Group an opportunity for 
retraining and for continuation in 
employment. It is Group policy that 
the training, career development 
and promotion of disabled persons 
should, as far as possible, be the 
same as that of other employees. 
Employees and their representatives 
are briefed and consulted on all 
relevant matters on a regular basis in 
order to take their views into account 
with regard to decision-making and 
to achieve a common awareness of 
all the financial and economic factors 
affecting the performance of the 
Group. Information relevant to the 
employees is provided to employees 
and, where appropriate, to employee 
trade union representatives.

The Group supports the wider 
fundamental human rights of its 
employees worldwide, as well as 
those of its customers and suppliers.

Greenhouse gas emissions
Disclosures concerning the Group’s 
greenhouse gas emissions are 
contained within the Corporate 
Responsibility section of the Strategic 
Report, on page 35, and form part of 
the Directors’ Report disclosures.

Share capital
Details of the Company’s share 
capital and the rights attached to the 
Company’s shares are set out in Note 
22 on page 144.

The Company has one class of 
ordinary share which carries no 
rights to fixed income. Each share 
carries the right to one vote at 
general meetings of the Company. 
The ordinary shares are listed 
on the Official List and traded on 
the London Stock Exchange. As of 
December 31, 2017, the Company had 
721,462,733 ordinary shares in issue. 
The Company does not hold any 
shares in Treasury.

www.indivior.comThe rights and obligations attached 
to the Company’s ordinary shares 
are set out in the Articles of 
Association. There are no restrictions 
on the voting rights attaching to the 
Company’s ordinary shares or the 
transfer of securities in the Company 
except, in the case of transfers 
of securities:

 ࢀ that certain restrictions may from 
time to time be imposed by laws 
and regulations; and

 ࢀ pursuant to the EU Market Abuse 
Regulation, directors and certain 
employees require clearance to 
deal in the Company’s securities.

No person holds securities in the 
Company which carry special voting 
rights with regard to control of 
the Company. The Company is not 
aware of any agreements between 
holders of securities that may result 
in restrictions on the transfer of 
securities or on voting rights.

The Company has a Sponsored Level 
1 American Depository Receipt (‘ADR’) 
program in the US.

Authority to issue shares
At the 2018 AGM, the Directors will 
ask shareholders to renew the 
authority last granted to them at 
the 2017 AGM to allot shares up to a 
maximum of an amount equivalent 
to two-thirds of the shares in 
issue (of which one-third must be 
offered by way of rights issue). The 
renewed authority will apply until the 
conclusion of the 2019 AGM.

Two separate special resolutions 
will be proposed at the 2018 AGM 
to authorize the Directors to allot 
equity shares in the Company for 
cash, without regard to the pre-
emption provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006. These authorities are also 
renewable annually. The authorities 
sought are in line with institutional 
shareholder guidance.

Authority to purchase 
own shares
At the AGM in 2017, shareholders 
approved a resolution for the 
Company to make purchases of its 
own shares to a maximum number of 
ordinary shares, being approximately 
10% of the issued share capital. As at 
December 31, 2017 the full extent of 
this authority remained in force and 
unutilized. The authority is renewable 
annually and shareholders will be 
asked to approve an equivalent 
resolution at the 2018 AGM.

The Directors consider it desirable 
for these general authorizations to 
be available in order to maintain an 
efficient capital structure but will only 
purchase the Company’s shares in the 
market if they believe it is in the best 
interests of shareholders generally.

Articles of Association
The Articles of Association may be 
amended by special resolution of the 
shareholders.

Significant agreements – change 
of control
There are a number of agreements 
that take effect, alter or terminate 
upon a change of control of the 
Company following a takeover, 
such as commercial contracts, 
bank agreements, property lease 
arrangements and employee share 
plans. None of these are deemed 
to be significant in terms of their 
potential impact on the business of 
the Group as a whole.

There are no significant agreements 
between the Company and its 
Directors or employees providing for 
compensation for loss of office or 
employment that occurs because of a 
takeover bid, except that provisions of 
the Company’s share plans may cause 
options and awards granted under such 
plans to vest on a takeover.

There is no information that the 
Company would be required 
to disclose about persons with 
whom it has contractual or other 
arrangements which are essential to 
the business of the Company.

The Directors acknowledge that there 
are other significant stakeholders, 
in addition to shareholders, who 
provide valuable feedback and 
help shape the Company’s overall 
approach to governance.

Political donations
There were no political donations, 
as defined in the Companies Act 
2006, during 2017 (2016: nil). The 
Company’s US subsidiaries do make 
‘political donations’ as defined under 
UK law, but these donations are 
not subject to that law. Donations 
by US subsidiaries will not exceed 
US$500,000.

Branches
The Group has branches in Finland, 
Greece, Norway and Sweden.

Disclosure of information to 
External Auditor
Each of the persons who are Directors 
at the time when this Directors’ 
Report is approved confirms that:

 ࢀ so far as he/she is aware, there 
is no relevant audit information 
of which the Company’s External 
Auditor is unaware; and 
 ࢀ each Director has taken all 

reasonable steps that he/she 
ought to have taken as a Director 
to make himself/herself aware of 
any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the Company’s 
External Auditor is aware of that 
information.

For these purposes, relevant audit 
information means information 
needed by the Company’s External 
Auditor in connection with the 
preparation of their report on 
pages 113 and 120.

109

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017these forward-looking statements. 
Nothing in this Annual Report and 
Accounts should be construed as a 
profit forecast.

Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’)
The AGM will be held at 3.00pm 
on Wednesday, May 16, 2018 in the 
County Suite, Radisson Blu Edwardian 
Heathrow, 140 Bath Road, Hayes, 
Middlesex UB3 5AW. A full description 
of the business to be conducted at 
the meeting is set out in the Notice of 
AGM, available from the Company’s 
website www.indivior.com.

Strategic Report
The Strategic Report set out on pages 
1 to 57 was approved by the Board on 
March 6, 2018.

By Order of the Board

Kathryn Hudson
Company Secretary of Indivior PLC

103-105 Bath Road 
Slough, Berkshire, SL1 3UH

Company registration 
number: 9237894

March 6, 2018

Directors’ report continued

External Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have 
agreed to be re-appointed as the 
External Auditor of the Company. 
Resolutions for their re-appointment, 
and to authorize the Audit Committee 
to determine their remuneration will 
be proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

Financial risk management
Details of the Group’s use of 
financial instruments, together with 
information on the Company’s risk 
objectives, policies and exposure 
to price, credit, liquidity, cash flow 
and interest rate risks, can be found 
on pages 137 to 138.

Substantial shareholdings
As at December 31, 2017 and the 
date of this report, the Company 
had been notified under Rule 5 
of the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules of the following 
major interests in the voting rights in 
the capital of the Company:

Name of 

shareholder   

At March 6, 
2018 
(% of total 
voting rights)

At December 
31, 2017 
(% of total 
voting rights)

Scopia Capital 
Management

Old Mutual

Fidelity 
Management 
& Research

16.02%  

15.07% 

4.36%  

4.36%

9.94%  

5.13%

Disclosures required under 
Listing Rule 9.8.4
There are no disclosures required to 
be made under UK Listing Rule 9.8.4. 
Details of long-term incentive plans can 
be found in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 83 to 106.

Post-balance sheet events
Indivior entered into an agreement 
on January 3, 2018 to secure 
exclusive global license rights to 
Addex Therapeutics’ GABAB positive 
allosteric modulator program. Under 
the terms of the agreement, Indivior 
is making an upfront payment to 
Addex of $5m, and will also invest in 
joint research efforts.

110

On February 28, 2018, Indivior 
completed the out-licensing of nasal 
naloxone opioid overdose patents 
for total consideration of $17.5m, 
with additional possible future 
milestone payments.

Viability Statement
The Directors have assessed the 
prospects of the Company over a 
four-year period to December 31, 2021 
set out on page 57. This has taken into 
account the business model, strategic 
aims, risk appetite, and principal 
risks and uncertainties, along with 
the Company’s current financial 
position. Based on this assessment, 
the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company will 
be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over 
the four-year period under review. 
The viability statement can be found 
on page 57.

Disclaimer
The purpose of this Annual 
Report and Accounts is to provide 
information to members of the 
Company. The Annual Report and 
Accounts has been prepared for, 
and only for, the members of 
the Company, as a body and no 
other persons. The Company, its 
Directors and employees, agents or 
advisors do not accept or assume 
responsibility to any other person 
to whom this document is shown or 
into whose hands it may come and 
any such responsibility or liability is 
expressly disclaimed.

The Annual Report and Accounts 
contains certain forward-looking 
statements with respect to the 
operations, performance and 
financial condition of the Group. By 
their nature, these statements involve 
uncertainty since future events and 
circumstances can cause results and 
developments to differ materially 
from those anticipated. The forward-
looking statements reflect knowledge 
and information available at the date 
of preparation of this Annual Report 
and Accounts and the Company 
undertakes no obligation to update 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
Statement of directors’ 
responsibilities

The Directors are 
responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report, the 
Directors’ Remuneration 
Report and the financial 
statements in accordance 
with applicable law and 
regulations.

Company law requires the Directors 
to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that 
law the Directors have prepared 
the Group financial statements 
in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’), 
as adopted by the European Union, 
and the Parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 
101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, 
and applicable law). In preparing 
the Group financial statements, the 
Directors have also elected to comply 
with IFRS, issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’).

Under company law the Directors 
must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group 
and the Company, and of the profit 
or loss of the Company and Group 
for that period. In preparing these 
financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

 ࢀ select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently;
 ࢀ make judgments and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable 
and prudent;

 ࢀ state whether IFRS as adopted by 

the European Union, IFRS issued by 
IASB, and applicable UK Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS 101, 
have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and 
explained in the Group and Parent 
Company financial statements 
respectively; and

 ࢀ prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis, unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Company’s transactions, 
and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy, at any time, the financial 
position of the Company and the 
Group, and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements and 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
comply with the Companies Act 2006 
and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation. They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and the Group and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, 
the Directors are also responsible 
for preparing a Strategic Report, 
Directors’ Report, Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and Corporate 
Governance Statement that complies 
with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for 
the maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website. Legislation in 
the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement 
of the Directors in respect 
of the Annual Report
The Directors consider that the 
Annual Report and Accounts, taken 
as a whole, are fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provide 
the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s 
and Company’s position and 
performance, business model 
and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names 
and functions are listed on pages 
60 to 61, confirm that, to the best of 
their knowledge: 

 ࢀ the Parent Company financial 
statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101 "Reduced 
Disclosure Framework", and 
applicable law) give a true and 
fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial positions and profit of 
the Company;

 ࢀ the Group financial statements, 
which have been prepared in 
accordance with IFRS, as adopted 
by the European Union, give a 
true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial positions and 
profit and loss of the Company 
and Group; and 

 ࢀ the Directors’ Report, contained on 
pages 107 to 112 and the Strategic 
Report, contained on pages 1 to 
57, include a fair review of the 
development and performance 
of the business and the position 
of the Group and the Company, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face.

111

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Statement of directors’ responsibilities continued

In addition, the Directors have 
considered the impact of the ANDA 
litigation where the outcome remains 
uncertain. In the event regulatory 
approval is obtained by third 
parties and there is a subsequent 
commercial launch of generic 
Suboxone Film, there is the likelihood 
that revenues and operating profits 
will decline. In these circumstances 
the Group has the ability to take 
necessary measures to reduce its cost 
base and improve its cash flow to 
ensure that the Group can continue 
as a going concern. 

After making appropriate enquiries, 
the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group and 
Parent Company have adequate 
resources to continue in operational 
existence through the period ending 
June 2019. Accordingly, the Directors 
continue to adopt the going concern 
basis for accounting in preparing 
these financial statements.

This statement is made to fulfill the 
requirements of Provision C.1.3 of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code.

By Order of the Board

Kathryn Hudson
Company Secretary of Indivior PLC

103-105 Bath Road 
Slough, Berkshire, SL1 3UH

Company Registration 
number: 9237894

March 6, 2018

Disclosure of information 
to auditors
A Directors’ statement in relation 
to disclosure of relevant audit 
information can be found in the 
Directors’ Report on page 107.

Going Concern
The Group’s business model, strategy, 
and viability assessment are set out 
in the Strategic Report on pages 1 
to 57, along with the principal risks 
that could threaten the Group’s 
business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity and the Group’s 
risk management strategy. The 
Group’s financial position, cash 
flows, liquidity position and financial 
assets and liabilities are discussed 
in the notes to the Group financial 
statements, along with the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its financial risks, and the 
Group’s exposure to liquidity risk and 
capital risk.

The Directors have given the 
going concern assessment due 
consideration and have concluded 
that it is appropriate to prepare the 
Group financial statements on a 
going concern basis. The Directors 
have considered the Group’s strategic 
plan, in particular with reference 
to the period through June 2019. As 
disclosed in Note 2 of the Group 
Financial Statements, the Directors 
have considered the impact of the 
DOJ, FTC and antitrust litigations. 
The final settlement amount may 
be materially different to the $438m 
provision recorded at December 31, 
2017. This could impact the Group’s 
ability to operate which would be 
further adversely impacted should 
revenues decline and pipeline 
products fail to obtain regulatory 
approval or SUBLOCADE fail to 
launch successfully. 

112

www.indivior.comIndependent auditors’ report to the members of Indivior PLC 

Report on the audit of the Financial Statements 

Opinion 
In our opinion: 

‹  Indivior PLC’s Group Financial Statements and Parent Company Financial Statements (the “Financial Statements”) give a true 
and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2017 and of the Group’s profit 
and cash flows for the year then ended; 

‹  the Group Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 

(“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union; 

‹  the Parent Company Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 

Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and 
applicable law); and 

‹  the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 

the Group Financial Statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

We have audited the Financial Statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise: the Consolidated balance sheet 
and the Parent Company balance sheet as at 31 December 2017; the Consolidated income statement and the Consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income; the Consolidated cash flow statement; and the Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
and the Parent Company statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the Financial Statements, which 
include a description of the significant accounting policies. 

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements 
section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for  
our opinion. 

Independence 
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the Financial 
Statements in the UK, which includes the Financial Reporting Council’s (“FRC’s”) Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public 
interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not 
provided to the Group or the Parent Company. 

Other than those disclosed in Note 5 to the Financial Statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the Group or the 
Parent Company in the period from 1 January 2017 to 31 December 2017. 

Emphasis of matter – Group and Parent Company – Outcome of litigation 
In forming our opinion on the Financial Statements, which is not modified, we draw your attention to Note 20 that describes the 
uncertain outcome of the ongoing investigations by the Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission as well as 
antitrust litigation. An amount of $438 million has been established as a provision for potential settlement for all of these matters. 
The final aggregate settlement amount may be materially different to this provision. 

Material uncertainty relating to going concern – Group and Parent Company 
In forming our opinion on the Financial Statements, which is not modified, we have considered the adequacy of the disclosure 
made in Note 20 that describes the uncertain outcome of the ongoing investigations by the Department of Justice and Federal 
Trade Commission and antitrust litigation. This could impact the Group’s ability to operate, which would be further adversely 
impacted in the event that one or more of the generic companies are successful in their patent challenges on a final non-
appealable basis, should there be FDA approval of one or more of the ANDAs and subsequent commercial launch of generic 
Suboxone® Film, if the Group’s pipeline products fail to obtain regulatory approval, together with the market acceptance of 
SUBLOCADE™ being slower than expected. These conditions could also impact the Parent Company's ability to recover amounts 
owed by subsidiary undertakings and the value of the Parent Company's investments in shares in subsidiary undertakings. As 
explained in Note 2 to the Group Financial Statements and Note 1 to the Parent Company Financial Statements, the above factors 
indicate the existence of a material uncertainty which may cast significant doubt about the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern. In these circumstances, the Directors believe they would be able to take the required steps to 
reduce the cost base. However this would result in a significant change to the structure of the business. As a result of this 
potential decline and the extent of its potential impact, the Directors are prepared to change the structure of the business and to 
reduce its cost base, as also described in Note 2 to the Group Financial Statements and Note 1 to the Parent Company Financial 
Statements. The Financial Statements do not include the adjustments that would result if the Group and Parent Company were 
unable to continue as a going concern.  

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

113
113 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Indivior PLC 
continued 

Explanation of material uncertainty  
As outlined above and as described in Note 2 to the Group Financial Statements and Note 1 to the Parent Company Financial 
Statements, in these circumstances, the going concern status of the Group and Parent Company would be dependent on the 
Directors’ ability to carry out the necessary measures to reduce its cost base and improve its cash flows. However this would 
result in a significant change to the structure of the business. The Directors believe that they are able to carry out the necessary 
measures and that the Group and Parent Company can continue as a going concern for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the 
Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis for accounting in preparing these Group and Parent Company Financial 
Statements. 

Given the risks associated with the investigations by the Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission as well as 
antitrust litigation, the Directors have drawn attention to this in disclosing a material uncertainty relating to going concern in the 
basis of preparation to the Group and Parent Company Financial Statements. 

What audit procedures we performed  
In concluding there is a material uncertainty, our audit procedures assessed the impact of: a final aggregate settlement amount in 
relation to the investigations by the Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission as well as antitrust litigation that is 
materially higher than the current provision; a decline in Suboxone® Film revenue should one or more of the generic companies 
be successful in their patent challenges on a final non-appealable basis, and should there be FDA approval of one or more of the 
ANDAs and subsequent commercial launch of generic Suboxone® Film; pipeline products fail to obtain regulatory approval; and 
the market acceptance of SUBLOCADE™ is slower than expected. 

In assessing the impact of the above scenarios, which are referred to in Note 2 to the Group Financial Statements and Note 1 to 
the Parent Company Financial Statements, we performed the following procedures on the Directors’ assessment that the Group 
and Parent Company will continue as a going concern: 

‹  evaluated the assumptions regarding the impact on revenue decline of Suboxone® Film by reference to the historical impact  

of other generic launches on the revenues of a branded product;  

‹  assessed the basis of the actions to reduce the Group’s cost base by agreeing them to detailed workings, discussing the 

assumptions used with management, assessing the reductions against underlying calculations and whether such reductions 
were feasible given our understanding of the business model and operating expenses;  

‹  assessed the impact of increased provisions combined with lower Suboxone® Film and SUBLOCADE™ revenue against the debt 

covenants in place as explained in Note 17; 

‹  assessed the impact of those risks identified in the principal risk table on pages 50 to 55; 

‹  verified the mathematical accuracy of the spreadsheet used to model future financial performance; 

‹  tested the forecast results against the debt covenants in place as explained in Note 17; and  

‹  agreed the underlying cash flow projections to management approved forecasts, assessed how these forecasts are compiled, 
and assessed the accuracy of management’s forecasts by performing look back tests that compared historical forecasts to 
actual results. 

Based on this work we concur with the Directors’ conclusion that, should there be a generic entrant and settlement of the 
investigations by the Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission as well as antitrust litigation for a materially higher 
amount than the current provision, the use of the going concern basis remains appropriate. 

Our audit approach 
Overview 

‹  Overall Group materiality: $18.0 million (2016: $16.8 million), based on 5% of adjusted profit before tax.

‹  Overall Parent Company materiality: $14.7 million (2016: $10.0 million), based on 1% of Total assets. 

MATERIALITY

‹  We conducted full scope audit work covering three components. 

‹  Specific audit procedures on certain balances and transactions were performed on a further three 

components.  

AUDIT SCOPE

‹  The components where we performed audit work, taken together with our centralised corporate 
functions, accounted for 95% of the Group's revenues and 97% of the Group's profit before tax. 

AREAS OF
FOCUS

‹  Significant judgements and estimates in sales rebates, discounts and returns adjustments recognised 

primarily in the US business (refer to Note 3) (Group). 

‹  Risk of misstatement relating to ongoing legal claims and regulatory investigations and claims and the 

related provisions (refer to Notes 18 and 20) (Group). 

‹  Uncertain tax positions (Group). 

‹  Carrying value of investments in subsidiaries (Parent). 

114
114  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
The scope of our audit 
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the Financial 
Statements. In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant 
accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain.  

We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the Group and the industry in which it operates, 
and considered the risk of acts by the Group which were contrary to applicable laws and regulations, including fraud. We designed 
audit procedures at Group and significant component level to respond to the risk, recognising that the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. We designed audit 
procedures that focussed on the risk of non-compliance related to laws and regulations that could give rise to a material 
misstatement in the Group and Parent Company Financial Statements, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutical regulatory 
requirements (including those of the Federal Trade Commission, US Food and Drug Administration and the European Medicines 
Agency) as well as the Companies Act 2006 and UK and US tax legislation. Our tests included, but were not limited to, review of the 
financial statement disclosures to underlying supporting documentation, discussions with external and internal legal counsel, 
review of correspondence with external and internal legal counsel, review of significant components auditors' work and review of 
internal audit reports in so far as they related to the Financial Statements. There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures 
described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected 
in the Financial Statements, the less likely we would become aware of it. 

We did not identify any key audit matters relating to irregularities, including fraud. As in all of our audits we also addressed the 
risk of management override of internal controls, including testing journals and evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by 
the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.  

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the 
Financial Statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether  
or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the 
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make 
on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the Financial Statements as a whole, and 
in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks 
identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter 

  How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Risk of misstatement relating to ongoing legal claims and 
regulatory investigations and claims and the related 
provisions (refer to Notes 18 and 20) – Group 
The pharmaceutical industry is a highly regulated industry. 
Since 80% of the Group operates in the US, compliance is 
required with the US regulatory requirements, including those 
of the Federal Trade Commission and US Food and Drug 
Administration. The Group is engaged in a number of ongoing 
litigations and investigations, which may have a material 
impact on the Group Financial Statements.  
We focused on this area because the outcome of claims is 
uncertain and the positions taken by the Directors are based 
on the application of material judgement and estimation. 
Accordingly, should the outcomes of the regulatory 
investigations or legal claims differ from those anticipated  
by the Directors, this could materially impact the Group’s 
reported profit and balance sheet position. 

We discussed actual or pending legal or regulatory claims with 
the Group’s internal legal counsel to gain an understanding of 
the status of each case. 
Where provisions had been booked in the Group Financial 
Statements, we substantively tested the amount provided and 
evaluated management’s position of the likely outcome and 
comparing that to the provision by: 
‹  using documentation such as correspondence with external 

legal counsel and Board and Committee minutes; 

‹  independent confirmations that we received from the 

Group’s external legal counsel; and 

‹  assessing management’s valuation methodology and 

assumptions, including evaluating the impact of sensitising 
its cash flow forecast based on generic intrusion, the success 
of SUBLOCADE™ and the discount rate utilised. Based on the 
work performed we found that the assumptions used were 
supported by the evidence we obtained. 

For certain ongoing regulatory investigations where no formal 
claim had been brought against the Group at 31 December 
2017, we met with external legal counsel to discuss the matters 
and understand the extent of their work to determine whether 
it was sufficient to support their conclusions regarding the 
settlement estimate that was established as a provision and  
to determine that there have been no illegal acts. 
We used our own accumulated knowledge from working with 
clients in the pharmaceutical industry operating in the US to 
challenge whether the Directors had omitted any material 
relevant factors when drawing their conclusion. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

115
115 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Indivior PLC 
continued 

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Risk of misstatement relating to ongoing legal claims and 
regulatory investigations and claims and the related 
provisions (refer to Notes 18 and 20) – Group continued 
During the year, the most significant increase to the Group’s 
litigation provisions, $185 million, was in respect of 
management’s current expectation of the aggregate 
settlement amount in relation to the Department of Justice 
and the Federal Trade Commission investigations as well  
as antitrust litigations referred to in Notes 2, 18 and 20. At  
31 December 2017, the Group held provisions of $438 million  
in respect of legal actions (31 December 2016 – $257 million).  
The final aggregate settlement amount for the Department  
of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission investigations  
as well as antitrust litigations may be materially different  
than the $438 million provision. 

Significant judgements and estimates in sales rebates, 
discounts and returns adjustments recognised primarily  
in the US business (refer to Note 21) – Group 
In the US, the Group sells products through distributors  
and the ultimate selling price is determined based on the 
contractual arrangements that the Group has with the 
patient’s insurer or other payment programme (Medicaid, 
Medicare or equivalent scheme). The time between initial 
shipment to the distributor (when the revenue is recognised), 
the dispensing of a product to a patient and notification by 
the relevant insurer or payment programme may be several 
months. Accordingly, an estimate of the net selling price is 
necessary at the date of shipment, when the revenue  
is recognised. 
As a result, revenue recognised on sales to wholesale and 
retail distributors is subject to a final determination of the  
net sales price in the form of rebates, discounts and sales 
returns. The process for determining the size of these 
estimates is complex and depends on contract terms and 
regulation, as well as forecasts of sales volumes by channel.  
Our testing focused on the accruals for sales rebates, 
discounts and sales returns recognised at the year-end.  
We focused on this area as the process for calculating sales 
rebates, discounts and return accruals involves the use of 
large volumes of data, being sales volumes and discounts 
from multiple sources, which, taken together, can be 
subjective and at risk of management manipulation or bias. 
Given the large quantities of data and significant judgements 
involved in compiling these calculations, we considered there 
to be a risk of bias in the calculations and that this risk related 
to the understatement of these accruals.  
We also evaluated whether revenue recognition policies 
applied were consistent with IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union. 

In addition, we considered the completeness of legal and 
regulatory matters through open discussions with internal 
legal counsel and by reading board minutes, without 
identifying any other legal matters that had not already been 
disclosed to us. Furthermore, we obtained representations 
from management that there have been no illegal acts. 
Finally, we checked the disclosures relating to legal and 
regulatory matters in the Financial Statements back to our 
underlying work. We found that the disclosures in Notes 18 
and 20 were in accordance with the requirements of IFRSs  
as adopted by the European Union.  
We consider that the disclosures in respect of the legal and 
regulatory matters are of such importance that they are 
fundamental to users’ understanding of the financial 
statements and we have therefore included reference to  
the disclosures in the emphasis of matter above. 

  We obtained the accruals calculation for sales rebates, 

discounts and sales returns and tested the inputs into the 
calculations by comparing them with: 
‹  rates included in sales contracts and agreements with third 

parties; and 

‹  rebate invoices received after the year-end, on a sample 
basis, in order to assess the accuracy of the Directors’ 
forecast sales volumes. 

We performed look back tests that compared accruals 
recognised in previous periods to actual rebates, discounts  
or returns received in order to test the Directors’ historical 
accuracy in calculating these accruals. 
We assessed the completeness and accuracy of the accruals 
by understanding and testing the process management used 
to record the year-end balances, by comparing such amounts 
to our own independently developed expectations of the 
year-end balances. Our independent expectations were 
developed based upon historical rebate invoices received, 
adjusted for current volumes, rebate rates and for sales 
returns, and adjusted for industry experience in the face of 
competition. The accruals recognised in the Financial 
Statements were not materially different from our internally 
generated expectation. 
In determining the appropriateness of the revenue recognition 
policy applied by the Directors in calculating sales rebates, 
discounts and sales returns under contractual and regulatory 
requirements, we note there is room for judgement.  
From the evidence obtained we found the assumptions, 
methodology and policies used to be appropriate. Based on 
the work performed we found that the assumptions used were 
supported by the evidence we obtained. 

116
116  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

  Using our US and UK international tax and transfer pricing 
knowledge, we evaluated and challenged the Directors’ 
judgements in respect of tax exposures and contingencies in 
order to assess the adequacy of the Group’s tax provisions. 
In understanding and evaluating the Directors’ judgements, 
we considered: 
‹  the status of recent and current tax authority audits and 

enquiries; 

‹  the outcome of previous claims; 

‹  recent developments in tax legislation; 

‹  relevant correspondence with tax authorities; 

‹  judgemental positions taken in tax returns and current year 

estimates; and 

‹  other developments in the tax environment. 

We tested tax calculations and challenged the Group’s 
transfer pricing arrangements by assessing the methodology 
used against third party studies, our own knowledge and 
experience and tax planning activities to assess the 
reasonableness of the provisions recorded.  
From the evidence obtained, we found that the Directors’ 
assumptions and judgements were supported by the evidence 
we obtained. 

  We evaluated management’s assessment of whether any 

indicators of impairment existed by comparing the net assets 
of the subsidiaries at 31 December 2017 with the Parent 
Company’s investment carrying values. 
For those investments where the net assets were lower than 
the carrying values, namely Indivior Global Holdings Limited, a 
discounted cash flow model was prepared. In conjunction with 
our assessment of the Group and Parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, we have tested the 
reasonableness of the key assumptions. This included 
revenue, profit and cash flow growth rates, terminal value and 
the discount rate. We performed our own independent 
sensitivity analysis to understand the impact of reasonable 
changes in management’s assumptions on the available 
headroom.  
As a result of our work, we considered that the carrying values 
of the investments held by the Parent Company are 
supportable in the context of the Parent Company Financial 
Statements taken as a whole. 

Uncertain tax positions (refer to Notes 8 and 20) – Group  
Indivior PLC operates in a multinational tax environment and 
the tax charge on profits is determined according to complex 
tax laws and regulations, including those relating to transfer 
pricing. In addition from time to time the Group enters into 
transactions with complicated accounting and tax 
consequences. Where the effect of these tax laws and 
regulations is unclear, judgements are used in determining  
the liability for tax to be paid. 
As a multinational Group, tax audits can be ongoing in a 
number of jurisdictions at any point in time and tax returns 
are subject to possible challenge in most locations in which 
the Group operates. 
Judgement is required in assessing the level of provisions 
required in respect of uncertain tax positions. 

Carrying value of investments in subsidiaries (refer to Note 2 
of the Parent Company Financial Statements) – Parent 
Company 
Investments in subsidiaries of $1,437 million are accounted for 
at cost less impairment in the Parent Company balance sheet 
at 31 December 2017. 
Investments are tested for impairment if impairment 
indicators exist. If such indicators exist, the recoverable 
amounts of the investments in subsidiaries are estimated in 
order to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any. 
Any such impairment loss is recognised in the income 
statement. The developments within litigation could impact 
the Parent Company's ability to recover amounts owed by 
subsidiary undertakings and the value of the Parent 
Company's investments therefore an indicator of impairment.  
Judgement is required in the area of impairment testing, 
particularly in assessing: (1) whether an event has occurred 
that may indicate that the related asset values may not be 
recoverable; (2) whether the carrying value of an asset can be 
supported by the recoverable amount, being the higher of fair 
value less costs to sell or the net present value of future cash 
flows which are estimated based on the continued use of the 
asset in the business; (3) the appropriate key assumptions to 
be applied in preparing cash flow projections including 
whether these cash flow projections are discounted using an 
appropriate rate. Changing the assumptions to determine the 
level, if any, of impairment, including the discount rates or the 
growth rate assumptions in the cash flow projections, could 
materially affect the net present value used in the impairment 
test and as a result affect the Company’s financial condition 
and results of operations. 

How we tailored the audit scope 
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the Financial 
Statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Parent Company, the accounting processes and 
controls, and the industry in which they operate. 

The Group operates a single business activity and therefore has one reportable segment. The Group Financial Statements are  
a consolidation of 35 components comprising the Group’s operating businesses and centralised Group functions. The Group 
consolidation, financial statement disclosures and corporate functions were audited by the Group audit team. This included  
our work over legal, tax, borrowings, net finance expense and share-based payments. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

117
117 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Indivior PLC 
continued 

In addition to centralised Group audit procedures, we conducted our audit by concentrating our work on those parts of the Group 
that make up the most significant proportions of the Financial Statements. We identified three components in the US and UK that 
required a full scope audit due to their size. Audit procedures over specific financial statement line items were performed at a 
further three components in the UK and US to give sufficient audit coverage. With the largest components of the Group being the 
US and UK we focused our audit work there. For the audit of the US component, we utilised our Richmond, Virginia based team 
with knowledge and experience of the US pharmaceuticals industry and regulations. These US procedures were supplemented by 
procedures performed on certain UK and European operations by PwC staff based in the UK. 

Taken together, the components and corporate functions where we conducted audit procedures accounted for 95% of the Group’s 
net revenues and 97% of the Group’s adjusted profit before tax. This provided the evidence we needed for our opinion on the 
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. This was before considering the disaggregated analytical review procedures, 
which covers certain of the Group’s smaller and lower risk components that were not directly included in our Group audit scope. 

Our Group engagement team’s involvement in the audits of the components included site visits where the component auditors’ 
planned response to areas of focus was discussed, particularly regarding sales rebates, chargebacks and discounts and uncertain 
tax positions in the US. Group team involvement also included component auditor working paper reviews in the US and UK, 
regular conference calls and attendance at the US and UK component audit closing meetings. 

Materiality 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent 
of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the Financial Statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the Financial Statements as a whole as follows: 

Overall materiality 

Group Financial Statements 
$18.0 million (2016: $16.8 million). 

Parent Company Financial Statements 
$14.7 million (2016: $10.0 million). 

How we determined it 

5% of adjusted profit before tax. 

1% of Total assets. 

Rationale for benchmark applied  We have applied this benchmark, a generally 

accepted auditing practice. Consistent with 
prior year, we have excluded exceptional 
items which are non-recurring and do not 
impact continuing business performance, 
which is consistent with the measure of 
performance that the shareholders consider.  

Based on our professional judgement, as  
the Parent Company is a holding company 
we believe total assets is the primary 
measure used by the shareholders in 
assessing the performance of the entity, and 
is a generally accepted auditing benchmark 
for holding companies. 

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The 
range of materiality allocated across components was between $5 million and $17 million. Certain components were audited to a 
local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall Group materiality. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above $0.9 million 
(Group audit) (2016: $0.75 million) and $0.735 million (Parent Company audit) (2016: $0.725 million) as well as misstatements below 
those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. 

Going concern 
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows: 

Reporting obligation 

Outcome 

We are required to report if we have anything material to add  
or draw attention to in respect of the Directors’ statement in  
the Financial Statements about whether the Directors 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis  
of accounting in preparing the Financial Statements and the 
Directors’ identification of any material uncertainties to the 
Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a  
going concern over a period of at least twelve months from  
the date of approval of the Financial Statements. 

We are required to report if the Directors’ statement relating  
to Going Concern in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is 
materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in  
the audit. 

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to other 
than the material uncertainty we have described in the material 
uncertainty relating to going concern section above. However, 
because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, 
this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and Parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

We have nothing to report. 

118
118  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reporting on other information  
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the Financial Statements and our auditors’ 
report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the Financial Statements does not cover 
the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in 
this report, any form of assurance thereon.  

In connection with our audit of the Financial Statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the Financial Statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are 
required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the Financial Statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities. 

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK 
Companies Act 2006 have been included.  

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006, 
(CA06), ISAs (UK) and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report certain opinions and 
matters as described below (required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated). 

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 December 2017 is consistent with the Financial Statements and has been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements. (CA06) 

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and their environment obtained in the course  
of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06) 

The Directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or 
liquidity of the Group 
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding: 

‹  The Directors’ confirmation on page 49 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. 

‹  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated. 

‹  The Directors’ explanation on page 57 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what 
period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the Directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment 
of the principal risks facing the Group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group. Our review was 
substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors’ process supporting 
their statements; checking that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the “Code”); and considering whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge and understanding of the Group 
and Parent Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit. (Listing Rules) 

Other Code Provisions 
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when:  

‹  The statement given by the Directors, on page 111, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced 
and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s and Parent Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group and Parent 
Company obtained in the course of performing our audit. 

‹  The section of the Annual Report on pages 72 to 79 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address 

matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee. 

‹  The Directors’ statement relating to the Parent Company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure 

from a relevant provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors. 

Directors’ Remuneration 
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. (CA06). 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

119
119 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Indivior PLC 
continued 

Responsibilities for the Financial Statements and the audit 
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Statements 
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities set out on page 111, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the Financial Statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of Financial Statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the Financial Statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability  
to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is  
a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these  
Financial Statements.  

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report. 

Use of this report 
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Parent Company’s members as a body in accordance 
with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or 
assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may 
come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing. 

Other required reporting 
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

‹  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or 

‹  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or 

‹  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 

‹  the Parent Company Financial Statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 

agreement with the accounting records and returns.  

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.  

Appointment 
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the Directors on 23 December 2014 to audit the 
Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2014 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is four years, covering the years ended 31 December 2014 to 31 December 2017. 

Sarah Quinn (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London 
7 March 2018 

120
120  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
Consolidated income statement 

For the year ended December 31 

Net revenues 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Selling, distribution and administrative expenses  

Research and development expenses 

Operating profit 

Operating profit before exceptional items 

Exceptional items 

Net finance expense 

Net finance expense before exceptional items 

Exceptional items 

Profit before taxation 

Income tax expense 

Taxation before exceptional items 

Exceptional items within taxation 

Net income 

Earnings per ordinary share (cents) 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Note 

3 

4 

4 

4 

7 

7 

4 

8 

8 

4 

9 

9 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

For the year ended December 31 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income 

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent years: 

Net exchange adjustments on foreign currency translation 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

2017
$m 

1,093

(104)

989

(707)

(89)

193

403

(210)

(56)

(42)

(14)

137

(79)

(91)

12

58

8

8

2017
$m 

58

8

8

66

2016
$m 

1,058

(107)

951

(683)

(119)

149

387

(238)

(51)

(51)

–

98

(63)

(82)

19

35

5

5

2016
$m 

35

1

1

 36

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

121
121 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet 

As at December 31 

Assets 

Non-current assets 

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Deferred tax assets 

Other receivables 

Current assets 

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Current tax receivable 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Provisions for liabilities and charges 

Trade and other payables 

Current tax liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Provisions for liabilities and charges 

Total liabilities 

Net liabilities 

Equity 

Capital and reserves 

Share capital 

Share premium 

Other reserves 

Foreign currency translation reserve 

Retained earnings 

Total equity  

Note 

10

11

12

14

13

14

16

17

18

21

17

18

22

22

23

23

23

2017 
$m 

92 

54 

58 

15 

219 

52 

278 

32 

863 

1,225 

1,444 

(5) 

(143) 

(665) 

(41) 

(854) 

(477) 

(316) 

(793) 

(1,647) 

(203) 

72 

2 

(1,295) 

(14) 

1,032 

(203) 

2016
$m 

83

27

109

–

219

41

227

30

692

990

1,209

(101)

(219)

(658)

(52)

(1,030)

(434)

(40)

(474)

(1,504)

(295)

72

–

(1,295)

(22)

950

(295)

The financial statements on pages 121 to 144 were approved by the Board of Directors on March 6, 2018 and signed on its behalf by: 

Shaun Thaxter 
Director 

Mark Crossley 
Director

122
122  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Balance at January 1, 2016 

Comprehensive income 

Net income  

Other comprehensive income  

Total comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners 

Share-based plans 

Deferred taxation on share-based plans 

Dividends paid 

Total transactions recognized directly in equity 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

Balance at January 1, 2017 

Comprehensive income 

Net income  

Other comprehensive income  

Total comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners 

Share-based plans 

Deferred taxation on share-based plans 

Dividends paid 

Total transactions recognized directly in equity 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Notes 

Share 
capital
$m 

72

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

72

72

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

72

25

12

24

25

12

24

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
$m 

Retained
earnings
$m 

(23) 

967

Other  
reserves 
$m 

(1,295) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1 

1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,295) 

(22) 

35

–

35

10

7

(69)

(52)

950

Total 
equity
$m 

(279)

35

1

36

10

7

(69)

(52)

(295)

(1,295) 

(22) 

950

(295)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

8 

8 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

58

–

58

–

16

8

–

24

58

8

66

–

18

8

–

26

(1,295) 

(14) 

1,032

(203)

Share 
premium
$m 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2

–

–

2

2

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

123
123 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement 

For the year ended December 31 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Operating profit 

Depreciation and amortization 

Share-based payments 

Foreign exchange impacts 

Increase in trade and other receivables 

(Increase)/decrease in inventories 

Increase in trade and other payables  

Increase in provisions 

Cash generated from operations 

Net financing costs 

Transaction costs related to borrowings 

Taxes paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment  

Purchase of intangible assets  

Net cash outflow from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings  

Dividends paid 

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares 

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 

Exchange difference 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 

Notes 

10, 11

25

11

10

17

17

24

22

16

16

2017 
$m 

193 

13 

16 

6 

(59) 

(6) 

5 

201 

369 

(36) 

(5) 

(33) 

295 

(30) 

(13) 

(43) 

487 

(573) 

– 

2 

(84) 

168 

692 

3 

863 

2016
$m 

149

14

10

1

(27)

4

142

219

512

(42)

–

(63)

407

(20)

(15)

(35)

–

(78)

(69)

–

(147)

225

467

–

692

124
124  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

1. General information 
Indivior PLC (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (together, 
“the Group”) are engaged in the development, manufacture 
and sale of buprenorphine-based prescription drugs for the 
treatment of opioid dependence (the “Indivior Business”).  

goods or services is transferred. It applies to all contracts with 
customers, except those in the scope of other standards.  

The Group has assessed the impact of this IFRS and its adoption 
did not impact the consolidated results of the Group. The Group 
adopted IFRS 15 on January 1, 2018. 

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ replaces all phases of the  
financial instruments project and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement’. The standard is effective from 
periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and introduces new 
requirements for the classification and measurement of financial 
assets and liabilities, a new model for recognising provisions 
based on expected credit losses, and aligning hedge accounting 
more closely with an entity’s risk management approach.  

The Group has assessed the impact of this IFRS and its 
adoption did not impact the consolidated results of the Group. 
The Group adopted IFRS 9 on January 1, 2018. 

IFRS 16 ‘Leases,’ which will be effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2019, replaces IAS 17 ‘Leases’ 
and will require lease liabilities and ‘right of use‘ assets to be 
recognised on the balance sheet for almost all leases. The 
Group has performed an initial assessment and expects to 
adopt this standard on January 1, 2019 using the modified 
retrospective approach. 

Basis of consolidation 
The consolidated Financial Statements include the results  
of the Company and all of its subsidiary undertakings made  
up to the same accounting date. Subsidiary undertakings are 
those entities controlled by the Group. Control exists where  
the Group is exposed to, or has the rights to variable returns 
from its involvement with the investee and has the ability  
to use its power over the investee to affect its returns. 

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealized income 
and expenses on transactions between Group companies have 
been eliminated on consolidation. All subsidiaries have year-
ends which are co-terminus with the Group’s. Subsidiaries’ 
accounting policies have been changed where necessary to 
ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 

Foreign currency translation 
The Financial Statements of each of the Group’s entities are 
measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (the functional 
currency). The consolidated Financial Statements are presented 
in US dollars, which is the Group’s presentation currency. 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional 
currency using exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from 
the settlement of foreign currency transactions and from the 
translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized 
within SD&A in the income statement. 

The Indivior Business was previously the pharmaceuticals 
business of the Reckitt Benckiser Group plc (RB), carried out by 
RBP Global Holdings Limited and its subsidiary undertakings. 

The Company was incorporated and domiciled in the United 
Kingdom on September 26, 2014 and is the holding company  
for the Group. 

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of 
these Financial Statements are set out below. Unless otherwise 
stated, these policies have been consistently applied to all 
years presented. 

2. Basis of preparation and changes in  
accounting policy 
The consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared  
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) and IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) 
interpretations as adopted by the European Union and the 
Companies Act 2006 (the Act) applicable to companies 
reporting under IFRS.  

The Financial Statements are presented in US$. 

Subject to the following matter, after making appropriate 
enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that  
the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for at least one year from the financial statements 
date. However, as disclosed in Note 20, the Group carries a 
provision of $438m relating to the Department of Justice and 
Federal Trade Commission investigations and antitrust 
litigation. The final settlement amount may be materially 
different than this provision. This could impact the Group’s 
ability to operate, which would be further adversely impacted 
should revenues decline and pipeline products fail to obtain 
regulatory approval or SUBLOCADE fail to launch successfully, 
all of which could mean the Group could not continue in 
business without taking necessary measures to reduce its  
cost base and improve its cash flow. As such, this indicates  
a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on  
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. However,  
the Directors believe they have the ability to carry out the 
measures that would be necessary and that the Group can 
continue as a going concern for the foreseeable future, in 
particular with reference to the period through June 2019. 

Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern 
basis for accounting in preparing these financial statements, 
which do not include any adjustments that might result from 
the outcome of this uncertainty.  

Adoption of new and revised standards 
There are no new standards, revisions or interpretations which 
have been adopted for the first time and have a significant 
impact on the accounting policies applied in preparing the 
annual consolidated Financial Statements of the Group. 

New accounting standards issued but not yet effective 
The following standards have been issued but not yet effective:  

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ is effective  
for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The standard 
establishes a principles based approach for revenue 
recognition and is based on the concept of recognising revenue 
for obligations only when they are satisfied and the control of 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

125
125 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

2. Basis of preparation and changes in  
accounting policy (continued) 
The exchange rates used for the translation of currencies into 
US dollars that have the most significant impact on the Group 
results were: 

GBP year-end exchange rate 

GBP average exchange rate 

EUR year-end exchange rate 

EUR average exchange rate 

2017 

2016 

1.3513 

1.2881 

1.2001 

1.1287 

1.2340

1.3579

1.0519

1.1070

The Financial Statements of subsidiary undertakings are 
translated into US dollars on the following basis: 

‹  Assets and liabilities at the year-end rate. 

‹  Profit and loss account items at the average exchange rate 

for the year. 

Exchange differences arising from the translation of the  
net investment in foreign entities are taken to equity (and 
recognized in the statement of comprehensive income)  
on consolidation. 

Accounting estimates and judgments  
The Directors make a number of estimates and assumptions 
regarding the future, and make some significant judgments in 
applying the Group’s accounting policies. These estimates and 
assumptions may affect the reported amount of assets and 
liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Although these 
estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the 
amount, events or actions, actual results may ultimately differ 
from those estimates. The key estimates and assumptions used 
in the Financial Statements are set out below. 

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing 
basis. Revisions to estimates are recognized prospectively. 

Provisions for returns, discounts, incentives and rebates 
The Company offers various types of price reductions on its 
products. In particular, products sold in the United States are 
covered by various programs (such as Medicare and Medicaid) 
under which products are sold at a discount. Rebates are 
granted to healthcare authorities, and under contractual 
arrangements with certain customers. Some wholesalers are 
entitled to chargeback incentives based on the selling price to 
the end customer, under specific contractual arrangements. 
Cash discounts may also be granted for prompt payment.  

The discounts, incentives and rebates described above are 
estimated on the basis of specific contractual arrangements 
with customers or of specific terms of the relevant regulations 
and/or agreements applicable for transactions with healthcare 
authorities, and of assumptions about the attainment of sales 
targets. The Company also estimates the amount of product 
returns on the basis of contractual sales terms and reliable 
historical data. They are recognized in the period in which  
the underlying sales are recognized, as a reduction of  
sales revenue. 

Several months may pass between the original estimate of 
rebates due and when the amount is confirmed, which may 
increase the estimation risk. For more details of provisions for 
returns, discounts, incentives and rebates, see note 21 to the 
consolidated Financial Statements. 

Impairment of assets  
The Company assesses impairment of non-financial assets  
at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to  
the Company and to the particular asset that may lead to 
impairment. If an impairment trigger exists, the recoverable 
amount of the asset is determined. This involves comparing  
the higher of fair value less costs to sell or value-in-use to the 
carrying value of the asset. Determining these incorporate a 
number of key estimates and assumptions. For more details  
of impairment of assets, see notes 10, 11, 13 and 14 to the 
consolidated Financial Statements. 

Provisions for legal claims 
The Company may be involved in litigation, arbitration or other 
legal proceedings. These proceedings typically are related to 
product liability claims, intellectual property rights, compliance 
and trade practices, commercial claims and employment and 
wrongful discharge claims.  

Provisions are valued on the basis of the Directors’ best 
estimates taking into account all available information, 
external advice, and historical experience. The assessment  
of provisions can involve a series of complex judgments  
about future events and can rely heavily on estimates and 
assumptions, including the amount, timing of payments, and 
discounting. Given the inherent uncertainties related to these 
estimates and assumptions, the actual outflows resulting from 
the realization of those risks could differ materially from the 
Company’s estimates. For more details of provisions for legal 
claims, see note 18 to the consolidated Financial Statements. 

Income taxes  
Judgment is required in determining the provision for income 
taxes, including some transactions and calculations whose 
ultimate tax treatment is uncertain. The Company recognizes 
liabilities for anticipated tax issues based on estimates of 
whether additional taxes are likely to be due. The Company 
recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities based on 
estimates of future taxable income and recoverability. Where  
a change in circumstance occurs, or the final tax outcome of 
these matters is different from the amounts that were initially 
recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and 
deferred tax balances in the year in which that change or 
outcome is known. For more details of income taxes see  
Note 8 to the consolidated Financial Statements.  

126
126  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
3. Segment information 
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent  
with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker (CODM), 
who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing 
performance of the operating segments, has been identified  
as the Chief Executive Officer (CEO).  

The Indivior Group is engaged in a single business activity, which 
is the development, manufacture and sale of buprenorphine-
based prescription drugs for treatment of opioid dependence. 
The CEO reviews financial information on a geographic basis for 
evaluating financial performance and allocating resources. The 
Group has a single reportable segment. 

Accounting policy 
Revenues 
Revenue arising from the sale of goods is presented in the 
consolidated income statement under net revenues. Net 
revenues comprise revenue from sales of pharmaceutical 
products, net of sales returns, customer incentives and 
discounts, and certain sales-based payments paid or payable 
to the healthcare authorities. 

Revenue is recognized when all of the following conditions 
have been met: the risks and rewards of ownership have been 
transferred to the customer at the point of delivery, usually 
when title passes to the customer either on shipment or on 
receipt of goods depending on local trading terms; the 
Company no longer has effective control over the goods sold; 
the amount of revenue and costs associated with the 
transaction can be measured reliably; and it is probable that 
the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow 
to the Company.  

Returns, discounts, incentives and rebates are estimated and 
recognized in the period in which the underlying sales are 
recognized as a reduction of sales revenue.  

These amounts are calculated as follows:  

‹  Provisions for rebates based on attainment of sales targets 
are estimated and accrued as each of the underlying sales 
transactions is recognized.  

‹  Provisions for price reductions under government and state 

programs, largely in the US, are estimated on the basis of the 
specific terms of the relevant regulations and agreements, 
and accrued as each of the underlying sales transactions  
is recognized.  

‹  Provisions for sales returns are calculated on the basis of 

management’s best estimate of the amount of product that 
will ultimately be returned by customers. In countries where 
product returns are possible, the Company has implemented 
a returns policy that allows the customer to return products 
within a certain period either side of the expiry date (usually 
three months before and six months after the expiry date). 
The provision is estimated on the basis of past experience  
of sales returns.  

The Company also takes account of factors such as levels  
of inventory in its various distribution channels, product  
expiry dates, information about potential discontinuation of 
products and the entry of competing generics into the market. 
In each case, the provisions are subject to continuous review 
and adjustment as appropriate based on the most recent 
information available to management. The Company believes  
it has the ability to measure each of the above provisions 
reliably, using the following factors in developing its estimates:  

‹  the nature and patient profile of the underlying product; 

‹  the applicable regulations and/or the specific terms and 
conditions of contracts with governmental authorities, 
wholesalers and other customers;  

‹  historical data relating to similar contracts, in the  
case of qualitative and quantitative rebates and  
chargeback incentives;  

‹  past experience and sales growth trends; 

‹  actual inventory levels in distribution channels, monitored 
by the Company using internal sales data and externally 
provided data;  

‹  the shelf life of the Company’s products; and  

‹  market trends including competition, pricing and demand. 

There may be adjustments to the provisions when the actual 
rebates are invoiced based on utilization information 
submitted to the Company (in the case of provisions for 
rebates related to sales targets or contractual rebates) and 
claims/invoices received (in the case of regulatory rebates and 
chargebacks). Management believes the estimates made are 
reasonable; however such estimates involve judgments on 
aggregate future sales levels, distribution channel mix, 
distributors sales performance and market competition. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

127
127 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

3. Segment information (continued) 
Revenues are attributed to countries based on the country where the sale originates. The following table represents revenue from 
continuing operations attributed to countries based on the country where the sale originates and non-current assets, net of 
accumulated depreciation and amortization, by country. Non-current assets for this purpose consist of intangible assets, property, 
plant and equipment, and other receivables. 

For the year ended December 31, 2017 

United States 

Rest of World 

Total 

For the year ended December 31 ,2016 

United States 

Rest of World 

Total 

Net Revenue from  
sale of goods  
$m 

Non-current 
assets 
$m 

877 

216 

1,093 

$m 

857 

201 

1,058 

68

93

161

$m 

64

46

110

Significant customers 
Revenues include amounts derived from significant customers that amount to 10% or more of the Company’s revenues as follows 
(in percentages of total net revenue): 

Customer 

Customer A 

Customer B 

Customer C 

2017 
% 

23% 

28% 

22% 

2016
% 

23%

29%

22%

4. Operating costs and expenses  

Accounting policies 
Research & Development 
Research expenditure on internal activities is charged to the consolidated income statement in the year in which it is incurred.  

Development expenditure is written off in the year in which it is incurred, unless the following criteria are met: 

‹  it must be technically feasible to complete the development project (or intangible asset) so that the related product will be 

available for use or sale;  

‹  there is an intention to complete the intangible asset or development project and use or sell it;  

‹  the Company has the ability to use the intangible asset or to sell it;  

‹  the way in which the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;  

‹  the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the 

intangible asset; and 

‹  expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development is able to be reliably measured. 

Amounts capitalized are amortized over the useful life of the developed product. 

An internally generated intangible asset arising from the Company’s development activities is recognized only if the following 
conditions are met: 

‹  an asset is created that can be identified; 

‹  it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and 

‹  the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably. 

The Company has determined that filing for regulatory approval is the earliest point at which internal development costs can be 
capitalized, however judgment is exercised when assessing the point at which it is probable that the asset created will generate 
future economic benefits, which may not be until final regulatory approval for certain assets. All internal development 
expenditure incurred prior to filing for regulatory approval is therefore expensed as incurred. There are currently no internally 
generated intangibles recognized except for software and technology and licenses acquired in relation to SUBLOCADE. The 
Company commenced capitalisation and amortisation of SUBLOCADE following receipt of regulatory approval in November 2017. 

128
128  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
4. Operating costs and expenses (continued) 

Expenses 
Expenses are recognized in respect of goods and services received when supplied in accordance with contractual terms. Provision 
is made when an obligation exists for a future liability in respect of a past event and where the amount of the obligation can be 
reliably estimated. 

Marketing and promotional expenses are charged to the income statement as incurred. 

Exceptional Items 
Where material expenses or income that do not reflect the Group’s ongoing operations are incurred during the year, these items 
are disclosed as exceptional items in the income statement. Examples of such items could include restructuring and other 
expenses relating to the integration of an acquired business and related expenses for the reconfiguration of the Company’s 
activities and/or capital structure, impairment of current and non-current assets, certain tax related matters, and costs arising  
as a result of material and non-recurring regulatory and litigation matters. 

The table below sets out selected operating costs and expenses information. 

Research & development expenses 

Marketing, selling, and distribution expenses 

Administrative expenses 

Depreciation and amortization 

Operating lease rentals 

Exceptional items 

Cost of sales 

Consulting costs 

Legal provision 

Financing costs 

Total exceptional items before taxes 

Tax effect of exceptional items 

Exceptional items within taxation 

Total exceptional items 

Notes 

10, 11 

19 

2017
$m 

(89)

(163)

(525)

(13)

(6)

(707)

2017
$m 

–

–

(210)

(14)

(224)

3

9

(212)

2016
$m 

(119)

(144)

(520)

(14)

(5)

(683)

2016
$m 

(11)

(7)

(220)

–

(238)

6

13

(219)

$210m of FY 2017 pre-tax exceptional items (2016: $220m) are for investigative and antitrust litigation matters as set out in Note 20 
and have been included within operating expenses. $14m of financing costs are non-cash and relate to demerger debt issuance 
costs written off early due to the debt restructuring. $9m (2016: $13m) of exceptional items within taxation relate to the release of 
provisions for unresolved tax matters partially offset by the impact of the re-measurement of certain deferred tax assets. In 2016, 
cost of sales of $11m and consulting costs of $7m were for write-offs of manufacturing costs and legal and advisory costs related 
to the exploration of strategic initiatives in the event of a potential negative ANDA ruling.  

5. Auditors’ remuneration 

Audit of Parent Company and consolidated Financial Statements: 

Audit of the Group’s Annual Report and Financial Statements 

Audit of the Group’s subsidiaries 

Audit-related assurance services 

Audit and audit-related services 

Other non-audit assurance services 

Total auditors’ remuneration 

2017
$m 

1.06

0.22

0.70

1.98

0.62

2.60

2016
$m 

1.07

0.17

1.88

3.12

1.04

4.16

Total fees charged for audit-related assurance services and other non-audit assurance services in the year relating to the Indivior 
Group or any of its subsidiaries were $1.3m (2016: $2.6m). Audit-related assurance services were primarily for audit services pertaining 
to the potential listing in the US. Other non-audit assurance services related to advisory services in support of potential financing 
initiatives to prepare for the possibility of a negative ANDA ruling in 2017. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

129
129 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

6. Employees 

Accounting policies 
Employee benefits 

Short-term obligations 
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave and accumulating sick leave expected to be 
settled within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service, are recognized in respect 
of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the 
liabilities are settled. The liability for annual leave and accumulating sick leave is recognized in the provision for employee 
benefits. All other short-term employee benefits are presented as payables. 

Post-retirement benefits other than pensions 
Some Group companies provide post-retirement medical care to their retirees. The costs of providing these benefits are accrued 
over the period of employment and the liability recognized in the balance sheet is calculated using the projected unit credit 
method and is discounted to its present value and the fair value of any related asset is deducted. 

Pension commitments 
Some Group companies operate defined contribution and (funded and unfunded) defined benefit pension schemes. The cost  
of providing pensions to employees who are members of defined contribution schemes is charged to the income statement as 
contributions are made. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. 

(a) Staff costs 

The total employment costs, including Directors, were: 

Wages and salaries 

Social security costs 

Other pension costs 

Share-based plans 

Note 

25

2017 
$m 

(172) 

(28) 

(9) 

(16) 

(225) 

2016
$m 

(167)

(25)

(7)

(10)

(209)

Details of Directors’ emoluments are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 83 to 106, which forms part of the 
Financial Statements.  

Compensation awarded to key management (the Executive Committee): 

Short-term employee benefits 

(b) Staff numbers 
The monthly average number of people employed by the Group, including Directors, during the year was: 

Operations 

Management 

Research & Development 

Average number of employees 

7. Net finance expense 

Accounting policy 
Finance costs of borrowings are recognized in the income statement over the term of those borrowings. 

Finance income 

Interest income on cash and cash equivalents 

Total finance income 

Finance expense 

Interest payable on borrowings 

Amortization of finance charges 

Other finance expense* 

Total finance expense 

Net finance expense 

*  Relates to exceptional items. More details in Note 4 

130
130  

www.indivior.com 

2017 
$m 

11 

11 

2017 

649 

225 

138 

1,012 

2017 
$m 

7 

7 

(37) 

(12) 

(14) 

(63) 

(56) 

2016
$m 

12

12

2016 

627

198

109

934

2016
$m 

4

4

(44)

(11)

–

(55)

(51)

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. Income tax expense 

Accounting policy 
Income tax on profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax expense. Income tax is recognized in the income statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case the tax is 
also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted, or substantively enacted, at 
the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

Current tax 

Adjustments for current tax of prior years 

Total current tax  

Origination and reversal of temporary differences  

Adjustments for changes in tax rates 

Adjustments for prior year deferred tax 

Total deferred tax  

Tax on profit 

2017
$m 

(37)

19

(18)

(30)

(15)

 (16)

(61)

(79)

2016
$m 

(40)

(4)

(44)

(30)

11

(19)

(63)

The standard rate of corporation tax in the UK changed from 20% to 19% with effect from April 1, 2017. The Group’s profits for the 
year ended December 31, 2017 are taxed at an effective rate of 58% (2016: 64%).  

The total tax charge for the year can be reconciled to the accounting profit as follows: 

Profit before taxation 

Tax at the notional UK corporation tax rate of 19.25% (2016: 20.00%) 

Effects of: 

Tax at rates other than the UK corporation tax rate 

Non-deductible provision 

Permanent differences 

R&D tax credit 

UK Patent box 

Adjustments for losses not benefited 

Adjustments in respect of prior years  

Adjustments to amounts carried in respect of unresolved tax matters  

Impact of changes in tax rates 

Other 

Income tax expense 

2017
$m 

137

26

6

80

(15)

(1)

(12)

–

(3)

(18)

15

1

79

2016
$m 

98

19

10

78

(12)

(5)

(50)

13

(7)

16

1

–

63

The reported rate of 58% (2016: 64%) was impacted by a $15m one-time non-cash charge related to the revaluation of deferred  
tax assets due to the lowering of the US corporate income tax rate to 21%, and also includes other one-time items related  
to release of uncertain tax provisions of $18m upon close out of IRS tax audits. The company is filing a claim for “Patent Box” 
regime benefits in the UK that provide a total benefit of $12m (2016: $50m). The company also benefited from $1m (2016: $5m)  
for Research credits in the US. No deferred tax has been recognized on the outstanding litigation provision in the period as it is 
uncertain whether it will be available for tax relief when paid. Adjustments may be necessary once a final determination of the 
litigation charges has been made. Excluding the impact of exceptional items, the effective tax rate for the year ended December 
31, 2017 is 25% (2016: 25%).  

On December 22, 2017, the US Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (H.R. 1), the tax reform bill (the "Act"), was signed into law. The Act includes 
numerous changes in existing tax law, including a permanent reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. 
The rate reduction takes effect on January 1, 2018. As a result of the reduction of federal corporate income tax rates, the Group has 
recorded a charge to tax expense for the revaluation of the Group’s deferred tax assets of $15m. 

The United Kingdom (‘UK’) decision to withdraw from the European Union (‘EU’) could have a material effect on our taxes. The 
impact of the withdrawal will not be known until both the EU and the UK develop the exit plan and the related changes in tax laws 
are enacted. We will adjust our current and deferred income taxes when tax law changes related to the UK withdrawal are 
substantively enacted and/or when EU law ceases to apply in the UK. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

131
131 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

8. Income tax expense (continued) 
Taxation has been provided at current rates on profits earned for the periods covered by the Group Financial Statements. The 2017 
prior period adjustments relate to tax accrual to tax return adjustments of $1m and another tax true up of ($4m). The 2016 prior 
period adjustments relate to tax accrual to tax return adjustments of $5m and another tax true up of $2m.  

The Group continues to believe it has made adequate provision for the liabilities likely to arise from periods which are open and 
not yet agreed by tax authorities. The ultimate liability for such matters may vary from the amounts provided and is dependent 
upon the outcome of agreements with relevant tax authorities or litigation where appropriate. In assessing these income tax 
uncertainties, management makes judgments about the unit of account, the evaluation of the circumstances, facts and other 
relevant information in respect of the tax position taken together with estimates of amounts that may be required to be paid in 
ultimate settlement with the tax authorities. As Indivior operates in a multi-national tax environment, the nature of the uncertain 
tax positions is often complex and subject to change. Original estimates are refined as additional information becomes known. 
Indivior has developed its probability assessment to review and measure uncertain tax positions using internal expertise, 
experience and judgement, together with assistance and opinions from professional advisors. During the year, the IRS completed 
the tax audits for the years 2010-2012 and 2013-2014. The Group feels that the provisions are adequate to cover any assessments 
that may arise. 

Factors affecting future tax charges 
As a group with worldwide operations, Indivior is subject to several factors that may affect future tax charges, principally the 
levels and mix of profitability in different jurisdictions, transfer pricing regulations, tax rates imposed and tax regime reforms. In 
2016, the UK Government substantively enacted legislation to reduce the main rate of UK Statutory Corporation Tax to 17% by 
2020. In 2017, the US Government reduced the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% for years beginning in 2018. The company 
expects this reduction to result in a favourable decrease to the overall effective rate for the group in 2018.  

9. Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted basic earnings per share 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

2017 
cents 

8 

8 

37 

36 

2016
cents 

5

5

35

34

Basic 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.  

Diluted 
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume 
conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Company has dilutive potential ordinary shares in the form of share 
awards and options. The weighted average number of shares is adjusted for the number of shares granted assuming the vesting of 
the awards and exercise of stock options. 

Weighted average number of shares 

On a basic basis 

Dilution for share awards and options 

On a diluted basis 

2017  
thousands 

721,126 

27,356 

748,482 

2016 
thousands 

719,875

23,345

743,220

Adjusted earnings 
The Directors believe that earnings per share, adjusted for the impact of exceptional items after the appropriate tax amount, 
provides additional useful information on underlying trends to shareholders in respect of earnings per share. 

Details of the adjusted net income: 

Net income 

Exceptional items* 

Tax effect of exceptional items 

Exceptional items within taxation 

Adjusted net income  

*  More details in Note 4 

132
132  

www.indivior.com 

2017 
$m 

58 

224 

(3) 

(9) 

270 

2016
$m 

35

238

(6)

(13)

254

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
10. Intangible assets 

Accounting policy 
Intangible assets 
Intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment. 

Payments made in respect of acquired distribution rights are capitalized when it is probable that the expected future economic 
benefits attributable to the asset will flow to the Group. The useful life of the acquired distribution rights is determined based on 
legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other relevant factors. Acquired rights with finite lives are subsequently 
amortized using the straight-line method over their defined useful economic lives. Amortization expense related to acquired 
distribution rights is included in selling, distribution and administrative expenses.  

Payments related to the acquisition of rights to a product or technology are capitalized if it is probable that future economic 
benefits from the asset will flow to the Group. Probability is assumed for all externally acquired products in development, including 
subsequent milestone payments up to and including approval. Amortization of the asset starts when it becomes available for use, 
at which point the asset is amortized over its useful economic life. Prior to that date, the intangible asset is tested for impairment 
annually, irrespective of whether any indication of impairment exists. Amortization of product rights is in COGS. 

Impairment of intangible assets 
The carrying values of intangible assets are reviewed for impairment either annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate 
the carrying value may be impaired depending on the intangible asset type. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the 
asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of impairment loss. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an 
individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which it belongs. 

An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell or its value-in-use. 
In assessing value-in-use, its estimated future cash flow is discounted to its present value using a pre-tax discount rate that 
reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. 

In carrying out impairment reviews of intangible assets, a number of significant assumptions have to be made. These include the 
future rate of market growth, discount rates, the market demand for the products acquired, the future profitability of acquired 
businesses or products, levels of reimbursement and success in obtaining regulatory approvals. If actual results should differ, or 
changes in expectations arise, impairment charges may be required which would adversely impact operating results. 

Acquired 
distribution rights
$m 

Technology and 
licenses acquired 
$m 

Software
$m 

Total
$m 

Cost 
At January 1, 2017 
Additions 
Transfers 
Disposals and asset write-offs 
Exchange adjustments 

At December 31, 2017 

Accumulated amortization and impairment  
At January 1, 2017 
Amortization charge 
Exchange adjustments 

At December 31, 2017 
Net book amount at December 31, 2017 

Cost 
At January 1, 2016 
Additions 
Transfers 
Disposals and asset write-offs 
Exchange adjustments 

At December 31, 2016 
Accumulated amortization and impairment  
At January 1, 2016 
Amortization charge 

Exchange adjustments 

At December 31, 2016 

Net book amount at December 31, 2016 

219
–
–
–
15

234

219
–

15

234
–

49 
12 
– 
– 
3 

64 

– 
– 

– 

– 
64 

36
1
–
–
–

37

2
7

–

9
28

Acquired 
distribution rights
$m 

Technology and 
licenses acquired 
$m 

Software
$m 

218
–
–
–
1

219

209
10

–

219

–

53 
– 
– 
– 
(4) 

49 

– 
– 

– 

– 

49 

–
15
20
–
1

36

–
2

–

2

34

304
13
–
–
18

335

221
7

15

243
92

Total
$m 

271
15
20
–
(2)

304

209
12

–

221

83

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

133
133 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

10. Intangible assets (continued)  

Technology and licenses acquired 
Technology and licenses acquired includes approved product rights and unapproved product rights in development. Approved 
product rights are amortised over the patent exclusivity period. All licenses are assessed for impairment at the end of each 
reporting period. There were no impairments recognized in the year. 

As the Group has received regulatory approval for Sublocade in November 2017, amortisation expense of $0.1m was recognised  
in COGS in the year.  

Software 
Acquired computer software licenses are capitalized at cost. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over a period  
of five years.  

11. Property, plant and equipment 

Accounting policies 
Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment, with the exception of freehold 
land, which is shown at cost less impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset.  

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable 
that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be reliably measured. 

Except for freehold land and assets under construction, the cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a straight-
line basis over the expected useful life of the asset. For this purpose, expected lives are determined within the following limits: 

‹  Freehold buildings: not more than 20 years; and 

‹  plant and equipment: not more than 10 years.  

‹  motor vehicles and computer equipment: not more than 4 years; 

‹  leasehold improvements: up to lease term. 

Assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if necessary, at each balance sheet date. Property, plant and 
equipment are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be 
appropriate. Freehold land is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis. 

Gains and losses on the disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the asset’s carrying value with 
any sale proceeds, and are included in the income statement. 

Land and 
buildings 
$m 

Plant and 
equipment  
$m 

25

19

1

45

4

3

–

7

38

43 

11 

2 

56 

37 

3 

– 

40 

16 

Total 
$m 

68

30

3

101

41

6

–

47

54

Cost  

At January 1, 2017 

Additions 

Exchange adjustment 

At December 31, 2017 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

At January 1, 2017 

Charge for the year 

Exchange adjustment 

At December 31, 2017 

Net book amount at December 31, 2017 

134
134  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
11. Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

Cost 

At January 1, 2016 

Additions 

Transfers 

Exchange adjustment 

At December 31, 2016 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

At January 1, 2016 

Charge for the year 

Exchange adjustment 

At December 31, 2016 

Net book amount at December 31, 2016 

Land and  
buildings  
$m 

Plant and 
equipment 
$m 

8 

18 

– 

(1) 

25 

3 

1 

– 

4 

21 

64

2

(20)

(3)

43

37

1

(1)

37

6

Total 
$m 

72

20

(20)

(4)

68

40

2

(1)

41

27

Depreciation expense is included in selling, distribution and administrative expense within the income statement. 

Additions in the year relate primarily to the completion of the R&D laboratory in Hull, UK and the redevelopment of the facility in 
Fort Collins, Colorado. 

12. Deferred tax 

Accounting policy 
Deferred tax is provided in full, using the balance sheet approach, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of 
assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated Financial Statements. Deferred tax is not accounted for if it 
arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction (other than a business combination) that affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profit or loss at that time. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax asset or liability is settled. They 
are revalued for changes in tax rates when new tax rates are substantively enacted. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the 
extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. 

Unrealised profit in inventory arises due to elimination of inter-company sales that are taxed at different rates between jurisdictions. 

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries except where the investor is able to control 
the timing of temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities within the same tax jurisdiction are offset where there is a legally enforceable right to offset 
current tax assets against current tax liabilities and where there is an intention to settle these balances on a net basis. 

Deferred tax assets 

At January 1, 2016 

(Charged)/Credited to the income 
statement 

Charged directly to equity 

Exchange differences 

At December 31, 2016 

(Charged)/Credited to the income 
statement 

Charged directly to equity 

Exchange differences 

At December 31, 2017 

Unrealized 
profit in 
inventory
$m 

Intangible 
assets
$m 

Short-term 
temporary 
differences
$m 

Share-based  
payments 
$m 

84

(34)

–

–

50

(37)

–

–

13

–

7

–

–

7

–

–

–

7

24

7

–

–

31

(17)

–

–

14

3 

1 

7 

– 

11 

2 

8 

– 

21 

Other
$m 

11

–

–

(1)

10

(9)

–

2

3

Total
$m 

122

(19)

7

(1)

109

(61)

8

2

58

Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset where they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority.  

The Group has not recognized certain UK group losses in respect of earlier periods $10m (2016: $13m) tax benefit as the likelihood 
of future economic benefit is not sufficiently assured. These loses have unlimited carry-forward period. 

Unremitted earnings may be subject to overseas taxes and/or UK taxation (after allowing for double tax relief) if distributed  
as dividends, but are immaterial and no additional taxes provided. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

135
135 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

13. Inventories 

Accounting policy 
Raw materials, stores and consumables, work in progress and finished goods are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable 
value. Cost comprises materials, direct labour and an appropriate portion of overhead expenses (based on normal operating 
capacity) required to get the inventory to its present location and condition. Inventory valuation is determined on a first in, first 
out basis. Selling expenses, product amortization, and certain other overhead expenses are excluded. Net realizable value is the 
estimated selling price less applicable selling expenses. 

Write-down of inventory occurs in the general course of business. Impairments are recognized in cost of sales. 

Raw materials, stores and consumables 

Work in progress 

Finished goods and goods held for resale 

Total inventories, net 

2017 
$m 

14 

19 

19 

52 

2016
$m 

9

16

16

41

The cost of inventories recognized as an expense and included as cost of sales amounted to $104m (2016: $107m). This includes 
inventory write-offs and losses of $2m (2016: $5m). The inventory provision (reflected in the carrying amounts above) at December 
31, 2017 was $14m (2016: $5m). 

14. Trade and other receivables 

Accounting policy 
Trade receivables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently held at amortized cost, less provision for impairment which 
appropriates fair value. Trade receivables consist of amounts due from customers, primarily wholesalers and distributors, for whom 
there is no significant history of default. The credit risk of customers is assessed, taking into account their financial positions, past 
experiences and other relevant factors. Individual customer credit limits are imposed based on these factors. The Group is not aware 
of any deterioration in the credit quality of these customers and considers that the amounts are still recoverable. 

If there is objective evidence the Group will not be able to collect the full amount of the receivable, a provision is recognized. 
Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that a debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganization, and 
default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. The impairment is calculated 
as the difference between the carrying value of the receivable and the present value of the related estimated future cash flows, 
discounted at the original interest rate. 

Current assets 

Trade receivables 

Less: Provision for impairment of receivables 

Trade receivables – net 

Other receivables 

Prepayments 

Total current receivables 

The aging analysis of past due trade receivables as of December 31 is as follows: 

Up to three months past due 

Three to six months past due 

Over six months past due 

Neither past due nor impaired 

Provision for impairment of receivables 

Trade receivables – net 

2017 
$m 

260 

(3) 

257 

6 

15 

278 

2017 
$m 

17 

1 

5 

23 

237 

(3) 

257 

2016
$m 

210

(5)

205

10

12

227

2016
$m 

5

–

11

16

194

(5)

205

As at December 31, 2017, trade receivables of $6m (2016: $11m) were assessed for impairment. The amount of provision at 
December 31, 2017 was $3m (2016: $5m). It was assessed that a portion of the receivables is expected to be recovered due to the 
nature and historical collection of trade receivables. 

136
136  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Trade and other receivables (continued) 

The movement in the provision for impaired receivables consists of increases for additional provisions offset by receivables 
written off and unused provision released back to the income statement. The gross movements in the provision are considered  
to be insignificant. The current other receivables balance does not contain impaired assets. They consist of items including 
reclaimable turnover tax and are from a broad range of countries within the Group. 

The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies: 

Sterling 

Euro 

US dollar 

Other currencies 

2017
$m 

11

28

222

17

278

2016
$m 

11

26

179

11

227

Other non-current receivables 
Non-current other receivables of $15m at December 31, 2017 (2016: nil) related primarily to long term prepaid expenses. 

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the year-end is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. The Group 
does not hold any collateral as security. 

15. Financial instruments and risk management 
The Group’s financial assets and liabilities include cash and cash equivalents, borrowings, trade receivables and trade payables  
as set out in Notes 14, 16, 17 and 21 respectively. The carrying value less impairment provision of current borrowings, cash at bank, 
trade receivables and trade payables are assumed to approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The non-
current borrowing, which is presented at amortized cost, is also assumed to approximate its fair value. 

Financial risk management of the Group is mainly exercised and monitored at Group level. The Group’s financing and financial  
risk management activities are centralized into the Global Treasury Group (GTG) to achieve benefits of scale and control with  
the ultimate goal of maximizing the Company’s liquidity and mitigating its operational and financial risks. GTG manages financial 
exposures of the Group centrally in a manner consistent with underlying business risks. GTG manages only those risks and flows 
generated by the underlying commercial operations and speculative transactions are not undertaken. 

GTG operates under the close control of the CFO and is subject to periodic independent reviews and audits.  

Foreign exchange risk management 
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures. Foreign 
exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign 
operations. The Group’s policy is to align the interest costs and operating profit of its major currencies in order to provide some 
protection against the translation exposure on foreign currency profits after tax. The Group may undertake borrowings and other 
hedging methods in the currencies of the countries where most of its assets are located. 

Liquidity risk management 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is not able to settle or meet its obligations on time or at a reasonable price. The Group’s 
policy is to ensure there is sufficient funding and facilities in place to meet foreseeable borrowing requirements. The Group 
manages and monitors liquidity risk through regular reporting of current cash and borrowing balances and periodic preparation 
and review of short- and medium-term cash forecasts, while considering the maturity of its borrowing facility. 

At December 31, 2017, Indivior had $5m (2016: $101m) of borrowings repayable within one year and held $863m (2016: $692m) of 
cash and cash equivalents. 

Credit risk management 
The Group has no significant concentrations of credit risk. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from cash and cash 
equivalents, deposits with banks and financial institutions, and trade receivables. Financial institution counterparties are subject 
to approval under the Group’s counterparty risk policy and such approval is limited to financial institutions with a BBB rating or 
above. Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited given that the balances consist of amounts due 
from customers, primarily wholesalers and distributors, for whom there is no significant history of default. The credit risk of 
customers is assessed, taking into account their financial positions, past experiences and other relevant factors. Individual 
customer credit limits are imposed based on these factors. 

Capital risk management 
The Group considers capital to be net debt plus total equity. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings less cash and cash 
equivalents, short-term available-for-sale financial assets and financing derivative financial instruments (refer to Note 17). Total 
equity includes share capital, reserves and retained earnings as shown in the consolidated balance sheet. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

137
137 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

15. Financial instruments and risk management (continued) 

Net cash 

Total equity 

Note 

17

2017 
$m 

376 

(203) 

173 

2016
$m 

131

(295)

(164)

The objectives for managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, in order to provide returns 
for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an efficient capital structure to optimize the cost of capital. 

The Group monitors net debt which at year-end amounted to net cash of $376m (2016: $131m). The Group seeks to pay down net 
debt using cash generated by the business to maintain an appropriate level of financial flexibility. 

16. Cash and cash equivalents  

Accounting policy 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, current balances with banks and similar institutions and highly liquid 
investments with original maturities of less than three months.  

Bank overdrafts are included within borrowings in the balance sheet. 

Cash and cash equivalents 

There were no bank overdrafts in the current or prior year. 

17. Financial liabilities – borrowings 

2017 
$m 

863 

863 

2016
$m 

692

692

Accounting policy 
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognized initially at fair value less attributable transaction cost; the cost of the loan 
approximates its fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortized cost, with any 
difference between cost and redemption value being recognized within finance expense in the income statement over the year  
of the borrowings on an effective interest basis. 

Borrowings are classified as a current liability unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for 
at least 12 months after the reporting date. 

Current 

Bank loans 

Non-current 

Bank loans 

Analysis of net cash  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Borrowings1 

1.  Borrowings reflect the outstanding principal amount drawn, before debt issuance cost of $5m (2016: $26m). 

Reconciliation of net cash/(debt)  

Net cash/(debt) at beginning of year  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  

Net repayment of borrowings 

Exchange adjustments 

Net cash/(debt) at end of year  

The carrying value current borrowings and cash at bank equal their fair value. 

138
138  

www.indivior.com 

2017 
$m 

(5) 

(5) 

2017 
$m 

(477) 

(477) 

2017 
$m 

863 
(487) 

376 

2017 
$m 

131 

171 

86 

(12) 

376 

2016
$m 

(101)

(101)

2016
$m 

(434)
(434)

2016
$m 

692
(561)

131

2016
$m 

(174)

225

78

2

131

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. Financial liabilities – borrowings (continued) 
The terms of the loan in effect at December 31, 2017 are as follows: 

Term loan facility* 

Term loan facility* 

Currency 

Carrying Value 

Nominal interest
margin 

Maturity 

Amortization 

Maximum leverage
ratio 

USD

EUR

$415m Libor (1%) + 4.5%

$72m Libor (0%) + 4.5%

5 years 

5 years 

1% 

1% 

3.0

3.0

*  Also included within the terms of the loan were: 

‹  Nominal interest margin is calculated over 3m LIBOR subject to the LIBOR floor. 

‹  A financial covenant to maintain net secured leverage below a specified maximum (adjusted net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio) which stands at 3.0x, 

following the debt restructuring. 

‹  A $50m revolving credit facility; which remained undrawn at the balance sheet date. 

Maturity of debt 

Bank loans and overdrafts payable due:  

Within one year or on demand  

Bank loans payable due: 

Later than one and less than five years 

Over five years 

Gross borrowings  

18. Provisions for liabilities and charges  

2017
$m 

5

482

–

487

2016
$m 

101

460

–

561

Accounting policy 
Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is more likely 
than not that there will be an outflow of resources to settle that obligation; and the amount can be reliably estimated. 

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present 
obligation at the reporting date. Provisions are reviewed regularly and amounts updated where necessary to reflect the latest 
assumptions. The assessment of provisions can involve a series of complex judgments about future events and can rely heavily  
on estimates and assumptions. Given the inherent uncertainties related to these estimates and assumptions, the actual outflows 
resulting from the realization of those risks could differ from the Company’s estimates. 

Retirement 
benefits 
$m 

Legal 
provisions
$m 

Total 
provisions
$m 

At January 1, 2016 

Charged to the income statement 

Utilized during the year 

Exchange adjustments 

At December 31, 2016 

Charged to income statement 

Utilized during the year 

Released to income statement 

Exchange adjustments 

At December 31, 2017 

Provisions – current 

Provisions – non-current 

At December 31, 2017 

Provisions – current 

Provisions – non-current 

At December 31, 2016 

2 

– 

– 

– 

2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2 

– 

2 

2 

– 

2 

2 

40

220

(1)

(2)

257

258

(47)

(12)

1

457

143

314

457

219

38

257

42

220

(1)

(2)

259

258

(47)

(12)

1

459

143

316

459

219

40

259

At December 31, 2017, total provisions consisted of current and non-current legal provisions in the amount of $457m (2016: $257m) 
in relation to a number of litigation and regulatory investigations by various government authorities in a number of markets. The 
regulatory investigations involve primarily competition law inquiries. Further details can be found in note 20. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

139
139 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

19. Operating lease commitments  

Accounting policy 
Leases are classified as finance leases when the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership  
to the Group. All other leases are classified as operating leases.  

Payments made under operating leases (net of incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a 
straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 

Total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases due: 

Within one year 

Later than one and less than five years 

More than five years 

2017 
$m 

3 

10 

13 

26 

2016
$m 

2

4

2

8

The Group’s operating leases relate primarily to property, plant and equipment. Operating lease rentals charged to the income 
statement in 2017 were $6m (2016: $5m). 

20. Contingent liabilities 
The Group increased its provision for investigative and antitrust litigation matters to $438m. Because these matters are in various 
stages, Indivior cannot predict with any certainty the ultimate resolutions, costs or timing of the resolutions of any of the matters. 
The final aggregate settlement amount may be materially different from this provision. The Group continues in discussions with 
the Department of Justice about a possible resolution to its investigation. The Group cannot predict with any certainty whether it 
will reach an ultimate resolution with the Department of Justice or any or all of the parties to the other matters noted below 
under State Subpoenas and FTC Investigation and Antitrust Litigation. 

Department of Justice Investigation 
A U.S. federal criminal grand jury investigation of Indivior initiated in December 2013 is continuing, and includes marketing and 
promotion practices, pediatric safety claims, and overprescribing of medication by certain physicians. The U.S. Attorney's Office  
for the Western District of Virginia has served a number of subpoenas relating to SUBOXONE® Film, SUBOXONE® Tablet, SUBUTEX® 
Tablet, buprenorphine and our competitors, among other issues. The Group continues in discussions with the Department of 
Justice about a possible resolution to its investigation. It is not possible at this time to predict with any certainty the potential 
impact of this investigation on us or to quantify the ultimate cost of a resolution. We are cooperating fully with the relevant 
agencies and prosecutors and will continue to do so.  

State subpoenas 
On October 12th, 2016, Indivior was served with a subpoena for records from the State of Connecticut Office of the Attorney General 
under its Connecticut civil false claims act authority. The subpoena requests documents related to the Group’s marketing and 
promotion of SUBOXONE® products and its interactions with a non-profit third-party organization. On November 16th, 2016, Indivior 
was served with a subpoena for records from the State of California Department of Insurance under its civil California insurance 
code authority. The subpoena requests documents related to SUBOXONE® Film, SUBOXONE® Tablet, and SUBUTEX® Tablet. The 
State has served additional deposition subpoenas on Indivior in 2017. The Group is fully cooperating in these civil investigations. 

FTC investigation and antitrust litigation 
The U.S. Federal Trade Commission's investigation remains pending. Litigation regarding privilege claims has now been resolved. 
Indivior has produced certain documents that it had previously withheld as privileged; other such documents have not been 
produced. 

Fact discovery is continuing in the antitrust class action litigation. Plaintiffs allege, among other things, that Indivior violated U.S. 
federal and state antitrust laws in attempting to delay generic entry of alternatives to SUBOXONE® tablets, and plaintiffs further 
allege that Indivior unlawfully acted to lower the market share of these products. 

Amneal Pharmaceuticals LLC (Amneal), a manufacturer of generic buprenorphine / naloxone tablets, alleged antitrust violations 
similar in nature to those alleged in the class action complaints, and Amneal also alleged violations of the U.S. Lanham Act. The 
Company has settled the dispute with Amneal, and Amneal has dismissed its claims against the Company with prejudice. 

A group of states, now numbering 41, and the District of Columbia filed suit against Indivior in the same district where the antitrust 
class action litigation is pending. The States' complaint is similar to the other antitrust complaints, and alleges violations of U.S. 
state and federal antitrust and consumer protection laws. This lawsuit relates to the antitrust investigation conducted by various 
states, as discussed in previous filings. Discovery has been coordinated with the antitrust class action litigation. 

140
140  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
20. Contingent liabilities (continued) 

ANDA litigation and inter partes review 
The ruling after trial against Actavis and Par in the lawsuit involving the Orange Book-listed patents for SUBOXONE® Film issued on 
June 3rd, 2016. The ruling found the asserted claims of the ’514 patent valid and infringed; the asserted claims of the ’150 patent valid 
but not infringed; and the asserted claims of the ’832 patent invalid, but found that certain claims would be infringed if they were 
valid. In an August 31st, 2017 ruling, the Court denied motions of Actavis and Par to reopen the June 2016 judgment.  

Based on the ruling as to the ’514 patent, Actavis and Par are currently enjoined from launching a generic product until April 2024. Par 
and Actavis have appealed this ruling, and Indivior has filed notices of cross-appeal. On October 24th, 2017 Actavis received tentative 
approval from FDA for at least its 8 mg/2 mg generic product under ANDA 204383 and on November 15th, 2017 it received tentative 
approval for its 12 mg/3 mg generic product under ANDA 207087. A tentative approval does not allow the applicant to market the 
generic drug product and postpones the final approval until all patent/exclusivity issues have been resolved. Actavis therefore 
remains enjoined by the Delaware court ruling. 

Trial against Dr. Reddy’s, Actavis and Par in the lawsuits involving the process patent (U.S. Patent No. 8,900,497) took place on 
November 16th and 21st – 23rd, 2016. Trial against Dr. Reddy’s in the lawsuit involving two of the Orange Book-listed patents for 
SUBOXONE® Film (U.S. Patent Nos. 8,017,150 and 8,603,514) took place on November 7th, 16th, and 21st – 23rd, 2016. The rulings in 
these trials issued on August 31st, 2017. The rulings found the asserted claims of the ’497, ’514, and ’150 patents valid but not infringed. 
Teva had filed a 505(b)(2) New Drug Application (NDA) for a 16 mg/4 mg strength of buprenorphine/naloxone film. The parties had 
agreed that infringement by Teva’s 16 mg/4 mg dosage strength would be governed by the infringement ruling as to Dr. Reddy’s 8 
mg/2 mg dosage strength that was the subject of the trial in November 2016; therefore, the non-infringement ruling in the Dr. Reddy’s 
case means that the Teva 16 mg/4 mg dosage strength has been found not to infringe. Indivior has appealed the Dr. Reddy’s and  
Teva rulings. 

Dr. Reddy’s 30-month stay of FDA approval expired on April 17th, 2017. So far as Indivior is aware, FDA to date has not granted 
tentative or final marketing authorization to Dr. Reddy’s generic SUBOXONE® Film alternative.  

If FDA were to grant final approval to Dr. Reddy’s (or Teva for the 16 mg / 4 mg strength of buprenorphine/naloxone film) this would 
enable them to market a generic film alternative to SUBOXONE® Film in the U.S. However, any market launch by Dr. Reddy’s (or by 
Teva) before the court of appeals renders its decision would be on an “at risk” basis because Indivior would have a claim for damages 
against Dr. Reddy’s (or Teva) if Indivior ultimately prevails after any appeal. 

Trial against Alvogen in the lawsuit involving the ’514 Orange Book-listed patent and the ’497 process patent for SUBOXONE® Film took 
place on September 26th – 27th, 2017. Trial was limited to the issue of infringement because Alvogen did not challenge the validity of 
either patent. The 30-month stay of FDA approval of Alvogen’s Abbreviated New Drug Application was set to expire October 29th, 2017. 
Alvogen agreed not to launch until March 29th, 2018 or until it receives a favourable ruling from the District Court. That agreement has 
been extended until April 19th, 2018 in light of a 3-week extension of the post-trial briefing schedule. 

By a Court order dated August 22nd, 2016, Indivior’s SUBOXONE® Film patent litigation against Sandoz has been dismissed without 
prejudice because Sandoz is no longer pursuing Paragraph IV certifications for its proposed generic formulations of SUBOXONE® Film.  

On September 25th, 2017, Indivior settled its SUBOXONE® Film patent litigation in District Court against Mylan. 

Mylan filed a petition seeking an inter partes review (IPR) of the ’514 and ’497 patents. On May 12th, 2017, the US Patent & Trademark 
Office decided to institute the ’514 IPR proceedings. On September 29th, 2017, Mylan and MonoSol submitted joint motions to 
terminate the ’514 and ’497 IPRs in light of the parties’ settlement of their disputes in the District Court litigation. On October 6th, 2017 
the Patent Board terminated both the ’514 and ’497 IPR proceedings as to MonoSol and Mylan. Dr. Reddy’s and Par had filed petitions 
and motions in June 2017 to join the Mylan ‘514 IPR proceeding. On October 20th, 2017 the Patent Board refused to institute IPR 
proceedings and dismissed Dr. Reddy and Par’s petitions. 

Since August 2017, Indivior received Paragraph IV Notice letters from Actavis, Par, Alvogen, Mylan, and Dr. Reddy’s for Indivior’s 
recently granted '454 patent. Indivior has filed suit against Alvogen, Dr. Reddy’s, Par, and Teva in the District of New Jersey; and against 
Actavis in the District of Utah. Par has filed a corresponding declaratory judgment action in the District of Virginia. Motions to transfer 
to another District are pending in all the cases. Although a complaint against Mylan was filed in the District of West Virginia, it was 
dismissed in light of the parties’ settlement of their disputes in the Delaware District Court litigation. 

Indivior has in February 2018 filed suit against Dr. Reddy’s, Actavis, Par, Alvogen and Teva for infringement of US Patent No. 9,855,221 
(the ‘221 patent), which is listed in the FDA’s Orange Book and relates to certain polymer film compositions having a substantially 
uniform distribution of active drug. 

In the event that one or more of the generic companies are successful in their patent challenges on a final non-appealable basis,  
and should there be FDA approval of one or more of the ANDAs and subsequent commercial launch of generic SUBOXONE® Film, 
including the potential on an ‘at-risk’ basis, and the Group’s pipeline products, including SUBLOCADE™, fail to launch successfully  
or obtain regulatory approval, there is the likelihood that revenues and operating profits of the Group will significantly decline. In 
these circumstances the Directors believe they would be able to take the required steps to reduce the cost base, however, this  
would result in a significant change to the structure of the business. 

Rhodes Pharmaceuticals 
On December 23rd, 2016 Rhodes Pharmaceuticals filed a complaint against Indivior in the District of Delaware, alleging that 
Indivior’s sale of SUBOXONE® Film in the U.S. infringes one or more claims of a patent. The asserted patent, which was issued  
in June 2016 traces back to an application filed in August 2007. Indivior believes this claim is without merit and will continue  
to vigorously defend this action. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

141
141 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

20. Contingent liabilities (continued) 

Estate of John Bradley Allen 
On December 27th, 2016, the Estate of John Bradley Allen filed a civil complaint against Indivior, among other parties, in the 
Northern District of New York seeking relief under Connecticut’s products liability and unfair trade practices statutes for damages 
allegedly caused by SUBOXONE®. Indivior believes this lawsuit is without merit and will continue to vigorously defend this action. 

IRS Notice on manufacturing deductions 
In 2015, the IRS issued notices of a proposed adjustment for the disallowance of certain manufacturing deductions claimed by  
the Group following its audit of the 2010 to 2014 income tax years. The IRS audits for income tax years 2010 to 2014 have now  
been completed and the company has accrued for all taxes due for the agreed audit adjustments, and have no unagreed audit 
positions for these periods. The company continues to maintain tax reserves for uncertain tax positions in open tax periods. 

EU State Aid 
The European Commission has announced their intention to open a State Aid investigation into the UK’s controlled foreign 
company (“CFC”) financing exemption. Management does not believe that there is sufficient certainty at this stage to quantify  
any potential future liability that may arise following the conclusion of this investigation and so no provision has been made  
at this time, we will continue to monitor developments in this area. 

21. Trade and other payables 

Sales returns and rebates 

Trade payables 

Accruals and other payables 

Other tax and social security payable 

2017 
$m 

(433) 

(40) 

(179) 

(13) 

(665) 

2016
$m

(402)

(33)

(212)

(11)

(658)

Sales return and rebate accruals, primarily in the US, are provided for by the Group at the point of sale in respect of the estimated 
rebates, discounts or allowances payable to customers. Accruals are made at the time of sale but the actual amounts paid are 
based on claims made some time after the initial recognition of the sale. As the amounts are estimated they may not fully reflect 
the final outcome and are subject to change dependent upon, amongst other things, the channel (e.g. Medicaid, Medicare, 
Managed Care) and product mix. The level of accrual is reviewed and adjusted in light of historical experience of actual rebates, 
discounts or allowances given and returns made and any changes in arrangements. Future events could cause the assumptions  
on which the accruals are based to change, which could affect the future results of the Group.  

The carrying amounts of total trade and other payables are denominated in the following currencies: 

Sterling 

US dollar 

Other currencies 

22. Share capital 

2017 
$m 

63 

566 

36 

665 

2016
$m 

44

579

35

658

Accounting policy 
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares, net of any tax effects, are recognized as a deduction  
from equity. 

Issued and fully paid  

At January 1, 2017 

Allotments 

At December 31, 2017 

Issued and fully paid  

At January 1, 2016 

Allotments 

At December 31, 2016 

142
142  

www.indivior.com 

Equity 
ordinary 
shares 

720,597,566

865,167

721,462,733

Equity 
ordinary 
shares 

718,577,618

2,019,948

720,597,566

Issue  
price 
$ 

0.10 

0.10 

0.10 

Issue 
price 
$ 

0.10 

0.10 

0.10 

Nominal 
value
$m 

72

–

72

Nominal 
value
$m 

72

–

72

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
Allotment of ordinary shares 
During the year, 865,167 ordinary shares (2016: 2,019,948) were allotted to satisfy vestings/exercises under the Group’s Long-Term 
Incentive Plan and the US Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 

23. Other Equity  

Retained earnings 

Opening balance at January 1 

Net profit for the year 

Total transactions recognized directly in equity 

Closing balance at December 31 

Nature and purpose of reserves 

2017
$m 

950

58

24

1,032

Foreign currency translation  
The foreign currency translation reserve contains the accumulated foreign exchange differences from the translation of the 
Financial Statements of the Group’s foreign operations arising when the Group’s entities are consolidated. 

Other reserves 
The other reserves balance relates to the Group formation in 2014. 

24. Dividends 

The following dividends were declared and paid in the year: 

Interim dividend  

2017
$m 

–

–

2016
$m 

967

35

(52)

950

2016
$m 

69

69

On July 26, 2016, the Directors declared and paid an interim cash dividend of 9.5 cents per ordinary share. The total amount paid in 
respect of this was $69m. No dividends were paid in 2017. 

25. Share-based payments 

Accounting policy 
The Group operates three equity-settled executive and employee share plans. For all grants of share options and awards, the fair 
value at the grant date is calculated using appropriate pricing models. The grant date fair value is recognized over the vesting 
period as an expense, with a corresponding increase in retained earnings. 

Employee Plans 
Legacy Award – Indivior LTIP (formerly Reckitt Benckiser LTIP) 
Upon Indivior demerging from RB and listing on the UK Main Market, awards under the Reckitt Benckiser 2007 Long-Term Incentive 
Plan granted in 2012 were exchanged on a value-neutral basis for new awards over Indivior ordinary shares under the Indivior LTIP 
for a number of executives. 

The Remuneration Committee considered the vesting of these awards, taking into account the performance of RB and Indivior over 
the vesting period, weighted one-third on RB’s performance and two-thirds on Indivior’s performance. The Committee concluded that 
93.33% of the Award would vest in May 2016. Further information can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

Indivior Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
In 2015, a share-based incentive plan was introduced for employees (including Executive Directors) of the Group. An award under 
the LTIP can take the form of a zero-cost option, a market value option, or a conditional award. 

The LTIP may comprise grants performance shares and/or share options which vest subject to the achievement of stretching 
performance targets. 

The LTIP has a performance period of at least three years and a minimum vesting period of three years. From 2016 onwards, 
awards granted to the Executive Directors are subject to a further two-year post-vesting period.  

The LTIP opportunity is reviewed annually with reference to market data and the associated cost to the Company, calculated using 
an expected-value methodology. 

The performance condition is reviewed before each award cycle to ensure it remains appropriately stretching. 

The fair values of awards granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plans are calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The 
key assumptions in the simulation model are stock price of the Company, expected volatilities of the Company, risk-free rate, and 
dividend yield. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

143
143 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

25. Share-based payments (continued) 

Other Employee Plans 
The Company operates an HMRC-approved SAYE plan for UK employees and US Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) for  
US employees. The amounts recognized for these plans are not material for disclosure. 

For all plans, the inputs to the option pricing models are reassessed for each grant. The following assumptions were used in 
calculating the fair value of options granted. 

Award 

Grant date 

2015 

February 26, 2015  

2015  March 11, 2015 

2016 

2016 

2017 

February 19, 2016  

August 2, 2016 
February 24, 2017  

Performance 
Period 

Share price on 
grant date
£ 

Volatility1
% 

Dividend yield 
% 

Expected life in 
years 

Risk-free 
interest rate2 
% 

Weighted average 
fair value 
£ 

2015-17 

2015-17 

2016-18 

2016-18 

2017-19 

1.70

1.75

1.55

2.92
3.43 

39

38

38

46
43 

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0
0.0 

3 

3 

3 

3 
3  

0.73 

0.78 

0.40 

0.15 
0.12  

1.67

1.28

1.10

2.59
2.76 

1.  Given the short trading history as of the valuation dates, we relied on a comparable set of guideline companies. We calculated the expected volatility based 

on equal weighting of historical volatility and the implied volatility of guideline public companies. This historical volatility was calculated based on a 
lookback period of three years. 

2.  The risk-free interest rate reflects the continuous risk-free yield based on the UK government interest rates as of the valuation date, based upon a maturity 

commensurate with the performance period.  

At the end of the year, the maximum number of shares that could be awarded under the Group’s LTIP was: 

Outstanding at January 2016 

Awarded 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Outstanding at December 2016 

Awarded 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Outstanding at December 2017 

Charged to income statement 
The expense charged to the income statement for share-based payments is as follows: 

Granted in current year 

Granted in prior years 

Total share-based expense for the year 

Legacy 
(LTIP)
millions 

LTIP 
millions 

Total
millions 

5

–

(2)

–

3

–

(1)

–

2

10 

12 

– 

(3) 

19 

6 

– 

(1) 

24 

2017 
$m 

6 

10 

16 

15

12

(2)

(3)

22

6

(1)

(1)

26

2016
$m 

5

5

10

26. Related party transactions 
Indivior’s former parent, Reckitt Benckiser Group PLC, was a related party through 2016 as a result of certain transition 
management agreements. During FY 2016, Indivior purchased certain services such as office space rental and other operational 
services on commercial terms and on an arm’s length basis. The amount included within administrative expenses in respect of 
these services was $4m. 

Key management compensation is disclosed in Note 6a. 

The subsidiary undertakings included in the consolidated Financial Statements at December 31, 2017 are disclosed in Note 2 to the 
Parent Company Financial Statements.  

27. Post balance sheet events 
Indivior entered into an agreement on January 3, 2018 to secure exclusive global license rights to Addex Therapeutics’ GABAB 
positive allosteric modulator program. Under the terms of the agreement, Indivior is making an upfront payment to Addex of $5m, 
and will also invest in joint research efforts. 

On February 28, 2018, Indivior completed the out-licensing of nasal naloxone opioid overdose patents for total consideration of 
$17.5m, with additional possible future milestone payments.

144
144  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
Historical financial information 

Income statement 

Revenue from continuing operations 

Operating profit  

Net finance (expense)/income 

Profit on ordinary activities before tax 

Tax on profit on ordinary activities 

Net income 

Balance sheet 

Net liabilities 
Net working capital1 

Statistics 

Reported basis 

Operating margin 

Tax rate 

Diluted earnings per share (cents) 

2017
$m 

1,093

193

(56)

137

(79)

58

(203)

(335)

17.7%

57.7%

0.08

2016 
$m 

1,058 

149 

(51) 

98 

(63) 

35 

(295) 

(390) 

2015 
$m 

1,014

346

(61)

285

(57)

228

(279)

(274)

2014
$m 

1,115

562

(1)

561

(158)

403

(475)

(149)

14.1% 

64.3% 

0.05 

34.1%

20%

0.31

50.4%

28.2%

0.56

1.  Net working capital includes inventories and trade and other receivables less trade and other payables.  

145  

www.indivior.com 

145

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company balance sheet 

As at December 31 

Fixed assets 

Investments 

Deferred tax 

Current assets 

Debtors 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Creditors due within one year 

Net current assets 

Creditors due after one year 

Net assets 

Equity 

Share capital 

Share premium 

Retained earnings  

Total equity 

Note 

2

3

4,5

5

6

6

7

2017 
$m 

1,437 

21 

26 

1 

27 

– 

1,485 

– 

1,485 

72 

2 

1,411 

1,485 

2016
$m 

1,437

11

10

1

11

(12)

1,447

(12)

1,435

72

–

1,363

1,435

The financial statements on pages 146 to 151 were approved by the Board of Directors on March 6, 2018 and signed on its behalf by: 

Shaun Thaxter 
Director 

Mark Crossley 
Director 

146
146  

www.indivior.com 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company statement of changes in equity 

Balance at January 1, 2016 

Comprehensive income 

Net income  

Other comprehensive income  

Total comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners 

Share-based plans 

Deferred taxation on share-based plans 

Dividends paid 

Total transactions recognized directly in equity 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

Balance at January 1, 2017 

Comprehensive income 

Net income  

Other comprehensive income  

Total comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners 

Share-based plans 

Deferred taxation on share-based plans 

Total transactions recognized directly in equity 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Notes 

Share  
capital 
$m 

72 

8

12

8

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

72 

72 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

72 

Share  
premium 
$m 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2 

– 

2 

2 

Retained
earnings
$m 

1,350

Total 
equity
$m 

1,422

65

–

65

10

7

(69)

(52)

65

–

65

10

7

(69)

(52)

1,363

1,435

1,363

1,435

24

–

24

16

8

24

24

–

24

18

8

26

1,411

1,485

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

147
147 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 

The Parent Company Financial Statements of Indivior PLC  
(the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2017 were 
authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on March 6, 2018 
and the balance sheet was signed on the Board’s behalf by 
Shaun Thaxter and Mark Crossley. Indivior PLC is an investment 
holding company and is a public limited company incorporated 
and domiciled in England and Wales. The address of the 
registered office and company number are given on page 152. 

These Financial Statements were prepared in accordance  
with Financial Reporting Standard 101. ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’ (FRS 101). The Financial Statements are prepared 
under the historical cost convention, and in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006. 

As permitted by s408 (4) of the Companies Act 2006, no profit 
and loss account is presented for Indivior PLC. The results of 
the Company are included in the consolidated Financial 
Statements of Indivior PLC. 

The accounting policies which follow apply to preparation of 
the Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. 
They have all been applied consistently throughout the year 
and the preceding year. The Financial Statements are prepared 
in US dollars and are rounded to the nearest million. 

GBP year-end exchange rate 

GBP average exchange rate 

1. Accounting policies 

2017 

2016 

1.3513 

1.2881 

1.2340

1.3579

Basis of preparation 
Indivior PLC (the “Company”) is the Parent Company of the 
Indivior Group. Indivior PLC is a public limited company 
incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. 

Indivior PLC (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together, ‘the 
Group’) is engaged in the development, manufacture, and sale 
of buprenorphine-based prescription drugs for the treatment 
of opioid dependence. 

The Parent Company Financial Statements have been prepared 
in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101, ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’ (FRS 101) and the Companies Act 2006 
(the “Act”) for all periods presented.  

The Company is included in the Group Financial Statements  
of Indivior PLC, which are publicly available on the  
Company’s website. 

The Financial Statements are prepared on a going concern 
basis under the historical cost convention in accordance  
with the Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act’) and applicable UK 
accounting standards. Subject to the following matter, after 
making appropriate enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group and Parent Company have 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for  
at least one year from the financial statements date. However, 
as disclosed in Note 20 of the notes to the Group Financial 
Statements, the Group carries a provision of $438m relating  
to the Department of Justice and Federal Trade Commission 
investigations and antitrust litigation. The final settlement 
amount may be materially different than this provision. This 
could impact the Group’s ability to operate, which would be 
further adversely impacted should revenues decline and the 
Group’s pipeline products, including SUBLOCADE™, fail to 
launch successfully or obtain regulatory approval, all of which 
could mean the Group could not continue in business without 
taking necessary measures to reduce its cost base and improve 
its cash flow. These conditions may impact the Parent 

Company's ability to recover amounts owed from subsidiary 
undertakings and value of the Parent Company’s fixed assets 
investments in shares in subsidiary undertakings. As such, this 
indicates a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt 
on the Group’s and the Parent Company's ability to continue as 
a going concern. However, the Directors believe they have the 
ability to carry out the measures that would be necessary and 
that the Group and Parent Company can continue as a going 
concern for the foreseeable future, in particular with reference 
to the period through June 2019.  

Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern 
basis for accounting in preparing these financial statements, 
which do not include any adjustments that might result from 
the outcome of this uncertainty. 

The Company has taken advantage of the following disclosure 
exemptions under FRS 101: 

a.  The requirements of paragraphs 45(b) and 46 to 52 of IFRS 2 
Share-Based Payments for an ultimate parent, the share-
based payment arrangement must concern its own equity 
instruments and its separate Financial Statements must be 
consolidated Financial Statements of the Group; And in both 
cases, this exemption requires that equivalent disclosures 
are included in the consolidated Financial Statements of  
the Group in which the entity is consolidated. 

b.  The requirements of paragraphs 17 and 18 of IAS 24  

Related-Party Disclosures to disclose information about  
key management personnel compensation and related party 
transactions entered into between two or more members of 
a group, provided that any subsidiary which is a party to the 
transaction is wholly owned by such a member.  

c.  The requirements of paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 

Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and 
Errors to provide information about the impact of IFRSs  
that have been issued but are not yet effective. 

d.  The requirements of IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flow to 

prepare a cash flow statement for any qualifying entity. 

e.  The requirements of paragraphs 10(d), 10(f), 16, 38, 38A-D, 

40A-D, 111, 134-6 of IAS 1 Presentation of Financial 
Statements to present: 

‹  a cash flow statement;  

‹  statement of financial position and related notes at the 

beginning of the earliest comparative period whenever an 
entity applies an accounting policy retrospectively, makes 
a retrospective restatement, or when it reclassifies items 
in its financial statements; 

‹  an explicit statement of compliance with IFRS. Indeed, FRS 
101 prohibits such a statement of compliance and an FRS 
101 statement of compliance is required instead; 

‹  information about capital and how it is managed. 

Foreign currency translation 
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are  
translated using exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from 
the settlement of foreign currency transactions and from the 
translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized  
in the income statement, except where hedge accounting  
is applied. 

148

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

148 

www.indivior.com 
 
 
 
Taxation 
The tax charge/credit is based on the result for the year and 
takes into account taxation deferred due to timing differences 
between the treatment of certain items for taxation and 
accounting purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are provided for in 
full and deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that 
they are considered recoverable.  

A deferred tax asset is considered recoverable if it can  
be regarded as more likely than not that there will be suitable 
taxable profits against which to recover carried-forward tax 

losses and from which the future reversal of underlying timing 
differences can be deducted. 

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected  
to apply in the periods in which the timing differences are 
expected to reverse, based on tax rates and laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet 
date. Deferred tax is measured on an undiscounted basis. 

Cash in bank and in hand 
Cash at bank and in hand includes cash held in bank accounts. 

2. Investments 

Accounting policy 
Investments are stated at the lower of cost and their recoverable amount, which is determined as the higher of net realizable 
value and value-in-use. A review for the potential impairment of an investment is carried out by the Directors if events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the investment may not be recoverable. Such impairment reviews are 
performed in accordance with IAS 36, ‘Impairment of Assets’. 

At January 1 

At December 31 

2017
$m 

1,437

1,437

2016
$m 

1,437

1,437

Investments represent shares in subsidiary undertakings. 

The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets. The cost of 
investments has been determined with reference to the nominal value of shares issues as permitted by s615 of the Act. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

149
149 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements continued 

2. Investments (continued) 

Subsidiary undertakings 
The subsidiary undertakings as at December 31, 2017, all of which are included in the consolidated Financial Statements, are 
shown below, in accordance with s410 of the Act. 

Name 

Country of 
incorporation 
or registration and 
operation 

Registered Office 

Principal activity 

Effective %  
of share capital 
held by the 
Group 

Indivior Global Holdings Limited  England and Wales  103-105 Bath Road, Slough, Berkshire, SL1 3UH, United Kingdom  

Holding company  Ordinary 100 

RBP Global Holdings Limited 

England and Wales  103-105 Bath Road, Slough, Berkshire, SL1 3UH, United Kingdom  

Holding and 
Finance company 

Ordinary 100 

Indivior Finance S.àr.l 

Luxembourg 

1, rue de la Poudrerie, Leudelange, L – 3364, Luxembourg  

Finance company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Finance (2014) LLC 

Indivior US Holdings Inc. 

US 

US 

10710 Midlothian Turnpike, Suite 430, Richmond VA 23235, United States  Finance company  Ordinary 100 

10710 Midlothian Turnpike, Suite 430, Richmond VA 23235, United States  Holding company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Finance LLC 

England and Wales  103-105 Bath Road, Slough, Berkshire, SL1 3UH, United Kingdom  

Finance company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Finance (2015) S.àr.l 

Luxembourg 

1, rue de la Poudrerie, Leudelange, L – 3364, Luxembourg  

Finance company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Pty Ltd 

Australia 

Pod B.02, Level 3, 78 Waterloo Road, Macquarie Park NSW 2113, 
Australia  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior UK Limited 

England and Wales  103-105 Bath Road, Slough, Berkshire, SL1 3UH, United Kingdom  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior South Africa (Pty) Ltd 

South Africa 

Building 21 C, Woodlands Office Park, 20 Woodlands Drive, 

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Woodmead, 2191, South Africa 

Indivior EU Limited 

England and Wales  103-105 Bath Road, Slough, Berkshire, SL1 3UH, United Kingdom  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Europe Limited 

Indivior France SAS 

Indivior Italia S.r.l 

Ireland 

France 

Italy 

25-28 North Wall Quay, Dublin 1, Ireland 

15 Rue Ampère, 91300, Massy, France  

Dormant company  Ordinary 100 

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Via Giovanni Spadolini 7, CAP 20141, Milan, Italy  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Deutschland GmbH 

Germany 

Hermsheimer Straße 3, 68163 Mannheim, Germany  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Solutions Inc. 

Indivior Inc. 

US 

US 

10710 Midlothian Turnpike, Suite 430, Richmond VA 23235, United States  Operating company  Ordinary 100 

10710 Midlothian Turnpike, Suite 430, Richmond VA 23235, United States  Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Ireland (Investments) 
Limited 

Ireland 

12 Merrion Square North, Dublin 2, Ireland  

Finance company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Canada Ltd 

Indivior España S.L.U 

Canada 

Spain 

Gurdwara Rd., Unit 512, Ottawa ON K2E 1A2, Canada 

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Camino de los Gamos n° 1, Edificio Negocenter, 28224 (MADRID), 
Pozuelo de Alarcón, Spain  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Nederland B.V. 

Netherlands 

Kabelweg 57, Unit 1.06.07 A, 1014BA, Amsterdam, Netherlands  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Portugal Unipessoal 

Portugal 

Praça Duque de Saldanha, n.º 1, Edifício Atrium Saldanha, piso 7, 

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

LDA. 

1050-094, Freguesia de Arroios, Concelho de Lisboa, Portugal  

Indivior Austria GmbH 

Austria 

c/o Dr. Werner Loibl, Schottenfeldgasse 85/11, 1070 , Wien, Austria   Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Schweiz AG 

Switzerland 

Neuhofstrasse 5A, 6340, Baar, Switzerland  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Hrvatska d.o.o. 

Indivior Nordics ApS 

Indivior (Beijing) 
Pharmaceuticals Information 
Consulting Co. Ltd 

Croatia 

Denmark 

China 

Ivana Lucica 2a, Zagreb, HR 10000, Croatia  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

c/o Citco (Denmark) ApS, Holbergsgade 14, 2. tv., 1057, Copenhagen, 
Denmark  
Unit 07, 19th Floor, Fortune Financial Centre, No. 5, 3rd middle East 
Ring Road, Beijing, Chaoyang District, China  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Belgium SPRL 

Belgium 

Avenue Louise 331-333, 1050 Bruxelles, Belgium  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Česko S.R.O 

Czech Republic 

Indivior Israel Ltd 

Israel 

Pobřežní 394/12, Karlín, 186 00, Praha 8, Czech Republic  
2 David Ben Gurion St., 17th floor, Ramat Gan, 5257334, Israel  

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Operating company  Ordinary 100 

Indivior Middle East F2-LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Indivior UK Limited, was incorporated on February 6th, 2018. 

With the exception of Indivior Global Holdings Limited, none of the above subsidiaries is held directly by Indivior PLC. 

3. Deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax assets  

Deferred tax assets all relate to share awards. Refer to note 12 for further details. 

150
150  

www.indivior.com 

2017 
$m 

21 

21 

2016
$m 

11

11

www.indivior.com 
 
 
4. Debtors due within one year  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings  

Corporate tax receivable 

5. Financial Instruments 

Financial assets: 

Financial assets that are debt instruments measured at amortized cost 

Financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss 

6. Creditors 

Amounts falling due after one year: 

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings 

Amounts falling due within one year: 

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings 

2017
$m 

23

3

26

2017
$m 

23

4

2017
$m 

–

–

–

2016
$m 

9

1

10

2016
$m 

9

2

2016
$m 

(12)

(12)

(24)

Amounts owed by/to Group undertakings are unsecured, interest free, and are repayable on demand. 

7. Share Capital  
Further information on the share capital of the Company can be found in note 22 of the notes to the Group Financial Statements. 

8. Share-based payments 
The disclosure relating to the Company is detailed in Note 25 of the Notes to the Group Financial Statements. 

9. Directors and employees 
There were no employees of the company during this or the previous financial year.  

Details of the remuneration of key management personnel are given in note 6 to the consolidated Group Financial Statements. 

10. Auditors’ remuneration 
The fee charged for the statutory audit of the Company was $0.03m (2016: $0.03m). Details for non-audit fees are given in note 5  
of the notes to the Group Financial Statements. 

11. Related party transactions 
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption within IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures not to disclose related party 
transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group. There were no other related party transactions.  

12. Dividends 
During 2016, the Directors declared and paid a second interim cash dividend of 9.5 cents per ordinary share. The total amount 
paid in respect of this was $69m. No dividends were paid in 2017. 

For further details, refer to Note 24 of the Group Financial Statements. 

13. Post balance sheet events 
Indivior entered into an agreement on January 3, 2018 to secure exclusive global license rights to Addex Therapeutics’ GABAB 
positive allosteric modulator program. Under the terms of the agreement, Indivior is making an upfront payment to Addex of $5m, 
and will also invest in joint research efforts. 

On February 28, 2018, Indivior completed the out-licensing of nasal naloxone opioid overdose patents for total consideration of 
$17.5m, with additional possible future milestone payments. 

Indivior Annual Report 2017 

151
151 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
Information for shareholders

of the transaction plus £35. Stamp 
duty of 0.5% is also payable on 
all purchases. To use the service 
please call +44 (0)370 703 0084 and 
have your Shareholder Reference 
Number to hand.

These services are available Monday 
to Friday from 8am to 4.30pm. Please 
note that, due to the regulations in 
the UK, Computershare are required 
to check that you have read and 
accepted the Terms & Conditions 
before being able to trade, which 
could delay your first telephone 
trade. If you wish to trade quickly, 
we suggest visiting the Registrar’s 
website and registering online first at 
www.computershare.trade.

American Depositary Receipts
In addition to having its securities 
listed on the London Stock 
Exchange, Indivior sponsors a 
Level 1 American Depositary Receipt 
program in the US. These ADRs 
are publicly traded on a US over-
the-counter market, under symbol 
INVVY; the value of one Indivior ADR 
corresponds to the value of five 
ordinary shares of the Company.

For questions related to the Company 
ADR Program, please contact J.P. 
Morgan shareholder services on the 
details below, or visit the J.P. Morgan 
Depositary Receipts Services website 
at www.adr.com.

Useful contacts

Registered address
Indivior PLC 
103-105 Bath Road, Slough, Berkshire, 
SL1 3UH, UK

Registered in England and Wales 
(company number: 9237894)

Website: www.indivior.com

Company Secretary
Kathryn Hudson 
Email: cosec@indivior.com

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC 
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, 
Bristol, BS13 8AE, United Kingdom

Website: www.investorcentre.co.uk 
Telephone: +44 (0) 370 707 1820

Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’)
The AGM will be held on May 16, 2018 
in the County Suite, Radisson Blu 
Edwardian Heathrow, 140 Bath Road, 
Hayes, Middlesex, UB3 5AW, United 
Kingdom. The Notice of Meeting, 
together with information regarding 
the business to be conducted at the 
meeting and results of voting, will be 
available on the Company’s website 
www.indivior.com.

Shareholders are entitled to attend 
and vote at the AGM. Shareholders 
who are registered for eComms, 
and receive shareholder documents 
electronically, are permitted to cast 
their AGM vote electronically.

Documents on display
Copies of Directors’ service contracts, 
Articles of Association and Terms 
of Reference will be available for 
inspection by shareholders at the AGM.

Dealing in Indivior securities

Ordinary shares
The Company has ordinary shares 
admitted to the Official List of 
the Financial Conduct Authority 
and traded on the London Stock 
Exchange, a regulated market. Live 
trading data for the Company’s 
ordinary shares can be accessed 
through www.indivior.com/share-
price-center, or via the London 
Stock Exchange’s website  
www.londonstockexchange.com.

Shareholders have the opportunity to 
buy or sell Indivior PLC shares using a 
share dealing facility operated by our 
Registrar, Computershare. Internet 
and telephone dealing is available 
via the Investor Centre (www.
investorcentre.co.uk):

 ࢀ Internet Dealing - the fee for this 
service will be 1% of the value of 
each sale or purchase of shares 
(subject to a minimum of £30). 
Stamp duty of 0.5% is also payable 
on all purchases. Before you trade 
you will need to register for this 
service. This can be done by going 
online at www.computershare.trade.

 ࢀ Telephone Dealing - the fee for 

this service will be 1% of the value 

Key dates 
First Quarter Financial Results Announcement

Annual General Meeting

Half Year Financial Results Announcement

May 2, 2018

May 16, 2018

July 25, 2018

Third Quarter Financial Results Announcement

November 1, 2018

Note: dates may be subject to change

152

www.indivior.comJ.P. Morgan Depositary Bank
4 New York Plaza, Floor 12 New York, 
NY 1004, US 
In the US: (866) JPM-ADRS

J.P. Morgan Transfer Agent 
Service Center
ADR Shareholders can contact: 
J.P. Morgan Chase Bank N.A. 
P.O. Box 64504, St. Paul, 
MN 55164-0854, US

General inquiries
In the US: +1 (800) 990 1135 
Outside the US: +1 (651) 453 2128 
Email: jpmorgan.adr@wellsfargo.com

you will receive information by email 
quickly and efficiently, and helps to 
assist us with our commitment to the 
environment and focus on cost control.

By registering you will no longer 
receive paper copies of Annual 
Reports or other communications 
that are available electronically, 
and instead will receive emails 
advising you when and how to access 
documents online. Shareholders 
who receive eComms are entitled 
to request a hard copy of any such 
document at any time free of charge 
from the Company’s Registrar, and 
can also revoke their consent to 
receive eComms at any time.

Visit www.investorcentre.co.uk/
eComms to register for the eComms 
service, or alternatively contact 
Computershare via the telephone 
number on page 152.

Managing your shareholding

Investor Center
Investor Centre is Computershare’s 
easy to use self-service website (www. 
investorcentre.co.uk), available 24/7, 
through which Company shareholders 
can do the following:

 ࢀ amend personal details;
 ࢀ view payment and tax information;
 ࢀ register for eComms; and
 ࢀ view share balances.

eComms
All Indivior shareholders will be sent 
various Company communications, 
such as the Annual Report and 
Accounts and Notice of AGM. Our 
Registrar, Computershare Investor 
Services PLC, is responsible for sending 
you these communications as well as 
handling any queries you may have.

Indivior would like to invite you to join 
the growing number of its shareholders 
who have opted to receive their 
shareholder communications via email. 
Registering for eComms means that 

Shareholder analysis

Analysis of shareholder bands at December 31, 2017

Range

1 - 1,000

1,001 - 5,000

5,001- 10,000

10,001 - 100,000

100,001 – 999,999,999

Total

Analysis of shareholder categories as at December 31 2017

Individuals

Bank or Nominees

Investment Trust

Insurance Company

Other Company

Pension Trust

Other Corporate Body

Total

No. of 
Shareholders

9,870

2,424

264

376

300

%

74.58

18.32

1.99

2.84

No.of 
Shares

3,192,335

4,957,858

1,864,776

12,565,568

2.27

698,882,196

13,234

100.00

721,462,733

Holdings

11,440

1,048

17

28

671

3

27

%

Shares

86.45

11,672,757

7.92

410,817,640

0.13

0.21

5.07

0.02

0.20

55,773

66,367

175,603,979

6,626

123,239,591

%

0.44

0.69

0.26

1.74

96.87

100.00

%

1.62

56.94

0.01

0.01

24.34

0.00

17.08

13,234

100.00

721,462,733

100.00

153

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017Information for shareholders continued

The demerger of Indivior PLC from RB 
was approved by RB’s shareholders 
on December 11, 2014, and completed 
with the admission of Indivior 
securities to the London Stock 
Exchange at 8.00 am on December 
23, 2014. Shareholders registered 
on the RB share register at the 
Demerger Record Time of 6.00 pm 
on December 22, 2014 received one 
Indivior ordinary share for each RB 
ordinary share held.

For the purposes of taxation of 
chargeable gains, the base cost of 
RB shares held immediately before 
the demerger is the companies’ 
respective market values on 
December 23, 2014.

Using the valuation methodology 
prescribed by section 272(3) TCGA, 
the market values of RB and Indivior 
shares were as follows:

 ࢀ RB: £51.975
 ࢀ Indivior: £1.325

Boiler Room Scams
Shareholders are advised to be 
wary of any offers of unsolicited 
investment advice or offers of free 
company or research reports. These 
are typically from overseas brokers 
who target UK shareholders offering 
to sell them what often turn out to be 
worthless or high-risk shares in US or 
UK securities.

If you receive any unsolicited 
investment advice you should firstly 
obtain the name of the person and 
organization and check that they are 
properly authorized by the FCA before 
getting involved, by visiting www.fca. 
org.uk/register.

Using an unauthorized firm to buy 
or sell shares or other securities 
will prohibit access to the Financial 
Ombudsman Service or Financial 
Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS).

ShareGift
We support ShareGift, a charity share 
donation scheme (registered charity 
number: 1052686).

Through ShareGift shareholders who 
have only a very small number of 
shares, which might be considered 
uneconomic to sell, are able to donate 
them to charity. Donated shares are 
aggregated and sold by ShareGift, the 
proceeds being passed on to a wide 
range of UK registered charities.

Please contact ShareGift with any 
queries or for further information 
using the details below, or visit the 
ShareGift website at 
www.sharegift.org.

Email: help@sharegift.org  
Telephone: +44 (0)20 7930 3737 
Address: PO Box 72253, London, 
SW1P 9LQ

Dividends
The Board, as indicated in the 
prospectus for the demerger in 
November 2014, considered future 
dividend policy in the light of the 
Company’s current financial position, 
strategy and prospects. Given the 
uncertainties facing the Company, 
including generic challenges to the 
intellectual property of Suboxone® 
Film, the level of gross debt together 
with the associated covenants and 
the need to seek to diversify the 
sources of revenue and cash-flow, 
the Company does not expect to 
pay ordinary dividends for the 
foreseeable future.

Indivior PLC’s demerger from 
Reckitt Benckiser Group plc 
(‘RB’)

Base cost apportionment
This information is provided as 
indicative guidance only. Indivior can 
accept no responsibility for the use 
that may be made of this information. 
Any individual wishing to calculate 
their capital gains tax should consult 
an appropriate and authorized 
professional adviser.

154

www.indivior.comReferences and sources

Page Number 

Statement

Reference source

Page 4

Page 4

Page 4

Page 4

Page 4

Page 4

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

More than 250 million people worldwide -- used an illicit 
drug* (defined as opioids, opiates, cocaine, cannabis, 
amphetamines, psychoactive substances) in 2015.

UNODC, World Drug Report, 2017 (https://www.unodc.org/wdr2017/field/
Booklet_1_EXSUM.pdf)

Opioids, including heroin, remain the most harmful 
drug type

UNODC, World Drug Report, 2017 (https://www.unodc.org/wdr2017/field/
Booklet_1_EXSUM.pdf)

Opioid use disorders account for the heaviest burden 
of disease attributable to drug use disorders: in 2015, 
approximately 70 percent of the global burden of disease 
attributable to drug use disorders, were attributable 
to opioids.

The US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) 
in December 2017 reported a 21% increase in the age-
adjusted rate of drug overdose deaths from 63,632 lives 
lost in 2016 vs. 52,404 lives lost in 2015.

In fact, the rate of increase in deaths from synthetic 
opioids like fentanyl doubled from 2015 to 2016. 

UNODC, World Drug Report, 2017 (https://www.unodc.org/wdr2017/field/
Booklet_1_EXSUM.pdf)

US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/
data/databriefs/db294.pdf    https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/databriefs/
db294_table.pdf#1

US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/
data/databriefs/db294.pdf    https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/databriefs/
db294_table.pdf#4

In 2012, approximately 3.3 million deaths, or 5.9% of all 
global deaths, were attributable to alcohol consumption

World Health Organization, Global Status Report on Alcohol and Health 2014 
(http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/112736/1/9789240692763_eng.pdf)

The same report concludes that the harmful use of alcohol 
ranks among the top five risk factors for disease, disability 
and death throughout the world

World Health Organization, Global Status Report on Alcohol and Health 2014 
(http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/112736/1/9789240692763_eng.pdf)

In 2016, approximately 20.1 million people had a substance 
use disorder (SUD) related to alcohol or illicit drug use in 
the past year.

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA); 2016 
National Survey on Drug Use and Health https://www.samhsa.gov/data/sites/
default/files/NSDUH-FFR1-2016/NSDUH-FFR1-2016.htm

Of the 20.1 million people with a SUD, there were 15.1 
million people with an alcohol use disorder

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA); 2016 
National Survey on Drug Use and Health https://www.samhsa.gov/data/sites/
default/files/NSDUH-FFR1-2016/NSDUH-FFR1-2016.htm

An estimated 2.1 million people suffered from an 
opioid use disorder, which includes 1.8m people with a 
prescription pain reliever use disorder and approximately 
626,000 people with a heroin use disorder.

In Canada, in 2012, as many as 200,000 people were 
estimated to be addicted to prescription painkillers. 

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA); 2016 
National Survey on Drug Use and Health https://www.samhsa.gov/data/sites/
default/files/NSDUH-FFR1-2016/NSDUH-FFR1-2016.htm

Canadian Medical Association Journal.Medically induced opioid addiction 
reaching alarming levels. February 21, 2012; 184(3):285-286 (http://www.cmaj.ca/
content/184/3/285)

In Europe, in 2015, there were potentially 1.3 million high-
risk opioid users, the majority of whom were heroin users.  

European Drug Report 2017, European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug 
Addiction (EMCDDA) 

Of these 1.3 million high-risk opioid users, five countries in 
the European Union (Germany, Spain, France, Italy, United 
Kingdom) accounted for the majority (76%) of high-risk use. 

European Drug Report 2017, European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug 
Addiction (EMCDDA) 

And, as in the US, the emergence of highly potent synthetic 
opioids, like fentanyl, are causing much concern. 

European Drug Report 2017, European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug 
Addiction (EMCDDA) 

The 2017 European Drug Report notes an overall increase 
in opioid-related overdose deaths. 

European Drug Report 2017, European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug 
Addiction (EMCDDA) 

In 2014, Australia ranked as the third highest country 
worldwide for prescription painkiller misuse per year. 

UNODC, World Drug Report 2014, (https://www.unodc.org/documents/
wdr2014/World_Drug_Report_2014_web.pdf)

China had an estimated 7.3 million people dependent on 
opioids and 27.3 million people dependent on alcohol

China Narcotics Control Report, 2015-2014, NNCC Office

Canada: 0.2 million Opioid dependent 

Canadian Medical Association Journal.Medically induced opioid addiction 
reaching alarming levels. February 21, 2012; 184(3):285-286 (http://www.cmaj.ca/
content/184/3/285)

155

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsIndivior Annual Report 2017References and sources continued

Page Number 

Statement

Reference source

Page 5

Canada: 1.4 million Alcohol dependent

Page 5 

United States: 2.1 million Opioid use disorder

WHO Global Status Report on Alcohol and Health 2014 (http://apps.who.int/
iris/bitstream/10665/112736/1/9789240692763_eng.pdf)

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA); 2016 
National Survey on Drug Use and Health (https://www.samhsa.gov/data/sites/
default/files/NSDUH-FFR1-2016/NSDUH-FFR1-2016.htm)

Page 5

Page 5

United States: 15.1 million Alcohol use disorder

WHO Global Status Report on Alcohol and Health 2014 (http://apps.who.int/
iris/bitstream/10665/112736/1/9789240692763_eng.pdf)

Europe and Middle East: 1.3 million High risk opioid users 
(Europe only)

European Drug Report 2017, European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug 
Addiction (EMCDDA) 

Page 5 

Europe: 14.2 million Alcohol dependent

Page 5

South Africa: 0.1 million Opioid dependent

WHO Global Status Report on Alcohol and Health 2014 (http://apps.who.int/
iris/bitstream/10665/112736/1/9789240692763_eng.pdf)

CIA World FactBook, South Africa (July 2015 estimate 15+ population); The 
global epidemiology and burden of opioid dependence; results from the global 
burden of disease 2010 study, Louisa Degenhardt, Fiona Charlson, Bradley 
Mathers, Wayne D. Hall, Abraham D. Flaxman, Nicole Johns, Theo Vos; Addiction, 
109, 1320-1333, 2014 Society for the Study of Addiction

South Africa: 1.2 million Alcohol dependent

WHO Global Status Report on Alcohol and Health 2014 (http://apps.who.int/
iris/bitstream/10665/112736/1/9789240692763_eng.pdf)

China: 7.3 million Opioid dependent

China Narcotics Control Report, 2015-2014, NNCC Office

China: 27 million Alcohol dependent

Australia: 0.2 million Opioid dependent

WHO Global Status Report on Alcohol and Health 2014 (http://apps.who.int/
iris/bitstream/10665/112736/1/9789240692763_eng.pdf)

CIA World Factbook, Australia (July 2015 estimate of 15+ population); Treatment 
of patients with opioid dependence, Nicholas Lintzeris, BMedSci, MB BS, PhD, 
FAChAM; Medicine Today, Prescription Opioid Misuse Supplement, June 2015

Australia: 0.3 million Alcohol dependent

WHO Global Status Report on Alcohol and Health 2014 (http://apps.who.int/
iris/bitstream/10665/112736/1/9789240692763_eng.pdf)

28 million healthy years of life lost as a result of drug use

UNODC, World Drug Report, 2017 (https://www.unodc.org/wdr2017/field/
Booklet_1_EXSUM.pdf)

70% of the global burden of disease attributable to drug 
use disorders were attributable to opioids

UNODC, World Drug Report, 2017 (https://www.unodc.org/wdr2017/field/
Booklet_1_EXSUM.pdf)

17 million healthy years of life lost as a result of drug use 
disorders

UNODC, World Drug Report, 2017 (https://www.unodc.org/wdr2017/field/
Booklet_1_EXSUM.pdf)

Fewer than one in six persons with drug use disorders are 
provided with treatment each year. 

UNODC, World Drug Report, 2017 (https://www.unodc.org/wdr2017/field/
Booklet_1_EXSUM.pdf)

According to new data released by the US Centers for 
Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), there weremore 
than 63,600 total drug overdose deaths in 2016, or 174 drug 
overdose deaths per day. This number is up 21% in just 
one year - from 144 a day in 2015.

US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/
data/databriefs/db294.pdf    https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/databriefs/
db294_table.pdf#1

In fact, despite extensive evidence of the personal and 
societal benefits of medication-assisted treatment (MAT), 
only a small minority of OUD patients receive it, and OUD 
diagnoses are currently outpacing MAT prescriptions at an 
alarming rate of nearly eight to one.

Blue Cross Blue Shield. The Health of America™ Report: America’s opioid 
epidemic and its effect on the nation’s commercially-insured population. 
https://www.bcbs.com/the-health-of-america/reports/americas-opioid-
epidemic-and-its-effect-on-the-nations-commercially-insured. Accessed 
January 2018.

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5

Page 5 

Page 5

Page 5

Page 12

Page 13

156

www.indivior.comDesigned and produced by Black Sun Plc

Printed at Principal Colour Ltd. ISO 14001 certified,  
Alcohol Free and FSC® Chain of Custody certified.

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

7